4664-6 en PDF

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 275

Linear motion

standard range

Contents
(by chapters)

The SKF brand now stands for more


than ever before, and means more
to you as a valued customer.

General

While SKF maintains its leadership


as the hallmark of quality bearings
throughout the world, new dimensions
in technical advances, product support
and services have evolved SKF into
atruly solutions-oriented supplier,
creating greater value for customers.

Guiding systems

These solutions encompass ways to


bring greater productivity to customers,
not only with breakthrough applicationspecific products, but also through
leading-edge design simulation tools
and consultancy services, plant asset
efficiency maintenance programmes,
and the industrys most advanced
supply management techniques.
The SKF brand still stands for the very
best in rolling bearings, but it now
stands for much more.
SKF the knowledge engineering
company

14 Shaft guidings
19 Ordering key for LBBR compact
series
20 LBBRCompact series
20 LBBR ../HV6Corrosion resistant type
21 LPBRLinear plain bearings
21 LUHRLinear ball bearing units
22 LUHR PBLinear plain bearing units
22 LUJRLinear ball bearing units
23 LTBRTandem linear ball bearing units
23 LSHSShaft blocks for compact series
24 LTDRDuo linear ball bearing units
24 LQBRQuadro linear ball bearing units
25 LEBSTandem shaft blocks
25 Appropriate special seals
26 Ordering key for LBBR standard
series
28 LBCDStandard series 3, closed type
28 LBCRStandard series 3, closed type
29 LPARLinear plain bearings, closed
type
29 LUCDSingle units, self-aligning,
closed type
30 LUCESingle units, self-aligning,
closed type
30 LUCRSingle units, closed type
31 LUCR PASingle plain bearing units,
closed type
31 LUCSSingle units, closed type
32 LUNDSingle units, self-aligning,
closed type
32 LUNESingle units, self-aligning,
closed type
33 LVCDFlanged self-aligning units
33 LVCRFlanged units
34 LSCSShaft blocks
34 LSNSShaft blocks
35 LTCDTandem units, self-aligning,
closed type
35 LTCRTandem units, closed type
36 LQCDQuadro units, self-aligning,
closed type
36 LQCRQuadro units, closed type

37
38
38
39
39
40
40
41
41
42
42
43
43
44
44

LEASTandem shaft blocks, closed type


LBCFStandard series 3, open type
LBCTStandard series 3, open type
LBHTHeavy-load type, open type
LPATLinear plain bearings, open type
LUCFSingle units, self-aligning, open
type
LUCTSingle units, open type
LUCT BHSingle heavy-load units,
open type
LUCT .. PASingle units, open type
LUNFSingle units, self-aligning, open
type
LTCFTandem units, self-aligning, open
type
LTCTTandem units, open type
LQCFQuadro units, self-aligning, open
type
LQCTQuadro units, open type
LRCB/LRCCShaft supports, open
type

45 Precision shafts
46 LJMPrecision shafts, steel
46 LJMHHard chromium plated precision
shafts
46 LJMRPrecision shafts, stainless steel
46 LJMSPrecision shafts, stainless steel
46 LJTHollow shafts, high grade steel
47 Ordering key for precision shafts
48 ESSC 1Precision shaft configurations
48 ESSC 2Precision shaft configurations
48 ESSC 3Precision shaft configurations
48 ESSC 4Precision shaft configurations
49 ESSC 5Precision shaft configurations
49 ESSC 6Precision shaft configurations
49 ESSC 7Precision shaft configurations
50 ESSC 8Precision shaft configurations
50 ESSC 9Precision shaft configurations
50 ESSC 10Precision shaft configurations
51 Design and basic data
53 Linear ball bearing table without
drive
54 Ordering key for linear ball bearing
table without drive
55 LZBU .. A-2LSQuadro linear tables
56 LZBU .. B-2LSQuadro linear tables
57 LZAU ..2LSQuadro linear tables

58 Applications
59
60
61
62
62
62
64
64
64
66
66

Profile rail guides


Ordering key for profile rail guides
Accessories for profile rail guides
LLRHS .. SA
LLRHS .. A
LLRRS .. LA
LLRHS .. SU
LLRHS .. U
LLRHS .. LU
LLRHS .. R
LLRHS .. LR

88
89
89
90
90
90
90
91
91
92

68 Applications
92
69 Miniature profile rail guides
72 Ordering key for miniature profile rail
guides
73 LLMHRStandard rails
73 LLMWRWide rails
73 LLMHC .. TAStandard carriages
74 LLMWC .. TACarriages for wide rails
74 LLMHC .. LALong carriages
74 LLMWC .. LALong carriages for wide
rails
75 Applications
77 Precision rail guides
77 Modular range rail guides
78 Anti cage-creep system (ACSM) for
LWRE
79 Ordering key for precision rail guides
80 LWRPrecision rail guides
80 LWRBPrecision rail guides
80 LWALCross roller assemblies,
aluminium cages
80 LWJKBall assemblies, plastics cages
80 LWAKCross roller assemblies, plastics
cages
80 LWERAEnd stops
80 LWGDSpecial attachment screws
81 LWR 3/6 .. KitPrecision rail guide kits
82 LWRB 1Precision rail guides
82 LWRB 2Precision rail guides
83 LWR 3Precision rail guides
83 LWR 6Precision rail guides
84 LWR 9Precision rail guides
85 LWREPrecision rail guides
85 LWAKECross roller assemblies,
plastics cage
85 LWEREEnd stops
85 LWGDSpecial attachment screws
86 LWRE 3/6 .. KitPrecision rail guide
kits
87 LWRE 3/6 .. ACS KitPrecision rail
guide kits with ACS
88 LWRE 3Precision rail guides

93
93
94
94
94
94
94
95
95
96
96
96
96
96
97
97
97
97
98
98
98
98
99
99
99
99
100
101
101

LWRE 2211Precision rail guides


LWRE 6Precision rail guides
LWRE 9Precision rail guides
LWRB 2 ACSMPrecision rail guides
LWRE 3/6/9 ACSMPrecision rail
guides
LWJK 2 ACSMPrecision rail guides
LWAKE 3/6/9 ACSMPrecision rail
guides
LWRE 3 ACSM KitPrecision rail guide
kits with ACSM
LWRE 6 ACSM KitPrecision rail guide
kits with ACSM
LWRE 3 ACSPrecision rail guides with
ACS
LWRE 2211 ACSPrecision rail guides
with ACS
LWRE 6 ACSPrecision rail guides with
ACS
LWRE 9 ACSPrecision rail guides with
ACS
LWRM/LWRVPrecision rail guides
LWHWNeedle roller cage, aluminium
LWEARM End stops
LWEARV End stops
LWGDSpecial attachment screws
LWRM 6/LWRV 6Precision rail guides
LWRM 9/LWRV 9Precision rail guides
LWM/LWVPrecision rail guides
LWHWNeedle roller cage, aluminium
LWEAMEnd stops
LWEAVEnd stops
LWGDSpecial attachment screws
LWM 3015/LWV 3015Precision rail
guides
M3 DIN 84
LWM 4020/LWV 4020Precision rail
guides
M5 DIN 84
LWM 5025/LWV 5025Precision rail
guides
M6 DIN 84
LWM 6035/LWV 6035Precision rail
guides
M8 DIN 84
LWM 7040/LWV 7040Precision rail
guides
M10 DIN 84
LWM 8050/LWV 8050Precision rail
guides
M12 DIN 84
LWRPM/LWRPVPrecision rail guides
LWRPM 3/6/9Precision rail guides
LWRPV 3/6/9Precision rail guides

102 Applications

Driving systems

105 Ball and roller screws


106 How to make your choose
107
108
109
109
110
111
111
112
112
113
113
114
114
116
118
119
120
122
122
123
123
123
124
124
125
126
126
127

Ball screws
Ordering key for ball screws
SD/BDMiniature screws
SHMiniature screws
SX/BXUniversal screws
FHRFRound flanges for SX/BX nuts
FHSFSquare flanges for SX/BX nuts
SN/BNPrecision screw
SND/BNDPrecision screw, DIN
standard
PNPrecision screw, preloaded
PNDPrecision screw, DIN standard,
preloaded
SL/BLLong lead screws
SLD/BLDLong lead screws, DIN
standard
Rotating nut
Shaft and combinations for rolled ball
screws
Standard end machining for nominal
diameter < 16 mm
Standard end machining for nominal
diameter 16 mm
PLBUPlummer bearing units
FLBUFlanged bearing units
BUFEnd bearing units
FBS QSupport bearing cartridge
units (4 bearings matched in set)
FBS DSupport bearing cartridge
units (2 bearings matched in set)
Ground ball screws
Service range (Europe only)
Ordering key for ground ball screws
PGFEscrew with DIN double flanged,
preloaded nuts
SGFEscrew with DIN single flanged,
axial play
PGFJscrew with DIN flanged nuts
with internal preload

128 Precision ground screw (inches


version)
130 Applications
131
132
133
134
134
137

Roller screws
Planetary roller screws: principle
Recirculating roller screws: principle
Complete assemblies
Service Range
Ordering key for roller screws

138 Planetary roller screws


3

138 BRCRange
139 FLRBU/BRCRange
140 SRCRange
142 SRFRange
144 TRU/PRURange
147 TRK/PRKRange
150
150
151
152
153
154
155
157

Recirculating roller screws


BVCRange
FLRBU/BVC
SVCRange
PVURange
PVKRange
FLRBUAccessories for roller screws
Symbols

158 Applications

Actuation systems

191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
202
204
206
208
210

STD
SKS/SKA
SLS
CALA 36A
CAXC 33 limit switches
MATRIX
MAX1
MAX3
MAX6
CARE 33
IMD3 series
ID8A series
ID8B series
IA4A series
IA4B series

212
213
214
216
217

Control units
BCU
BCP
SCU
SCP

161 About actuation systems


162 Selection guide
165
165
166
168
169
170
171
171
172
174
176
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190

Telescopic pillars
TELEMAG: principle
TELEMAG TFG
TELEMAG TLG
TELESMART: principle
TELESMART TXG
Linear actuators
CAT: principle
CAT 33H
CAT 33
CAT 32B
Page with all detailed drawings
of CAT 32B, CAT 33 and CAT 33H
CAR: principle
CAR 22
CAR 32
CAR 40
MAGFORCE: principle
WSP
ASM
DSP
SKG
SKD
STW
STG

218 Hand switches


219 EHA 3
220 Foot switch
221 ST
222 Desk switches
223 ST

Positioning systems

235
235
236
236
236
236
236
236
237

General
LZM miniature slides: principle
GCLStandard slides: principle
GCLAStandard slides: principle
RMStandard slides: principle
SSM/SSKDovetail slides: principle
TO/TSCompact cross tables: principle
RSM/RSKPrecision slides: principle
LZBB/LZABLinear ball bearing
tables: principle
LTBProfile rail guide slides: principle
Complete systems
Ordering key for miniature slides
LZMMiniature slides
Ordering key for standard slides
GCLStandard slides, steel version
GCLAStandard slides, aluminium
version
RMStandard slides
Ordering key for slides, tables and
compact cross tables
SSM/SSKDovetail slides
TO/TSCompact cross tables
RSM/RSKPrecision slides
Ordering key for linear ball bearing
table with drive
LZBBLinear ball bearing tables, ball
screw
LZABLinear ball bearing tables, ball
screw
Ordering key for profile rail guide
slides
LTBProfile rail guide slides

237
237
240
241
243
244
246
248
249
250
253
254
256
257
258

224 Spare parts


224 Type codes for accessories
and spare parts:

224 CAR 22

224 CAR 32

225 CAR 40

225 CAT 33

226 CAT 33H

226 CAT 32B
227 Attachments, spare parts
228 Limit switches, spare parts
228 CAXC 33
228 CAXB 22/32/32b/40
229 Motors, spare parts

259
260

263 Applications

Customized solutions

265 Standard plug & play


electromechanical cylinder
265 Compact electromechanical cylinder
266 Complete systems for positioning
266 Linear motor tables

230 Glossary and definitions


233 Applications

SKF The knowledge


engineering company

Contents
(by alphabetical order)

A
About actuation systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Accessories for profile rail guides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Actuation systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Anti cage-creep system (ACSM) for LWRE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Applications:
For actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
For ball screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
For linear ball bearings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
For miniature profile rail guides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
For positioning tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
For precision rail guides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
For profile rail guides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
For roller screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Appropriate special seals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
ASM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Attachments, actuators spare parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

B
Ball and roller screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Ball screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
BCU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
BCP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
BRC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
BUF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
BVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

C.
CALA 36A: principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
CALA 36A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
CAR: principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
CAR 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180, 224
CAR 32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181, 224
CAR 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182, 225
CARE 33: principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
CARE 33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
CAT: principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
CAT 32B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176, 226
CAT 33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174, 225
CAT 33H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172, 226
CAXB 22/32/32b/40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
CAXC 33 Limit switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195,228
Compact electromechanical cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Complete assemblies, roller screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Complete systems for positioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266


Complete systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Control units: principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Customized solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

D.
Design and basic data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Desk switches: principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Driving systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
DSP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

E.
EHA 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
ESSC 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
ESSC 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
ESSC 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
ESSC 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
ESSC 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
ESSC 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
ESSC 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
ESSC 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
ESSC 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
ESSC 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

F.
FBS D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FBS Q. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FHRF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FHSF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FLBU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FLRBU/BRC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FLRBU/BVC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FLRBU Accessories for roller screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foot switch: principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

123
123
111
111
122
139
151
155
220

G.
GCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GCL: principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GCLA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GCLA: principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

244
236
246
236
. . .9
5

General (positioning systems). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235


Glossary and definitions for actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Ground ball screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Guiding systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

H.
Hand switches: principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
How to make your choose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

I.
IA4A series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
IA4B series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
ID8A series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
ID8B series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
IMD3 series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

L.
LBBR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
LBBR ../HV6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
LBCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
LBCF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
LBCR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
LBCT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
LBHT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
LEAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
LEBS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Limit switches, actuators spare parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Linear actuators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Linear ball bearing table without drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Linear motor tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
LJM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
LJMH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
LJMR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
LJMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
LJT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
LLMHC ..LA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
LLMHC ..TA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
LLMHR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
LLMWC ..LA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
LLMWC ..TA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
LLMWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
LLRHS ..A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
LLRHS ..LR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
LLRHS ..LU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
LLRHS ..R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
LLRHS ..SA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
LLRHS ..SU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
LLRHS ..U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
LLRRS ..LA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
LPAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
LPAT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
LPBR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
LQBR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
6

LQCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
LQCF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
LQCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
LQCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
LRCB/LRCC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
LSCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
LSHS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
LSNS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
LTB: principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
LTB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
LTBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
LTCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
LTCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
LTCR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
LTCT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
LTDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
LUCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
LUCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
LUCF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
LUCR PA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
LUCR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
LUCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
LUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
LUCT .. PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
LUCT BH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
LUHR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
LUHR PB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
LUJR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
LUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
LUNE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
LUNF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
LVCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
LVCR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
LWAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
LWAKE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
LWAKE 3/6/9 ACSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
LWAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
LWEAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
LWEARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
LWEARV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
LWEAV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
LWERA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
LWERE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
LWGD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 85, 94, 96
LWHW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94, 96
LWJK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
LWJK 2 ACSM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
LWM/LWV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
LWM 3015/LWV 3015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
LWM 4020/LWV 4020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
LWM 5025/LWV 5025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
LWM 6035/LWV 6035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
LWM 7040/LWV 7040 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
LWM 8050/LWV 8050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
LWR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
LWR 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
LWR 3/6 ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
LWR 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
LWR 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

LWRB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
LWRB 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
LWRB 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
LWRB 2 ACSM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
LWRE 2211. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
LWRE 2211 ACS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
LWRE 3 ACS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
LWRE 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
LWRE 3 ACSM Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
LWRE 3/6 .. Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
LWRE 3/6 .. ACS Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
LWRE 3/6/9 ACSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
LWRE 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
LWRE 6 ACS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
LWRE 6 ACSM Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
LWRE 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
LWRE 9 ACS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
LWRM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
LWRM 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
LWRM 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
LWRPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
LWRPM 3/6/9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
LWRPV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
LWRPV 3/6/9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
LWRV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
LWRV 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
LWRV 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
LZAB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
LZAU ..2LS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
LZBB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
LZBB/LZAB: principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
LZBU .. A-2LS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
LZBU .. B-2LS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
LZM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
LZM: principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

M.
M3 DIN 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
M5 DIN 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
M6 DIN 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
M8 DIN 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
M10 DIN 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
M12 DIN 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
MAGFORCE: principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
MATRIX: principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
MAX1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
MAX3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
MAX6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Miniature profile rail guides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Modular range rail guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Motors, actuators spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

O.
Ordering key for:
Ball screw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Ground ball screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
LBBR compact series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
LBBR standard series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Linear ball bearing table with drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Linear ball bearing table without drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Miniature profile rail guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Miniature slides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Precision rail guides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Precision shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Profile rail guide slides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Profile rail guides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Roller screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Slides, tables and compact cross tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Standard slides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

P.
Page with all detailed drawings of CAT 32B,
CAT 33 and CAT 33H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
PGFE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
PGFJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Planetary roller screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Planetary roller screws: principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
PLBU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
PN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
PND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Positioning systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Precision ground screw (inches version). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Precision rail guides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Precision shafts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Profile rail guides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
PVK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
PVU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

R.
Recirculating roller screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recirculating roller screws: principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RM: principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roller screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rotating nut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RSM/RSK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RSM/RSK: principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

150
133
248
236
131
116
254
236

S.
SCU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
SCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
SD/BD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Selection guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Service range, roller screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
7

Service range, ground ball screws (Europe only). . . . . . . . . . . . 124


SGFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
SH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Shaft and combinations for rolled ball screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Shaft guiding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
SKD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
SKG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
SKS/SKA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
SL/BL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
SLD/BLD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
SLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
SN/BN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
SND/BND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Spare parts for actuators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
SRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
SRF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
SSM/SSK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
SSM/SSK: principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
ST desk switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
ST foot switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Standard end machining for nominal diameter < 16 mm . . . . . 119
Standard end machining for nominal diameter 16 mm . . . . . 120
Standard plug & play electromechanical cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . 265
STD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
STW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
SVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
SX/BX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

T.
TELEMAG: principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
TELEMAG TFG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
TELEMAG TLG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Telescopic pillars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
TELESMART: principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
TELESMART TXG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
TO/TS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
TO/TS: principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
TRK/PRK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
TRU/PRU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Type codes for accessories and spare parts:
CAR 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
CAR 32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
CAR 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
CAT 33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
CAT 33H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
CAT 32B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

W.
WSP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

General

About SKF
The SKF Group is one of the leading global
supplier of products, solutions and services
in the area comprising rolling bearings,
seals, mechatronics, services and lubrication
systems. The Groups service offer also
includes technical support, maintenance
services, condition monitoring and training.
The SKF business is organized into
three divisions; Industrial, Automotive
and Service. Each division serves a global
market, focusing on its specific customer
segments.
SKF has 120 manufacturing sites
distributed all over the world and its own
sales companies in 70 countries. SKF is also
represented in 140 countries through some
15 000 distributors and dealers. SKF is

Mechatronics
always close to its customers for the supply
of both products and services.
SKF was founded in 1907 and from
the very beginning focused intensively
on quality, technical development and
marketing. The results of the Groups efforts
in the area of research and development
have led to a growing number of
innovations that has created new standards
and new products in the bearing world.
The Group has a global IS0 14001
environmental certification and global
health and safety management standard
OHSAS 18001 certification. Its operations
have been approved for quality certification
in accordance with either ISO 9000 or
QS9000.

Mechatronics is the science of bringing


together mechanics and electronics into
exciting new solutions. It is a rapidly
advancing area that provides dramatic
opportunity to solve old problems in a
clever and environmentally friend way.
SKF has more than 400 engineers
dedicated to this area.
By being at the forefront of this
technology for many years, SKF has
developed unique application knowledge
in hardware and software. In combining
actuators, bearings, sealing, lubrication,
sensors and electronics competences,
wehave been able to develop a number
of standard and customized solutions.
SKFoffers a wide assortment of
mechatronic products:
Actuation systems
Linear motion
Motion control
Magnetic bearings

1 General

How to get more information


Selecting, defining and purchasing linear
guidings, ball and roller screws and
actuation systems from SKF has never
beenso simple.

www.skf.com
Consult SKFs comprehensive website
for more information on linear motion
and actuation products, together with a
description of our services.

On-line product selection

3D drawings download

PDF catalogues download

Discover our wide range of high precision


components, units and systems for linear
movements, providing solutions for guiding,
driving, actuation and positioning.

CAD files of our products can be accessed


online following some simple steps:
find the right product family from the
product tree, you will be sent to the
product selector and then find the product
designation you want to download.

In addition to this publication we have


all product brochures available as pdf
documents on the internet, ready to be
downloaded.

Linear bearings and units


with SKF factory pre-lubrication

10

About this publication


The encyclopedia of the linear motion
This publication introduces over 260 pages
of information on all the standard products
with clear tables to help the customer select
and order the right solution and correct
product.

How to handle
This publication consists of 4 chapters
divided as follows:
Guiding systems
Driving systems
Actuation systems
Positioning systems
The chapters are arranged from the most
simple, the guiding systems, through to
the most complex, the positioning systems,
which consists of parts of the other
components.
Each linear solution is introduced by a
overview, which makes it easy to select the
right product.
Different subjects are contained in the
separate chapters, starting with a brief
general description followed by the specific

After the type of product has been


identified, in some cases it can be
selected from several items, but
the order is always alphabetical

1
ordering key and the drawings with the data
tables.
If a subject is divided into several
sections, the corresponding ordering key
is located at the beginning of each section,
followed by the pages with tables and
pictures of that section (for example, on
page19 and on page26, there are two
ordering keys for the Linear ball bearings
but they belong to different families:
compact series and standard series).
The composition of the ordering keys
is not unambigous, due to the structural
difference of the products. Instead it follows
the type of the individual product.
To determine the product code to be used
on the order, do the following:
After identifying the type of product
required by examining the relevant pages
containing the main data, it is necessary to
prepare the code for the order. This may
consist of pre-set options, ordering key
boxes already filled in (for example: type,
colour, etc.) and options that can be selected
from several items, empty boxes (for
example: design, bearing, nut type, stroke,
length, etc.).

Selection design type for


element, open (AU) or
closed (BU)

Options,
alphanumeric
identity code of
the required item,
are to be written in
the corresponding
box of the
ordering key

Design:
Open design
Closed design
Nominal diameter
For AU
For BU

Selection value nominal


diameter in mm, see
pages 55-57 for table data

Selection shaft
support type

LZ

Type:

Features
for selection
(highlighted in
bold type)

In the ordering key, the options are set out


under the associated subjects, with the
indication of the code or the information
to be entered (with the measurement
restrictions contained in the associated
table). The sequence of the ordering key is
defined by the thin guiding lines that select
the corresponding box.
The individual ordering key may contain
indications or special notes.
Examples are given at the end of each
ordering key.
In the chapter for the actuators, the
selection of the item's dynamic load/speed
and motor option should be made by use
of an additional table with several options
located above the ordering key.
An example is given below to show how
to prepare the order code for an LZ long
linear table.

AU
BU
in mm:

Other option both


sides sealed fixing
selection
Length of linear
table in mm,
value to be found
in the tables

12 - 50
8 - 50

Option:
LZAU with LRCB shaft supports
LEAS A, high shaft position
LEAS B, low shaft position

no sign
A
B

Other option:
Both sides sealed

-2LS

Length in mm:

Example:

LZ BU

40

-2LS

X 1500

Example of an
ordering key that
has been filled in

11

Light, steady
and always on the run
The hummingbird is not only the

ball bearings which are capable of

worlds smallest bird, but it is also the

accommodating loads with the greatest

most stable, thanks to the incredible

efficiency.

speed of its wings (eighty pulsations


per second) that allow it to be
suspended in flight, so allowing itself to
feed on the delicious nectar from many
of the flowers in Latin America.
Lightness and stability are among
the features that have given SKF the
inspiration to create lightweight linear

12

The potential derived from such


lightness is truly impressive.

Guiding systems
2

Fig.1

Fig.2

Fig.3

Fig.4

Linear ball bearings (fig.1), profile rail


guides (fig.2), miniature profile rail guides
(fig.3), precision rail guides (fig.4): limited
stroke, very high precision and performance
capabilities.

Operating precision (table1)


Comparison of the different positioning
components and systems.

Table 1
Positioning
systems

Standard drives or linear motors


with all guiding systems

Linear motors

Roller screws

Actuation
systems

Electro-mechanical
actuators

100-1 000

Ball screws

10-100

Linear ball bearings

1-10

Profile rail guides

0,1-1

Driving systems

Standard slides

Guiding systems

Precision rail guides

Operating
precision (m)

13

2 Guiding systems
Shaft guidings

Shaft guidings

Fig.5

Fig.6

Linear ball bearings (fig.5, 6 and 7) are


bushings with recirculating ball tracks
which provide low friction movement and
the possibility of unlimited stroke. With the
range of linear ball bearings, plain bearings
and accessories, it is possible to design and
build economical and simple linear guidance
systems to suit a wide range of applications.
The bearings are available in two size
ranges: the compact ISO 1 series and the
heavy duty standard ISO 3 series (table2).

Fig.7

N.B.:
SKF linear ball bearings and units for
shaft diameter 6 mm and greater are
factory prelubricated by default1).

1)

linear ball bearings without factory pre-lubrication


andpreservative only can be ordered by using the suffix
/VT808, e.g. LBCR 20 A-2LS/VT808.

Table 2

Basic dynamic
load rating

Type

Linear ball bearings


Compact
Standard

Linear plain bearings


Compact

Standard

LBBR
LBCR
LBCD
LBCT
LBCF
LBHT

30

30

LPBR
LPAR
LPAT

Shafts
LJM
LJMH
LJMR
LJT
LJMS

14

Standard CF 53
Hard cromium plated
Corrosion resistant
Hollow
Corrosion resistant

Stiffness

Speed

Precision

Compact series

LBBR
Compact linear ball bearings available in
standard or corrosion resistant versions.

LUHR / LUJR
Linear ball bearing units with either integral
seals or G-type seals mounted in the
housing.

LTDR
Duo linear ball bearing units with seals.
LQBR
Quadro linear ball bearing units with seals.

LTBR
Tandem linear ball bearing units with seals.

LSHS
Shaft blocks for compact series.
LEBS and LEAS
Tandem shaft blocks suitable for LQBR and
LQCD.

15

2 Guiding systems
Shaft guidings

Standard series

LBCR
Closed linear ball bearings without
self-aligning feature.

LBCD
Self-aligning linear ball bearings, closed
type.

LUCD / LUCE
Self-aligning linear ball bearing units with
adjustable preload.

LBCT
Open linear ball bearings, not self-aligning.

LBCF
Self-aligning linear ball bearings, open type.

LUCF
Open self-aligning linear ball bearing units
with adjustable preload.

LUND / LUNE
Self-aligning linear ball bearing units with
adjustable preload

LTCD / LTCF
Open or closed self-aligning tandem linear
ball bearing units.

LBHT
Heavy-load linear ball bearings, open type.
N.B.:
All LBC and LBH Linear ball bearings
available in corrosion resistant!

LUCT / BH
Heavy-load linear ball bearing units with
adjustable preload.

LUNF
Self-aligning linear ball bearing units, open
type with adjustable preload.

16

LQCD / LQCF
Open or closed self-aligning quadro linear
ball bearing units.

LVCR
Flanged linear ball bearing units.

LSCS
Standard shaft blocks suitable for use with
all linear bearing units.
LSNS
Shaft blocks suitable for use with all linear
bearing units.

Linear bearings and units


with SKF factory pre-lubrication

N.B.:
In addition to this catalogue, all product
brochures are available on www.skf.com
as PDF files.
Publication nr. 4182 EN

17

2 Guiding systems
Shaft guidings
Table3
Type

Size

Max load
dynamic

mm

LBBR
LBCR
LBCD
LBCT
LBCF
LBHT
LPBR
LPAR
LPAT

3 to 50
5 to 80
12 to 50
12 to 80
12 to 50
20 to 50
12 to 50
5 to 80
12 to 80

6 950
37 500
11 200
37 500
11 200
17 300
10 800
29 000
29 000

6 300
32 000
6 950
32 000
6 950
17 000
38 000
100 000
100 000

Linear bearing units


LUHR
LUJR
LTBR
LTDR
LQBR
LUCR
LUCD
LUCS
LUCE
LUCT
LUCF
LUCT BH
LUND
LUNE
LUNF
LVCR
LTCD
LTCF
LQCR
LQCD
LQCF

12 to 50
12 to 50
12 to 50
12 to 50
12 to 50
8, 60, 80
12 to 50
8, 60, 80
12 to 50
60, 80
12 to 50
20 to 50
12 to 50
12 to 50
12 to 50
12 to 80
12 to 50
12 to 50
8
12 to 50
12 to 50

6 950
6 950
11 400
11 400
18 600
37 500
11 200
37 500
11 200
37 500
11 200
17 300
11 200
11 200
11 200
37 500
18 300
18 300
1 290
30 000
30 000

6 300
6 300
12 700
12 700
25 500
32 000
6 950
32 000
6 950
32 000
6 950
17 000
6 950
6 950
6 950
32 000
14 000
14 000
1 420
28 000
28 000

Shaft blocks
LSCS
LSHS
LSNS
LEBS A

8 to 80
12 to 50
12 to 50
12 to 50

LEAS A/B

static

Comments

ISO serie

Self-aligning*

1
3
3
3
3
3
1
3
3

LBBR bearing
With shaft seals LBBR bearing
Tandem LBBR bearing
Duo LBBR bearing
Quadro LBBR bearing
LBCR bearing
LBCD bearing self-aligning*
LBCR bearing
LBCD bearing self-aligning*
LBCT bearing
LBCF bearing self-aligning*
LBHT bearing
LBCD bearing self-aligning*
LBCD bearing self-aligning*
LBCF bearing self-aligning*
LBCR bearing
Tandem LBCD bearing self-aligning*
Tandem LBCF bearing self-aligning*
Quadro LBCR bearing
Quadro LBCD bearing self-aligning*
Quadro LBCF bearing self-aligning*

1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

1
3

8 to 50

LSHS
LSNS
Tandem
LEBS A
LEAS A/B

Shafts and shaft supports


LJ
LRCB
LRCC

3 to 80
12 to 80
12 to 80

LRCB (holes)
LRCC (no holes)

Linear tables
LZAU

12 to 50

LZBU A

8 to 50

LZBU B

8 to 50

Quadro supported shaft


LBCF bearing
Quadro A = moving unit
A = moving unit
B = moving shafts
LBCD bearing

* Automatic compensation of shaft misalignments of up to max. 30 angular minutes

Linear ball bearings/Linear bearing units

18

Self-aligning*

1
3

Ordering key

B R

-2LS/HV6

Type:
Bearing, units, shaft blocks:
Linear plain bearing
Linear ball bearing
Single unit, closed design
Tandem or duo unit
Quadro unit
Shaft block
Tandem shaft block

P
B
U
T
Q
S
E

Design (for seals on side see table at end page):


For P (12 - 50)
For B Closed design (3 - 50)

e Non standard (12 - 50)

a Non standard (12 - 50)

a Standard (12 - 50)
For U d With shaft seals (12 - 50)

a Self-aligning, clearance adjustable, closed design, relubricatable (12- 50)

a Self-aligning, closed design, relubricatable (12 - 50)

x Self-aligning, clearance adjustable, closed design, relubricatable (12- 50)
For T (12 - 50); tandem unit

(12 - 50); duo unit
For Q (12 - 50)
For S (12 - 50)
For E (12 - 50)

BR
BR
BR
ER
HR
JR
CE
ND
NE
BR
DR
BR
HS
BS

Nominal diameter:
in mm
Option(s):
Without seals
One side sealed
Both sides sealed
Only valid for LBBR:
Without seals, corrosion resistant
One side sealed, corrosion resistant
Both sides sealed, corrosion resistant
Only valid for LUBR, LUHR
Only valid for LEBS

no sign
-LS
2-LS
/HV6
-LS/HV6
-2LS/HV6
PB
A

Only valid for LBBR:


Cassettes of 4 pieces for LBBR 3 - 5 only!

(CAS4)

Lubrication option:
Only preservative, no pre-lubrication ( 6 - 50)

/VT808

Example:

Seals on
side(s)

LPBR

LBBR

LUBR

LUER

LUHR

LUJR

LUCE

B R

LUND

LUNE

-2LS/HV6

LTBR

LTDR

LQBR

LSHS

LEBS

No

One

Both

Other options

/HV6

PB

PB

19

2 Guiding systems
Shaft guidings compact series
LBBR ..
Compact series 1
Linear ball bearings
LBBR (without seals)
-LS with one seal
-2LS with two seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
D

mm
LBBR 3 (CAS4)*
LBBR 4 (CAS4)*
LBBR 5 (CAS4)*
LBBR 6A
LBBR 8
LBBR 10
LBBR 12
LBBR 14
LBBR 16
LBBR 20
LBBR 25
LBBR 30
LBBR 40
LBBR 50

3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
25
30
40
50

C0

N
7
8
10
12
15
17
19
21
24
28
35
40
52
62

10
12
15
221)
24
26
28
28
30
30
40
50
60
70

60
75
170
335
490
585
695
710
930
1 160
2 120
3 150
5 500
6 950

44
60
129
270
355
415
510
530
630
800
1 560
2 700
4 500
6 300

Example:
LBBR 4 (CAS4)
LBBR 20-LS
LBBR 50-2LS
* Without seal, 4 pieces, packed in cassette (only valid for sizes 3, 4, 5)
1)
Width 22 does not correspond to series 1 in ISO standard 10285

LBBR .. /HV6
Compact series 1
Corrosion resistant bearings
/HV6 without seals
-2LS/HV6 with two seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
D

mm
LBBR 3/HV6 (CAS 4)*
LBBR 4/HV6 (CAS 4)*
LBBR 5/HV6 (CAS 4)*
LBBR 6A/HV6
LBBR 8/HV6
LBBR 10/HV6
LBBR 12/HV6
LBBR 14/HV6
LBBR 16/HV6
LBBR 20/HV6
LBBR 25/HV6
LBBR 30/HV6
LBBR 40/HV6
LBBR 50/HV6

3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
25
30
40
50

C0

N
7
8
10
12
15
17
19
21
24
28
35
40
52
62

Example:
LBBR 4/HV6 (CAS4)
LBBR 50-2LS/HV6

* Without seal, 4 pieces, packed in cassette (only valid for sizes 3, 4, 5)


1)
Width 22 does not correspond to series 1 in ISO standard 10285

20

10
12
15
221)
24
26
28
28
30
30
40
50
60
70

60
75
170
335
490
585
695
710
930
1 160
2 120
3 150
5 500
6 950

44
60
129
270
355
415
510
530
630
800
1 560
2 700
4 500
6 300

LPBR
Linear plain bearings

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic
C

C4

mm

LUHR ..
Linear ball bearing units
A
LUHR (without seals)
-2LS with 2 seals

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

Designations

Dimensions

Fw
Fw

19,19
24,23
28,24
35,25
40,27
52,32
62,35

28
30
30
40
50
60
70

10
12
13
17
20
24
27

965
1 530
2 080
3 400
4 800
7 650
10 800

LUHR 12
LUHR 16
LUHR 20
LUHR 25
LUHR 30
LUHR 40
LUHR 50

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

C0

24
38
52
85
120
193
270

3 350
5 400
7 350
12 000
17 000
27 000
38 000

Basic load ratings


dynamic static
C

H
0,01

H1

mm

C
4 m/s

LPBR 12
LPBR 16
LPBR 20
LPBR 25
LPBR 30
LPBR 40
LPBR 50

Fw

C
0,1 m/s

static

C0

N
28
30
30
40
50
60
70

17
19
23
27
30
39
47

33
38
45
54
60
76
92

40
45
53
62
67
87
103

695
930
1 160
2 120
3 150
5 500
6 950

510
630
800
1 560
2 700
4 500
6 300

Example:
LUHR 16
LUHR 30-2LS

21

2 Guiding systems
Shaft guidings compact series
LUHR .. PB
Linear plain bearing units without seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic
H
0,01

H1

mm

C
4 m/s

C0

24
38
52
85
120
193
270

3 350
5 400
7 350
12 000
17 000
27 000
38 000

LUHR 12 PB
LUHR 16 PB
LUHR 20 PB
LUHR 25 PB
LUHR 30 PB
LUHR 40 PB
LUHR 50 PB

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

Designations

Dimensions

28
30
30
40
50
60
70

17
19
23
27
30
39
47

33
38
45
54
60
76
92

40
45
53
62
67
87
103

965
1 530
2 080
3 400
4 800
7 650
10 800

A1

LUJR

Linear ball bearing units with shaft seals

Fw

A1

Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
H
0,01

H1

mm

Fw

22

C
0,1 m/s

static

LUJR 12
LUJR 16
LUJR 20
LUJR 25
LUJR 30
LUJR 40
LUJR 50

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

C0

N
35
37
39
49
59
71
81

17
19
23
27
30
39
47

33
38
45
54
60
76
92

40
45
53
62
67
87
103

695
930
1 160
2 120
3 150
5 500
6 950

510
630
800
1 560
2 700
4 500
6 300

LTBR ..
A
Tandem linear ball bearing units
LTBR (without seals)
-2LS with two seals

Designations

Fw

Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static

H
0,01

H1

mm

Fw

Dimensions

LTBR 12
LTBR 16
LTBR 20
LTBR 25
LTBR 30
LTBR 40
LTBR 50

C0

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

60
65
65
85
105
125
145

17
19
23
27
30
39
47

33
38
45
54
60
76
92

40
45
53
62
67
87
103

1 140
1 530
1 900
3 450
5 200
9 000
11 400

1 020
1 270
1 600
3 150
5 400
9 000
12 700

Example:
LTBR 16
LTBR 30-2LS

LSHS
Shaft block for compact series

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

H
0,01

H2

18
20
24
28
30
40
50

19
22
25
31
34
42
50

33
38
45
54
60
76
92

40
45
53
62
67
87
103

mm
LSHS 12
LSHS 16
LSHS 20
LSHS 25
LSHS 30
LSHS 40
LSHS 50

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

23

2 Guiding systems
Shaft guidings compact series
LTDR
Duo linear ball bearing units
LTDR (without seals)
-2LS with four seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
H
0,01

H1

L1

mm

LTDR 12
LTDR 16
LTDR 20
LTDR 25
LTDR 30
LTDR 40
LTDR 50

FFww

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

C0

N
28
30
30
40
50
60
70

15
17.5
20
25
28
35
40

30
35
40
50
56
70
80

80
96
115
136
146
184
210

40
52
63
75
80
97
107

1 140
1 530
1 900
3 450
5 200
9 000
11 400

1 020
1 270
1 600
3 150
5 400
9 000
12 700

Example:
LTDR 12
LTDR 25-2LS

LQBR
Quadro linear ball bearing units
LQBR (without seals)
A
-2LS with four seals

Designations

Fw

Fw

LQBR 12
LQBR 16
LQBR 20
LQBR 25
LQBR 30
LQBR 40
LQBR 50
Example:
LQBR 40
LQBR 30-2LS

24

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
H
0,01

H1

L1

mm

Fw

Dimensions

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

C0

N
70
80
85
100
130
150
175

15
17.5
20
25
28
35
40

30
35
40
50
56
70
80

80
96
115
136
146
184
210

40
52
63
75
80
97
107

1 860
2 500
3 100
5 600
8 500
14 600
18 600

2 040
2 550
3 200
6 300
10 800
18 000
25 500

LEBS
Tandem shaft blocks suitable for LQBR and
LTDR

Designations

Dimensions
Da

HA
0,01

H1

L1

15
15
18
20
20
25
30

17
19,5
22
27
31
38
43

30
35
40
50
56
70
80

80
96
115
136
146
184
210

40
52
63
75
80
97
107

mm

Appropriate special seals

LEBS 12 A
LEBS 16 A
LEBS 20 A
LEBS 25 A
LEBS 30 A
LEBS 40 A
LEBS 50 A

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

B1

22
15
17
19
21
24
28
35
40
52
62

2
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5

mm
SP-6122
SP-8153
SP-10173
SP-12193
SP-14213
SP-16243
SP-20284
SP-25354
SP-30404
SP-40525
SP-50625

6
8
10
12
14
16
20
25
30
40
50

25

2 Guiding systems
Shaft guidings standard series
Ordering key

Type
Bearing, units, shaft blocks:
Linear plain bearing
Linear ball bearing
Single unit
Flanged unit
Tandem unit
Quadro unit
Shaft block
Tandem shaft block
Shaft support

P
B
U
V
T
Q
S
E
R

Design (for seals on side see table at end page):


Closed design (5 - 80)
For P
Open design (12 - 80)

e Self-aligning, closed design (12 - 50)

a Self-aligning, open design (12 - 50)
For B* d Closed design (5 - 80)

a Open design (12 - 80)

x Heavy load, open design (20 - 50)

e Self-aligning, closed design, relubricatable (12 - 50)

a Self-aligning, radial adjustable, slotted design, relubricatable (12 - 50)

a Self-aligning, clearance adjustable, open design, relubricatable (12 - 50)

a Closed design, (relubricatable) (8 - 80)
For U d Clearance adjustable, closed design, relubricatable (8 - 80)

a Clearance adjustable, open design, relubricatable (12 - 80)

a Self-aligning, clearance adjustable, closed design, relubricatable (12 - 50)

a Self-aligning, clearance adjustable, slotted design, relubricatable (12 - 50)

x Self-aligning, clearance adjustable, open design, relubricatable (12 - 50)

AR
AT
CD
CF
CR
CT
HT
CD
CE
CF
CR
CS
CT
ND
NE
NF

Nominal diameter:
in mm
New bearing series* (for linear ball bearings only)

Option(s):
Without seals
One side sealed
Both sides sealed

e Without seals, corrosion resistant (for linear ball bearings only)
For B* d One side sealed, corrosion resistant (for linear ball bearings only)

x Both sides sealed, corrosion resistant (for linear ball bearings only)

no sign
-LS
-2LS
/HV6
-LS/HV6
-2LS/HV6

Other option:
Only valid for LUCR, LUCT:
With plain bearing, without seals
Only valid for LUCT:
With heavy-load bearing, without seals
With heavy-load bearing, both sides sealed
Only valid for LEAS:
Tandem shaft block, high shaft position
Tandem shaft block, low shaft position

PA
BH
BH-2LS
A
B

Lubrication option:
only preservative, no pre-lubrication ( 6 - 50)

/VT808
Example:

Seals on
side(s)

C T 30

BH-2LS

LPAR

LPAT

LBCD

LBCF

LBCR

LBCT

LBHT

LUCD

LUCE

LUCF

LUCR

LUCS

LUCT

LUND

LUNE

LUNF

No

One

Both

BH
or PA

Other options

26

PA

Ordering key (Continued)

Type
Bearing, units, shaft blocks:
Linear plain bearing
Linear ball bearing
Single unit
Flanged unit
Tandem unit
Quadro unit
Shaft block
Tandem shaft block
Shaft support

P
B
U
V
T
Q
S
E
R

Design (for seals on side see table at end page):


Self-aligning, closed design (12 - 50)
For V
Closed design (12 - 80)

e Self-aligning, closed design, relubricatable (12 - 50)

a Self-aligning, open design, relubricatable (12 - 50)
For T d Closed design, relubricatable (12 - 50)

x Open design, relubricatable (12 - 50)

e Self-aligning, closed design, relubricatable (12 - 50)
Self-aligning, open design, relubricatable (12 - 50)
For Q d

a Closed design, relubricatable (8 - 50)

x Open design, relubricatable (12 - 50)
For S (8 - 80)

(12 - 50)
For E (8 - 50)
Without bore holes (12 - 80)
For R
With bore holes (12 - 80)

CD
CR
CD
CF
CR
CT
CD
CF
CR
CT
CS
NS
AS
CB
CC

Nominal diameter:
in mm
Option(s):
Without seals
One side sealed
Both sides sealed

no sign
-LS
-2LS

Other option:
Only valid for LUCR, LUCT:
With plain bearing, without seals
Only valid for LUCT:
With heavy-load bearing, without seals
With heavy-load bearing, both sides sealed
Only valid for LEAS:
Tandem shaft block, high shaft position
Tandem shaft block, low shaft position

PA
BH
BH-2LS
A
B

Lubrication option:
only preservative, no pre-lubrication ( 6 - 50)

/VT808

Example:

Seals on
side(s)

LVCD

LVCR

LTCD

LTCF

LTCR

LTCT

LQCD

LQCF

LQCR

LQCT

C R 16

LSCS

LSNS

-2LS

LEAS

LRCB

LRCC

LUNF

No

One

Both

B
or A

Other options

27

2 Guiding systems
Shaft guidings standard series, closed types
LBCD ..
Standard series 3
Linear ball bearings self-aligning, closed
type
LBCD ..A (without seals)
-LS with one seal
-2LS with two seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
D

C3

mm
LBCD 12 A
LBCD 16 A
LBCD 20 A
LBCD 25 A
LBCD 30 A
LBCD 40 A
LBCD 50 A

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

C0

N
22
26
32
40
47
62
75

32
36
45
58
68
80
100

20
22
28
40
48
56
72

1 080
1 320
2 000
2 900
4 650
7 800
11 200

815
865
1 370
2 040
3 250
5 200
6 950

Example:
LBCD 25 A
LBCD 16 A-LS
LBCD 40 A-2LS

LBCR ..
Standard series 3
Linear ball bearings, closed type
LBCR .. A (without seals)
-LS with one seal
-2LS with two seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
D

C3

mm
LBCR 5 A
LBCR 8 A
LBCR 12 A
LBCR 16 A
LBCR 20 A
LBCR 25 A
LBCR 30 A
LBCR 40 A
LBCR 50 A
LBCR 60 A
LBCR 80 A

5
8
12
16
20
25
30
40
50
60
80

C0

N
22
16
22
26
32
40
47
62
75
90
120

22
25
32
36
45
58
68
80
100
125
165

12
14
20
22
28
40
48
56
72
95
125

280
490
1 160
1 500
2 240
3 350
5 600
9 000
13 400
20 400
37 500

210
355
980
1 290
2 040
3 350
5 700
8 150
12 200
18 000
32 000

Example:
LBCR 30 A
LBCR 80 A-LS
LBCR 60 A-2LS

N.B.:
All LBC.. A and LBH .. A Linear ball
bearings available in corrosion resistant!
28

LPAR ..
Linear plain bearings without seals, closed
type

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic

C3

C
0,1 m/s

mm
LPAR 5
LPAR 8
LPAR 12
LPAR 16
LPAR 20
LPAR 25
LPAR 30
LPAR 40
LPAR 50
LPAR 60
LPAR 80

LUCD ..
Single units, self-aligning, closed type,
relubricatable
LUCD (without seals)
-2LS with two seals

Designations

22
16
22
26
32
40
47
62
75
90
120

22
25
32
36
45
58
68
80
100
125
165

12
14
20
22
28
40
48
56
72
95
125

280
510
965
1 530
2 400
4 000
5 500
8 000
12 000
16 600
290 000

Dimensions

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

C0

7
13
24
38
60
100
137
200
300
415
720

980
1 800
3 350
5 400
8 300
14 000
19 300
28 000
41 500
60 000
100 000

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
H
0,01

H2

mm
LUCD 12
LUCD 16
LUCD 20
LUCD 25
LUCD 30
LUCD 40
LUCD 50

C
4 m/s

5
8
12
16
20
25
30
40
50
60
80

Fw

static

C0

N
32
36
45
58
68
80
100

18
22
25
30
35
45
50

34.5
40.5
48
58
67
85
99

52
56
70
80
88
108
135

1 080
1 320
2 000
2 900
4 650
7 800
11 200

815
865
1 370
2 040
3 250
5 200
6 950

Example:
LUCD 40
LUCD 12-2LS

29

2 Guiding systems
Shaft guidings standard series, closed types
LUCE ..
Single units, self-aligning, clearance
adjustable, closed type, relubricatable
LUCE (without seals)

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

-2LS with two seals

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
H
0,01

H2

mm

LUCE 12
LUCE 16
LUCE 20
LUCE 25
LUCE 30
LUCE 40
LUCE 50

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

C0

32
36
45
58
68
80
100

18
22
25
30
35
45
50

34,5
40,5
48
58
67
85
99

52
56
70
80
88
108
135

1 080
1 320
2 000
2 900
4 650
7 800
11 200

815
865
1 370
2 040
3 250
5 200
6 950

Example:
LUCE 25
LUCE 50-2LS

LUCR ..
Single units, closed type, relubricatable
LUCR (without seals)
-2LS with two seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
H
0,01

H2

mm
LUCR 8*
LUCR 12
LUCR 16
LUCR 20
LUCR 25
LUCR 30
LUCR 40
LUCR 50
LUCR 60
LUCR 80

8
12
16
20
25
30
40
50
60
80

C0

N
25
32
36
45
58
68
80
100
125
165

15
18
22
25
30
35
45
50
60
80

28
34,5
40,5
48
58
67
85
99
118
158

45
52
56
70
80
88
108
135
560
205

365
1 080
1 320
2 000
2 900
4 650
7 800
11 200
20 400
37 500

285
815
865
1 370
2 040
3 250
5 200
6 950
18 000
32 000

Example:
LUCR 80
LUCR 8-2LS

* Linear ball bearings fitted to these units are secured with snap rings according to DIN 471 and cannot be relubricated.

30

LUCR .. PA
Single plain bearing units without seals,
closed type

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic
H
0,01

H2

mm
LUCR 8 PA
LUCR 12 PA
LUCR 16 PA
LUCR 20 PA
LUCR 25 PA
LUCR 30 PA
LUCR 40 PA
LUCR 50 PA
LUCR 60 PA
LUCR 80 PA

8
12
16
20
25
30
40
50
60
80

C
0,1 m/s

static

C
4 m/s

C0

13
24
38
60
100
137
200
300
415
720

1 800
3 350
5 400
8 300
14 000
19 300
28 000
41 500
60 000
100 000

N
25
32
36
45
58
68
80
100
125
165

15
18
22
25
30
35
45
50
60
80

28
34,5
40,5
48
58
67
85
99
118
158

45
52
56
70
80
88
108
135
160
205

510
965
1 530
2 400
4 000
5 500
8 000
12 000
16 600
29 000

Delivery time on request

LUCS ..
Single units, clearance adjustable, closed
type, relubricatable
LUCS (without seals)
-2LS with two seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
H
0,01

H2

mm
LUCS 8*
LUCS 12
LUCS 16
LUCS 20
LUCS 25
LUCS 30
LUCS 40
LUCS 50
LUCS 60
LUCS 80

8
12
16
20
25
30
40
50
60
80

C0

N
25
32
36
45
58
68
80
100
125
165

15
18
22
25
30
35
45
50
60
80

28
34,5
40,5
48
58
67
85
99
118
158

45
52
56
70
80
88
108
135
160
205

490
1 160
1 500
2 240
3 350
5 600
9 000
13 400
20 400
37 500

355
980
1 290
2 040
3 350
5 700
8 150
12 200
18 000
32 000

Example:
LUCS 50
LUCS 60-2LS

* Linear ball bearings fitted to these units are secured with snap rings according to DIN 471 and cannot be relubricated.

31

2 Guiding systems
Shaft guidings standard series, closed types
LUND ..
Single units, self-aligning, closed type,
relubricatable
LUND (without seals)
-2LS with two seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
H
0,01

H1

mm
LUND 12
LUND 16
LUND 20
LUND 25
LUND 30
LUND 40
LUND 50

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

C0

N
32
37
45
58
68
80
100

18
22
25
30
35
45
50

35
42
50
61
70
90
105

43
53
60
78
87
108
132

1 080
1 320
2 000
2 900
4 650
7 800
11 200

815
865
1 370
2 040
3 250
5 200
6 950

Example:
LUND 12
LUND 30-2LS

LUNE ..
Single units, self-aligning, clearance
adjustable, closed type, relubricatable
LUNE (without seals)
-2LS with two seals

Designations

Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
H
0,01

H1

mm
LUNE 12
LUNE 16
LUNE 20
LUNE 25
LUNE 30
LUNE 40
LUNE 50
Example:
LUNE 40
LUNE 16-2LS

32

Dimensions

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

C0

N
32
37
45
58
68
80
100

18
22
25
30
35
45
50

35
42
50
61
70
90
105

43
53
60
78
87
108
132

1 080
1 320
2 000
2 900
4 650
7 800
11 200

815
865
1 370
2 040
3 250
5 200
6 950

LVCD ..
Flanged self-aligning units
LVCD (without seals)
-2LS with two seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
C

D2

mm
LVCD 12
LVCD 16
LVCD 20
LVCD 25
LVCD 30
LVCD 40
LVCD 50

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

C0

N
20
22
28
40
48
56
72

32
36
45
58
68
80
100

42
50
60
74
84
108
130

32
38
46
58
66
90
110

1 080
1 320
2 000
2 900
4 650
7 800
11 200

815
865
1 370
2 040
3 250
5 200
6 950

Example:
LVCD 12
LVCD 30-2LS

LVCR ..
Flanged units
LVCR (without seals)
-2LS with two seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
C

D2

mm
LVCR 12
LVCR 16
LVCR 20
LVCR 25
LVCR 30
LVCR 40
LVCR 50
LVCR 60
LVCR 80

12
16
20
25
30
40
50
60
80

C0

N
20
22
28
40
48
56
72
95
125

32
36
45
58
68
80
100
125
165

42
50
60
74
84
108
130
160
200

32
38
46
58
66
90
110
135
180

1 160
1 500
2 240
3 350
5 600
9 000
13 400
20 400
37 500

980
1 290
2 040
3 350
5 700
8 150
12 200
18 000
32 000

Example:
LVCR 20
LVCR 60-2LS
Delivery time on request

33

2 Guiding systems
Shaft guidings standard series, closed types
LSCS
Shaft blocks

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

H
0,01

H2

10
12
15
20
28
30
36
49
62
85

15
20
20
25
30
35
45
50
60
80

25
32,5
35,5
43,5
53
63
81
92,5
112
147,5

45
52
56
70
80
88
108
135
160
205

H
0,01

H2

20
24
30
38
40
48
58

20
25
30
35
40
50
60

35
42
50
61
70
90
105

43
53
60
78
87
108
132

mm

LSNS
Shaft blocks

LSCS 8
LSCS 12
LSCS 16
LSCS 20
LSCS 25
LSCS 30
LSCS 40
LSCS 50
LSCS 60
LSCS 80

8
12
16
20
25
30
40
50
60
80

Designations

Dimensions
Fw
mm

LSNS 12
LSNS 16
LSNS 20
LSNS 25
LSNS 30
LSNS 40
LSNS 50

34

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

LTCD ..
Tandem units, self-aligning, closed type,
relubricatable
LTCD (without seals)
-2LS with two seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
H
0,01

H1

mm
LTCD 12
LTCD 16
LTCD 20
LTCD 25
LTCD 30
LTCD 40
LTCD 50

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

C0

N
76
84
104
130
152
176
224

18
22
25
30
35
45
50

35
41,5
49,5
59,5
69,5
89,5
99,5

42
50
60
74
84
108
130

1 760
2 160
3 200
4 750
7 500
12 700
18 300

1 630
1 730
2 750
4 150
6 550
10 400
14 000

Example:
LTCD 30
LTCD 12-2LS

LTCR ..
Tandem units, closed type, relubricatable
LTCR (without seals)
-2LS with two seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
H
0,01

H1

mm
LTCR 12
LTCR 16
LTCR 20
LTCR 25
LTCR 30
LTCR 40
LTCR 50

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

C0

N
76
84
104
130
152
176
224

18
22
25
30
35
45
50

35
41,5
49,5
59,5
69,5
89,5
99,5

42
50
60
74
84
108
130

1 900
2 450
3 650
5 500
9 150
15 000
22 000

1 960
2 600
4 150
6 700
11 400
16 300
24 500

Example:
LTCR 50
LTCR 20-2LS

35

2 Guiding systems
Shaft guidings standard series, closed types
LQCD ..
Quadro units, self-aligning, closed type,
relubricatable
LQCD (without seals)
-2LS with four seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
H
0,01

H1

C
0,1 m/s

mm
LQCD 12
LQCD 16
LQCD 20
LQCD 25
LQCD 30
LQCD 40
LQCD 50

C0

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

32
36
45
58
68
80
100

16
18
23
28
32
40
48

32
36
46
56
64
80
96

85
100
130
160
180
230
280

2 850
3 450
5 200
7 650
12 200
20 800
30 000

3 250
3 450
5 500
8 150
12 900
20 800
28 000

Example:
LQCD 40
LQCD 16-2LS

LQCR ..
Quadro units, closed type, relubricatable
LQCR (without seals)
-2LS with four seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
H
0,01

H1

L1

mm
LQCR 8
LQCR 12
LQCR 16
LQCR 20
LQCR 25
LQCR 30
LQCR 40
LQCR 50
Example:
LQCR 25
LQCR 12-2LS

36

8
12
16
20
25
30
40
50

C0

N
25
32
36
45
58
68
80
100

11,5
16
18
23
28
32
40
48

23
32
36
46
56
64
80
96

65
85
100
130
160
180
230
280

32
42
54
72
88
96
122
152

1 290
3 100
4 000
6 000
9 000
14 800
23 800
35 400

1 420
4 000
5 200
8 300
13 400
22 800
32 600
48 800

LEAS ..
Tandem shaft blocks, closed type, suitable
for LQCD / LQCR
LEAS .. A high shaft position

Designations

Dimensions
for types A and B
da

for type A
L

L1

mm
LEAS 8
LEAS 12
LEAS 16
LEAS 20
LEAS 25
LEAS 30
LEAS 40
LEAS 50

8
12
16
20
25
30
40
50

HA
0,015

for type B

H1A

HB
0,015

H1B

23
32
37
46
56
64
80
96

11
14
17
21
26
29
36
44

22
28
34
42
52
58
72
88

N
12
15
18
20
25
25
30
30

65
85
100
130
160
180
230
280

32
42
54
72
88
96
122
152

12,5
18
20
25
30
35
44
52

Example:
LEAS 50 A
LEAS 30 B

LEAS .. B low shaft position

37

2 Guiding systems
Shaft guidings standard series, open types
LBCF ..
Standard series 3
Linear ball bearings, self-aligning, open
type
LBCF..A (without seals)
-LS with one seal
-2LS with two seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic static
C

C3

mm
LBCF 12 A
LBCF 16 A
LBCF 20 A
LBCF 25 A
LBCF 30 A
LBCF 40 A
LBCF 50 A

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

22
26
32
40
47
62
75

32
36
45
58
68
80
100

20
22
28
40
48
56
72

7,6
10,4
10,8
13,2
14,2
18,7
23,6

deg.

78
78
60
60
50
50
50

1 080
1 320
2 000
2 900
4 650
7 800
11 200

C0

815
865
1 370
2 040
3 250
5 200
6 950

Example:
LBCF40 A
LBCF 25 A-LS
LBCF 16 A-2LS

LBCT ..
Standard series 3
Linear ball bearings, open type
LBCT.. A (without seals)
-LS with one seal
-2LS with two seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic static
C

C3

mm
LBCT 12 A
LBCT 16 A
LBCT 20 A
LBCT 25 A
LBCT 30 A
LBCT 40 A
LBCT 50 A
LBCT 60 A
LBCT 80 A

12
16
20
25
30
40
50
60
80

22
26
32
40
47
62
75
90
120

32
36
45
58
68
80
100
125
165

20
22
28
40
48
56
72
95
125

7,6
10,4
10,8
13,2
14,2
18,7
23,6
29,6
38,4

deg.

78
78
60
60
50
50
50
54
54

1 160
1 500
2 240
3 350
5 600
9 000
13 400
20 400
37 500

C0

980
1 290
2 040
3 350
5 700
8 150
12 220
18 000
32 000

Example:
LBCT 20 A
LBCT 80 A-LS
LBCT 50 A-2LS

N.B.:
All LBC.. A and LBH .. A Linear ball
bearings available in corrosion resistant!
38

LBHT ..
Standard series 3
Heavy-load linear ball bearings, open type
LBHT.. A (without seals)
-LS with one seal
-2LS with two seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic static

C3

mm
LBHT 20 A
LBHT 25 A
LBHT 30 A
LBHT 40 A
LBHT 50 A

20
25
30
40
50

32
40
47
62
75

45
58
68
80
100

28
40
48
56
72

10,8
13,2
14,2
18,7
23,6

deg.

60
60
50
50
50

2 650
4 900
7 200
11 600
17 300

C0

2 650
5 100
8 000
11 400
17 000

Example:
LBHT 40 A
LBHT 25 A-LS
LBHT 20 A-2LS

LPAT ..
Linear plain bearings, without seals, open
design

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic
C

C3

mm
LPAT 12
LPAT 16
LPAT 20
LPAT 25
LPAT 30
LPAT 40
LPAT 50
LPAT 60
LPAT 80

12
16
20
25
30
40
50
60
80

C
0,1 m/s

static

C
4 m/s

C0

24
38
60
100
137
200
300
415
720

3 350
5 400
8 300
14 000
19 300
28 000
41 500
60 000
100 000

N
22
26
32
40
47
62
75
90
120

32
36
45
58
68
80
100
125
165

20
22
28
40
48
56
72
95
125

7,6
10,4
10,8
13,2
14,2
18,7
23,6
29,6
38,4

78
78
60
60
50
50
50
54
54

965
1 530
2 400
4 000
5 500
8 000
12 000
16 600
29 000

N.B.:
All LBC.. A and LBH .. A Linear ball
bearings available in corrosion resistant!
39

2 Guiding systems
Shaft guidings standard series, open types
LUCF ..
Single units, self-aligning, clearance
adjustable, open type, relubricatable
LUCF (without seals)
-2LS with two seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic static
H
H2
0,01

mm
LUCF 12
LUCF 16
LUCF 20
LUCF 25
LUCF 30
LUCF 40
LUCF 50

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

32
36
45
58
68
80
100

18
22
25
30
35
45
50

28
35
42
51
60
77
88

52
56
70
80
88
108
135

7,6
10,4
10,8
13,2
14,2
18,7
23,6

deg.

78
78
60
60
50
50
50

1 080
1 320
2 000
2 900
4 650
7 800
11 200

C0

815
865
1 370
2 040
3 250
5 200
6 950

Example:
LUCF 16
LUCF 30-2LS

LUCT ..
Single units, clearance adjustable, open
type, relubricatable
LUCT (without seals)
-2LS with two seals

Designations

Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic static
H
H2
0,01

mm
LUCT 12
LUCT 16
LUCT 20
LUCT 25
LUCT 30
LUCT 40
LUCT 50
LUCT 60
LUCT 80
Example:
LUCT 60
LUCT 80-2LS

40

Dimensions

12
16
20
25
30
40
50
60
80

32
36
45
58
68
80
100
125
165

18
22
25
30
35
45
50
60
80

28
35
42
51
60
77
88
105
140

52
56
70
80
88
108
135
160
205

7,6
10,4
10,8
13,2
14,2
18,7
23,6
29,6
38,4

deg.

78
78
60
60
50
50
50
54
54

1 160
1 500
2 240
3 350
5 600
9 000
13 400
20 400
37 500

C0

980
1 290
2 040
3 350
5 700
8 150
12 220
18 000
32 000

LUCT ..BH
Single heavy load units, clearance
adjustable, open type, relubricatable
LUCT.. BH (without seals)
-2LS with two seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static

H
H2
0,01

mm
LUCT 20 BH
LUCT 25 BH
LUCT 30 BH
LUCT 40 BH
LUCT 50 BH

20
25
30
40
50

45
58
68
80
100

25
30
35
45
50

42
51
60
77
88

70
80
88
108
135

10,8
13,2
14,2
18,7
23,6

C0

deg.

60
60
50
50
50

2 650
4 900
7 200
11 600
17 300

2 650
5 100
8 000
11 400
17 000

Example:
LUCT BH 30
LUCT BH 20-2LS

LUCT ..PA
Single units without seals, open type

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic
H

H2

mm
LUCT 12 PA
LUCT 16 PA
LUCT 20 PA
LUCT 25 PA
LUCT 30 PA
LUCT 40 PA
LUCT 50 PA
LUCT 60 PA
LUCT 80 PA

12
16
20
25
30
40
50
60
80

C
0,1 m/s

static

C
4 m/s

C0

24
38
60
100
137
200
300
415
720

3 350
5 400
8 300
14 000
19 300
28 000
41 500
60 000
100 000

deg. N
32
36
45
58
68
80
100
125
165

18
22
25
30
35
45
50
60
80

28
35
42
51
60
77
88
105
140

52
56
70
80
88
108
135
160
205

7,6
10,4
10,8
13,2
14,2
18,7
23,6
29,6
38,4

78
78
60
60
50
50
50
54
54

965
1 530
2 400
4 000
5 500
8 000
12 000
16 600
29 000

41

2 Guiding systems
Shaft guidings standard series, open types
LUNF ..
Single units, self-aligning, clearance
adjustable, open type, relubricatable
LUNF (without seals)
-2LS with two seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic static
H
H1
0,01

mm
LUNF 12
LUNF 16
LUNF 20
LUNF 25
LUNF 30
LUNF 40
LUNF 50

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

32
37
45
58
68
80
100

18
22
25
30
35
45
50

28
35
42
51
60
77
88

43
53
60
78
87
108
132

7,6
10,4
10,8
13,2
14,2
18,7
23,6

deg.

78
78
60
60
50
50
50

1 080
1 320
2 000
2 900
4 650
7 800
11 200

C0

815
865
1 370
2 040
3 250
5 200
6 950

Example:
LUNF 20
LUNF 16-2LS

LTCF ..
Tandem units, self-aligning, open type,
relubricatable
LTCF (without seals)
-2LS with two seals

Designations

Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic static
H
H1
0,01

mm
LTCF 12
LTCF 16
LTCF 20
LTCF 25
LTCF 30
LTCF 40
LTCF 50
Example:
LTCF 50
LTCF 12-2LS

42

Dimensions

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

76
84
104
130
152
176
224

18
22
25
30
35
45
50

29
35
42
51
60
77
88

42
50
60
74
84
108
130

7,6
10,4
10,8
13,2
14,2
18,7
23,6

deg.

78
78
60
60
50
50
50

1 760
2 160
3 200
4 750
7 500
12 700
18 300

C0

1 630
1 730
2 750
4 150
6 550
10 400
14 000

LTCT ..
Tandem units, open type, relubricatable
LTCT (without seals)
-2LS with two seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic static
H

H1

mm
LTCT 12
LTCT 16
LTCT 20
LTCT 25
LTCT 30
LTCT 40
LTCT 50

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

76
84
104
130
152
176
224

18
22
25
30
35
45
50

29
35
42
51
60
77
88

42
50
60
74
84
108
130

7,6
10,4
10,8
13,2
14,2
18,7
23,6

deg.

78
78
60
60
50
50
50

1 900
2 450
3 650
5 500
9 150
15 000
22 000

C0

1 960
2 600
4 150
6 700
11 400
16 300
24 500

Example:
LTCT 16
LTCT 30-2LS

LQCF ..
Quadro units, self-aligning, open type,
relubricatable
LQCF (without seals)
-2LS with four seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic static
H
H1
0,01

L1

mm
LQCF 12
LQCF 16
LQCF 20
LQCF 25
LQCF 30
LQCF 40

12
16
20
25
30
40

32
36
45
58
68
80

18
22
25
30
35
45

30
35
42
51
60
77

85
100
130
160
180
230

42
54
72
88
96
122

7,6
10,4
10,8
13,2
14,2
18,7

deg.

78
78
60
60
50
50

2 850
3 450
5 200
7 650
12 200
20 800

C0

3 250
3 450
5 500
8 150
12 900
20 800

Example:
LQCF 12
LQCF 40-2LS

43

2 Guiding systems
Shaft guidings standard series, open types
LQCT ..
Quadro units, open type, relubricatable
LQCT (without seals)
-2LS with four seals

Designations

Dimensions
Fw

Basic load ratings


dynamic static
H
H1
0,01

L1

mm
LQCT 12
LQCT 16
LQCT 20
LQCT 25
LQCT 30
LQCT 40
LQCT 50

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

32
36
45
58
68
80
100

18
22
25
30
35
45
55

30
35
42
51
60
77
93

85
100
130
160
180
230
280

42
54
72
88
96
122
152

7,6
10,4
10,8
13,2
14,2
18,7
23,6

Example:
LQCT 42
LQCT 16-2LS

LRCB/LRCC
Shaft supports
LRCB with bore holes
LRCC without bore holes

Designations

H
0,02

22
26
32
36
42
50
60
68
86

600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600

mm
LRCB 12
LRCB 16
LRCB 20
LRCB 25
LRCB 30
LRCB 40
LRCB 50
LRCB 60
LRCB 80
Example:
LRCB 80
LRCC 80

44

Dimensions
d
A

LRCC 12
LRCC 16
LRCC 20
LRCC 25
LRCC 30
LRCC 40
LRCC 50
LRCC 60
LRCC 80

12
16
20
25
30
40
50
60
80

40
45
52
57
69
73
84
94
116

deg.

78
78
60
60
50
50
50

3 100
4 000
6 000
9 000
15 000
24 000
35 500

C0

4 000
5 200
8 300
13 400
22 800
33 500
49 000

Precision shafts
SKF precision shafts (fig.8) can be supplied
either as solid or hollow shafts.
The solid shafts are available in all
dimensions required to fit SKF linear ball
bearings; the hollow shafts have a minimum
outside diameter of 16mm.
They are induction hardened and ground
(see table on next page). SKF shafts have
exceptionally high dimensional stability and
long service life.
Yet at the end of shafts of normal
production length, deviations of hardness
and dimensional stability can occur.
For special applications, solid shafts
of stainless steel or hard chromium
plated shafts having a chromium layer
approximately 10 m thick can be supplied.
When using stainless steel shafts, please
note that the surface is not as hard as
that of shafts made of high-grade steel.
The case depth may also be greater than
indicated in table5 and this may have an
influence on the machinability of the shafts.
Because of the benefits they offer,
SKF precision shafts are not only used in
combination with SKF linear ball bearings
for linear guides, but also for other
purposes, for instance axles or column
sleeves.

Fig.8

Table 4
Nominal length
over

Deviation

incl.

mm

120
400
1000
2000
4000

Shaft diameter

Hardness
depth

over

incl.

min.

10
18
30
50
80
100

0,5
0,8
1,2
1,5
2,2
3

mm
120
400
1000
2000
4000
8000

0,3
0,5
0,8
1,2
2
3

Tolerances
SKF precision steel shafts are available
as standard with a diameter machined
totolerance h6 or h7. Other tolerances are
available on request. Shafts cut to special
lengths have a length tolerance to DIN
7168 medium. The relevant values are
given in table4.

Table 5

Length tolerances for shafts


to DIN/ISO 2768 medium class

10
18
30
50
80

Case hardening of SKF shafts

Shafts with radial holes


For linear guides requiring support, shafts
with threaded radial holes are needed.
These can be supplied by SKF. The radial
holes can be positioned either in a way that
they accommodate SKF shaft supports or as
specified in the customer drawing.

Linear bearings and units


with SKF factory pre-lubrication

N.B.:
In addition to this catalogue, all product
brochures are available on www.skf.com
as PDF files.
Publication nr. 4182 EN

45

2 Guiding systems
Precision shafts
Table 6

Composite shafts
Composite shafts can be supplied to
customer drawings, either with screwed
joints or with plug and socket joints,
depending on the application.
Accurately centred trunnions and sockets
guarantee smooth transitions at the butt
joint. To ensure correct assembly, the
relative positions of the shaft sections and
of the shaft ends are marked. Composite
shafts should be fastened to a support at
the butt joints, particularly when these are
of the plug and socket type. The radial
holes should be positioned as closely to
the joint as possible and the shaft length
selected in a way that bending of the shaft
will not result in a gap forming at the joint.

Materials
SKF precision steel shafts are available as
shown in tables6 and 7.
SKF precision shafts are made from
the non-alloyed high-grade steels Cf53
(Material No.1.1213), Ck53 (Material
No.1.1210), Ck60 (Material No.1.1221) and
100Cr6 (Material No.12067).
The surface hardness is between
approximately 60 and 64 HRC. The solid
shafts of stainless steel are made fromthe
steel X90CrMoV18 (Material No.1.4112)
or X46Cr13 (Material No.1.4034). In this
case the surface hardness lies between
approximately 52and 56 HRC.
Shafts made from other materials canbe
supplied to special order.

Designation

Type

LJM
LJMH
LJMR
LJMS
LJT

Precision shaft, steel Ck53/Cf53, 60-64HRC, h6


Hard chromium plated precision shaft, steel Ck53/Cf53, min. 60HRC, h7
Precision shaft, corrosion resistant, X90CrMoV18, 52-56HRC, h6/h7
Precision shaft, corrosion resistant, X46Cr13, 52-56HRC, h6/h7
Hollow shaft, high-grade steel, Ck60 or 100Cr6, 60-66HRC, h6/h7

Table 7
Standard length of the shafts1)
Shaft diameter

Dimensions
Maximal length2)
LJM3)

LJMS3)

LJMR3)

LJT3)

200
200
3800
3800
3800
3800
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200

6200
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200

mm
34)
44)
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
25
30
40
50
60
80

1)

3900
3900
3900
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200

Different diameters and length on request


Length tolerance 10 % (based on maximum shaft length)
For details see page 51/52
4)
Only available as ESSC 2
2)
3)

Standard shaft lengths

46

LJMH3)

2000
3900
3900
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200
6200

1000
3900
3900
3900
4900
4900
4900
4900
4900
4900
4900
4900
4900

Ordering key

LJ

Type
Designation type:
Precision shaft, steel Ck53/Cf53, 60-64HRC, h6
Hard chromium plated precision shaft, steel Ck53/Cf53, min. 60HRC, h7
Precision shaft, corrosion resistant X90CrMoV18, 52-56HRC, h6/h7
Precision shaft, corrosion resistant, X46Cr13, 52-56HRC, h6/h7
Hollow shaft, high-grade steel, Ck60 or 100Cr6, 60-66HRC, h6/h7

M
MH
MR
MS
T

Nominal diameter (mm):


See table 7, page 46
Length (mm):
See table 7, page 46
End finishing:
ESSC (1-10), see pages 48-50
For ESSC 4 - 5: Front side axial thread depth
For ESSC 6 - 9: Distance between end face and first radial thread
For ESSC 5: Front side axial thread depth
For ESSC 6 - 9: Distance between the radial threads

Example 1:

LJ

MR

40

1200

ESSC1

Example 2:

LJ

MR

40

1200

ESSC2

Example 3:

LJ

MR

40

1200

ESSC3

Example 4:

LJ

MR

40

1200

ESSC4

M1440

Example 5:

LJ

MR

40

1200

ESSC5

M1440 / M1650

Example 6:

LJ

MR

40

1200

ESSC6

Example 7:

LJ

MR

40

1200

ESSC7

Example 8:

LJ

MR

40

1200

ESSC8

Example 9:

LJ

MR

40

1200

ESSC9

Example 10:

LJ

MR

40

1200

ESSC10

125

250

125

250

47

2 Guiding systems
Precision shafts
ESSC 1
Cut, without chamfer, only deburred
Length tolerance according to ISO 2768
medium class
free from bur

ESSC 2
Cut, with chamfer
Length tolerance as ESSC 1
1 min.

ESSC 3
Cut, 25 machined chamfer, end faces cut
at right angles for limited length tolerance
or chamfered according to customer
specification
Length tolerance +/ 0,1 mm to a total
length of 3000 mm

1 min.

ESSC 4
Cut, 25 machined chamfer, end faces cut at
right angles, one front-side (axial) hole
Length tolerance as ESSC 3
(table8)

Table 8
Diameter

mm
5
8
10
12
14
16
20
25
30
40
50
60
80

48

Thread
G

Depth
L5
mm

M4
M4
M5
M5
M6
M8
M10
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24

10
10
12,5
12,5
15
20
25
25
30
40
50
60

ESSC 5
As ESSC 4 with two front side (axial) holes
(table9)

Table 9
Diameter

Thread
G

Depth
L5

mm

mm

5
8
10
12
14
16
20
25
30
40
50
60
80

M4
M4
M5
M5
M6
M8
M10
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24

ESSC 6
Cut and chamfered as ESSC 2
with radial holes for LRCB
first radial hole at Jx = J/2
H1 according to hardening depth
(table10)

Table 10

Thread

mm
5
8
12
16
20
25
30
40
50
60
80

G1

Jx

8
9,5
13
14
18
20
23
28
33

75
100
100
120
150
200
200
300
300

37,5
50
50
60
75
100
100
150
150

mm

M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M10
M12
M14
M16

5
6
7
9
11
11
13
15
16

ESSC 7
As ESSC6
radial holes with J and Jx according to
customer specification
(table11)

10
10
12,5
12,5
15
20
25
25
30
40
50
60

Table 11

Thread

mm
5
8
12
16
20
25
30
40
50
60
80

G1

Jx

8
9,5
13
14
18
20
23
28
33

mm

M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M10
M12
M14
M16

5
6
7
9
11
11
13
15
16

49

2 Guiding systems
Precision shafts
ESSC 8
Cut and chamfer as ESSC 2
shaft mounted on LRCB
first radial hole with Jx = J/2
H1 according to hardness depth
(table12)

Table 12

Thread

mm
5
8
12
16
20
25
30
40
50
60
80

G1

Jx

8
9,5
13
14
18
20
23
28
33

75
100
100
120
150
200
200
300
300

37,5
50
50
60
75
100
100
150
150

mm

M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M10
M12
M14
M16

5
6
7
9
11
11
13
15
16

ESSC 9
As ESSC8
shaft mounted on LRCC
radial holes with J and Jx according to
customer specification
(table13)

ESSC 10
Shaft according to customer specification
manufacture only according to customer
drawing

50

Table 13

Thread

mm
5
8
12
16
20
25
30
40
50
60
80

G1

Jx

8
9,5
13
14
18
20
23
28
33

mm

M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M10
M12
M14
M16

5
6
7
9
11
11
13
15
16

Standard designs for fixed length without chamfer

Standard designs for fixed length with chamfer

1)

Shafts cut to special length with chamfered ends. The length tolerance of these
shafts corresponds to LJM 201500 ESSC2 medium class.
The designation for a shaft with 20 mm diameter cut to a length of1,5 m is, for
example, LJM 201500 ESSC2.

Basic data for the various models for the precision shafts
Dimensions

Mass
Solid
shaft

d1

Hollow
shaft

Hollow
shaft

cm4

kg/m

7
14
16
18
28
30
36
57

Solid
shaft

Cross sectional
area

Designations

Solid
shaft

Solid shaft Solid shaft of stainless


of precision steel
steel

Solid shafts
Hollow shaft
with high
high grade
grade steel
steel
hard chromium
plated

Cf53/Ck53

X90CrMoV18

X46Cr13

Cf53/Ck53

Ck60/100Cr6

LJM 5
LJM 6
LJM 8
LJM 10
LJM 12
LJM 14
LJM 16
LJM 20
LJM 25
LJM 30
LJM 40
LJM 50
LJM 60
LJM 80

LJMR 3
LJMR 4
LJMR 5
LJMR 6
LJMR 8
LJMR 10
LJMR 12
LJMR 14
LJMR 16
LJMR 20
LJMR 25
LJMR 30
LJMR 40
LJMR 50
LJMR 60

LJMS 5
LJMS 6
LJMS 8
LJMS 10
LJMS 12
LJMS 14
LJMS 16
LJMS 20
LJMS 25
LJMS 30
LJMS 40
LJMS 50
LJMS 60

LJMH 5
LJMH 6
LJMH 8
LJMH 10
LJMH 12
LJMH 14
LJMH 16
LJMH 20
LJMH 25
LJMH 30
LJMH 40
LJMH 50
LJMH 60
LJMH 80

LJT 12

LJT 16
LJT 20
LJT 25
LJT 30
LJT 40
LJT 50
LJT 60
LJT 80

Hollow
shaft

rmin

mm
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
25
30
40
50
60
80

Moment
of inertia

0,4
0,4
0,8
0,8
0,8
0,8
1
1
1
1,5
1,5
1,5
2
2
2,5
2,5

0,06
0,1
0,15
0,22
0,39
0,62
0,89
1,21
1,58
2,47
3,86
5,55
9,86
15,4
22,2
39,5

0,79

1,28
1,25
2,35
3,5
4,99
9,91
14,2
19,43

0,0004
0,0013
0,0031
0,0064
0,02
0,049
0,102
0,189
0,322
0,785
1,92
3,98
12,6
30,7
63,6
201

mm2

0,31
0,597
1,64
3,46
9,96
27,7
57,1
153

7,1
12,6
19,6
28,3
50,3
78,5
113
154
201
314
491
707
1 260
1 960
2 830
5 030

163
160
305
453
685
1 350
1 920
2 565

Attention:
d1 can deviate from the value quoted.
Different shaft diameters and types on
request.
The static load capacity has to be decreased
by 8% and the dynamic load capacity by
18% when using the non-rusting types
(HV6) in conjunction with precision steel
shafts made of stainless steel.
51

2 Guiding systems
Precision shafts

Basic data for the various models for the precision shafts of high-grade steel
Shaft

Accuracy of dimension and form


Shafts to tolerance h6

Nominal
diameter

Diameter
deviation

high

mm

3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
25
30
40
50
60
80

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

1)

52

Shafts to tolerance h7
1)

Roundness

Circularity

Straightness

Diameter
deviation

low

t1

t2

t3

high

6
8
8
8
9
9
11
11
11
13
13
13
16
16
19
19

3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
8
8

4
5
5
5
6
7
8
8
8
9
9
9
11
11
13
13

150
150
150
150
120
120
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Shafts with straightness 50 mm/1000 mm to order.

Roundness

Circularity

Straightness1)

low

t1

t2

t3

10
12
12
12
15
15
18
18
18
21
21
21
25
25
30
30

4
5
5
5
6
7
8
8
8
9
9
9
11
11
13
13

6
8
8
8
9
10
11
11
11
13
13
13
16
16
19
19

150
150
150
150
120
120
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Linear ball bearing table


without drive
LZBU quadro-linear tables (fig.9)
The closed LZBU quadro linear table
consists of a closed quadro linear bearing
unit, two tandem shaft blocks and two
shafts of the required length.
The bearing unit is fitted with four
LBCDLS self-aligning linear ball bearings,
each sealed at one end. The LZBU-A
design enables axial movement of the linear
bearing unit, i.e. the shafts are fixed to the
machine bed via LEAS-A shaft blocks. The
LZBUB design is provided with LEASB
shaft blocks. This combination enables the
shafts to travel with the shaft blocks in
applications where the linear bearing unit
is fixed. LZBU quadro linear tables can be
supplied in sizes ranging from 8 to 50 mm.
Size 8 tables are not self-aligning and are
not designed for relubrication.
The description of the closed quadrolinear table also applies to the combination
of series 1 LQBR..2LS quadro linear
bearing units with twin LEBS tandem shaft
blocks and shafts (on special request only).
Shaft diameters range from 12 to 50 mm.
LZAU quadro-linear tables
The open LZAU quadro linear table
comprises the open quadro-linear unit
and two high precision shafts with shaft

Fig.9

LZBU

LZAU

supports. The bearing unit is fitted with


four LBCF-A-LS self-aligning linear ball
bearings, each sealed on one end. The
length of these tables is dictated by the
distance between centres of the attachment
holes in the LRCB shaft supports. The total
length should always be a multiple of this
distance. LZAU are available in sizes ranging
from 12 to 50 mm.

Linear bearings and units


with SKF factory pre-lubrication

N.B.:
In addition to this catalogue, all product
brochures are available on www.skf.com
as PDF files.
Publication nr. 4182 EN

53

2 Guiding systems
Linear ball bearing table without drive
Ordering key

LZ

Type:
Design:
Open design
Closed design
Nominal diameter
For AU
For BU

AU
BU
in mm:

12 - 50
8 - 50

Option:
LZAU with LRCB shaft supports
LEAS A, high shaft position
LEAS B, low shaft position

no sign
A
B

Other option:
Both sides sealed

-2LS

Length in mm:

Example:

54

L Z BU

40

-2LS

X 1500

LZBU ..A-2LS
Quadro linear tables, LZBU version with
LQCD closed bearing units, LEAS-A* shaft
blocks and shafts
* A design means fixed shafts and moving unit

2
Design LZBU A with closed linear bearing unit

Designations1)

Load ratings3)
dynamic static

Dimensions
d

HRA

H1A

L12)

L2

L3

J1

J2

C0

0,03

mm
LZBU 8 A-2LS4)
LZBU 12 A-2LS
LZBU 16 A-2LS
LZBU 20 A-2LS
LZBU 25 A-2LS
LZBU 30 A-2LS
LZBU 40 A-2LS
LZBU 50 A-2LS

8
12
16
20
25
30
40
50

N
24
34
38
48
58
67
84
100

23
32
37
46
56
64
80
96

600
900
1500
1800
1800
2400
3000
3000

65
85
100
130
160
180
230
280

32
42
54
72
88
96
122
152

55
73
88
115
140
158
202
250

52
70
82
108
132
150
190
240

1290
2850
3450
5200
7650
12200
20800
30000

1420
3250
3450
5500
8150
12900
20800
28000

1)

The designation for an LZBU quadro-linear table with a shaft length of, for instance, 1200 mm LZBU -2LS1200. Delivered as a kit of parts.
Recommended maximal shaft length. On demand longer shaft lengths are available. The appropiate length tolerances of these shafts are according to DIN7168
coarse series.
3)
Valid only for even loading of all four LBC A linear ball bearings. On delivery the deviation of the shaft must be considered and possibly the load rating revised.
4)
Units fitted with LBCR linear ball bearings are not designed for relubrication and are not self-aligning.
2)

55

2 Guiding systems
Linear ball bearing table without drive
LZBU ..B-2LS
Quadro linear tables, LZBU version with
LQCD closed bearing units, LEAS-B* shaft
blocks and shafts
* B design means fixed unit and moving shafts

Design LZBU B with closed linear bearing unit

Designations1)

Load ratings3)
dynamic static

Dimensions
d

HRB
0,03

H1B

L12)

L2

L3

J1

J2

mm
LZBU 8 B-2LS4)
LZBU 12 B-2LS
LZBU 16 B-2LS
LZBU 20 B-2LS
LZBU 25 B-2LS
LZBU 30 B-2LS
LZBU 40 B-2LS
LZBU 50 B-2LS

1)

8
12
16
20
25
30
40
50

C0

N
22,5
30
35
44
54
61
76
92

22
28
34
42
52
58
72
88

600
900
1500
1800
1800
2400
3000
3000

65
85
100
130
160
180
230
280

32
42
54
72
88
96
122
152

55
73
88
115
140
158
202
250

52
70
82
108
132
150
190
240

1290
2850
3450
5200
7650
12200
20800
30000

1420
3250
3450
5200
8150
12900
20800
28000

The designation for an LZBU quadro-linear table with a shaft length of, for instance, 1200 mm LZBU -2LS1200. Delivered as a kit of parts.
Recommended maximal shaft length. On demand longer shaft lengths are available. The appropiate length tolerances of these shafts are according to DIN7168
coarse series.
3)
Valid only for even loading of all four LBC A linear ball bearings. On delivery the deviation of the shaft must be considered and possibly the load rating revised.
4)
Units fitted with LBCR linear ball bearings are not designed for relubrication and are not self-aligning.
2)

56

LZAU ..-2LS
Quadro linear tables, LZAU version with
LQCF open bearing units and supported
shafts

2
Design LZAU with open linear bearing unit type LQCF

Designations1)

Load ratings3)
dynamic
static

Dimensions
d

HT
0,03

J2)

L1

L2

J2

mm
LZAU 12-2LS
LZAU 16-2LS
LZAU 20-2LS
LZAU 25-2LS
LZAU 30-2LS
LZAU 40-2LS
LZAU 50-2LS

12
16
20
25
30
40
50

C0

N
40
48
57
66
77
95
115

75
100
100
120
150
200
200

900
1500
1800
1800
2400
3000
3000

85
100
130
160
180
230
280

42
54
72
88
96
122
152

73
88
115
140
158
202
250

2850
3450
5200
7650
12200
20800
30000

3250
3450
5500
8150
12900
20800
28000

1)

 he designation for an LZAU quadro-linear table with a shaft length of, for instance, 600 mm LZAU2LS600. Delivered with shafts and shaft supports ready
T
assembled.
The separation is always arranged symmetrically to half the table length.
3)
Valid only for even loading of all four LBC A linear ball bearings.
2)

Dimensions
Standard length
d

mm

Length increments in mm

1240
50

300

600
600

900
900

1200
1200

1500
1500

1800
1800

2100
2100

2400
2400

2700
2700

3000
3000

57

2 Guiding systems
Linear ball bearing table without drive

Applications
In response to industry's ultimate need
toproduce more with less, SKF has

combined its knowledge and experience


with the latest technology to develop
solutions for your specific conditions.
Whether your goal is to design equipment

that provides more customer value, or


toincrease overall profitability, with SKF
experience and expertise, you're likely
to find a real solution.

Portable tool

Pneumatic handling

Components application
a) Linear ball bearings
b) Precision shafts

Components application
a) Linear ball bearings
b) Precision shafts

Bread slicing machine

Press brake

Components application
a) Linear ball bearings

Components application
a) Linear ball bearings
b) Precision shafts
c) Precision ball screws

58

Profile rail guides

Fig.10

Profile rail guides from SKF are modern


machine components used in the
production of linear guiding systems with
unlimited travel (fig.10).
They usually consist of a profile rail with
four precision-ground raceways and a
slide unit with four ball circulation paths.
This design offers numerous benefits. The
square configuration of the raceways results
in a guidance system with good rigidity,
capable of withstanding moment loads in all
directions.
The load-carrying capacity is equal in all
four directions (fig.11). Ready-to-mount
units guarantee economy and simplicity
of mounting. Installation and adjustment
procedures are reduced to a minimum.
The design of the system is such that
inaccuracies of the adjacent components
can be accommodated.
SKF profile rail guides are noted for
their ease of maintenance and reliability.
As standard, they are provided with grease
nipple and seals on all sides. The two-point
contact of the rolling elements with the
raceways permits high operational speeds
with quiet running and a low coefficient of
friction. Good running accuracy is assured
throughout the operational life of the
system. Guides with specific preload can
be supplied for special requirements. This
is achieved through selection. Preload
selection depends on the load and stiffness
specifications.

Fig.11

Profile rail guides

N.B.:
In addition to this catalogue, all product
brochures are available on www.skf.com
as PDF files.

Publication nr. 6229 EN

59

2 Guiding systems
Profile rail guides
Ordering key

LLR

Type
Product code:
Bellows (for bellows only)
Carriage (carriage only)
Rail (rail only)
System (carriage and rail)
Accessories, if order separately

HB
HC
HR
HS
HZ

Size:

15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 45

Carriage type:
Carriage, standard width
Carriage, standard width, short
Carriage, standard width, long
Carriage, slim line
Carriage, slim line, short
Carriage, slim line, long
Carriage, slim line, high
Carriage, slim line, high, long

A
SA
LA
U
SU
LU
R
LR

Ball retainer:
Carriage with ball retainer
Carriage without ball retainer

B
no sign

Number of carriages per rail track:

1, 2, C9, n

Preload classes:
Up to 10 m clearance, play
Preload 0,02C, light preload
Preload 0,08C, medium preload
Preload 0,12C, high preload

T0
T1
T2*
T3*

Rail length in mm
Precision class (for carriage and rail):
Standard precision
Medium precision
High precision
Super precision
Ultra precision

P5
P3
P1*
P01*
P001*

Number of parallel rail tracks:


One rail alone
Two rails in parallel

W1
W2

Accessories & Option symbols:


Jointed rail track
Bellows, system complete with bellows
Bellow Kit, type 2 (carriage thru the end of the rail)
Bellow Kit, type 4 (between two carriages)
Rail, customized accessories to drawing number
Rail with cover strip and cover strip guard type 2 (aluminium)
Distance between end face and the first hole (mm):
Symmetric holes as standard
Carriage mounted on rail
Scraper plates
Two piece front seals
Seal Kit, two piece front seals with scraper plates

A
B
B2
B4
D2
E=0
M
S1
S2
S3

* On request

Example 1:

LLR HB

25 -

Example 3:

LLR HS

25 - 1000

Example 5:

LLR HS

25

60

15

Bellow only with


15 folds

P5

Rail only

Example 2:

LLR HC

25

T1

Example 4:

LLR HS

25

T0 - 1000

T0 - 1000

P5

W2 / D2

S2

P5

Carriage only

P5

Complete system with


carriage and rail

Complete system ind. rail with cover strip and


cover strip guard plus two piece front seal

Accessories for profile rail guides


Scraper plate

Accessories for profile rail guides


Two-piece front seal

Accessories for profile rail guides


Seal kit

Size

Items

15
20
25
30
35
45

LLRHZ 15 S1
LLRHZ 20 S1
LLRHZ 25 S1
LLRHZ 30 S1
LLRHZ 35 S1
LLRHZ 45 S1

Size

Items

15
20
25
30
35
45

LLRHZ 15 S2
LLRHZ 20 S2
LLRHZ 25 S2
LLRHZ 30 S2
LLRHZ 35 S2
LLRHZ 45 S2

Size

Items

15
20
25
30
35
45

LLRHZ 15 S3
LLRHZ 20 S3
LLRHZ 25 S3
LLRHZ 30 S3
LLRHZ 35 S3
LLRHZ 45 S3

61

2 Guiding systems
Profile rail guides
LLRHS .. SA
LLRHS .. A
LLRHS .. LA

M0C

M 0A

W1
W3
M1

M2
H8

H3

L1

M1

d 4 H6

H9

d2

H5

L1

B2

L4

d4

LA

B2

L4

H9

H1
H4
N

H7

W
E

d3

SA

Designations

Dimensions
W1

L1

L2

H1

H41)

H42)

H3

W2

L3

L5

W3

16,3
16,3
16,3

16,2
16,2
16,2

H5

L6

L4

H8

H9

mm
LLRHS 15 SA
LLRHS 15 A
LLRHS 15 LA

47
47
47

15
15
15

16
16
16

44,7
58,2
72,6

25,7
39,2
53,6

24
24
24

19,9
19,9
19,9

5
5
5

38
38
38

30
30

26
26

24,55 6,7
24,55 6,7
24,55 6,7

16,25 17,85 3,2


8
9,6
3,2
15,2
16,8
3,2

3,2
3,2
3,2

LLRHS 20 SA
LLRHS 20 A
LLRHS 20 LA

63
63
63

20
20
20

21,5
21,5
21,5

57,3
75
91

31,9
49,6
65,6

30
30
30

25,35 20,75 20,55 6


25,35 20,75 20,55 6
25,35 20,75 20,55 6

53
53
53

40
40

35
35

32,5
32,5
32,5

7,3
7,3
7,3

22,95 22,95 3,35


11,8
11,8
3,35
19,8
19,8
3,35

3,35
3,35
3,35

LLRHS 25 SA
LLRHS 25 A
LLRHS 25 LA

70
70
70

23
23
23

23,5
23,5
23,5

67
38,6
86,2 57,8
107,9 79,5

36
36
36

29,9
29,9
29,9

57
57
57

45
45

40
40

38,3
38,3
38,3

11,5
11,5
11,5

25,35 26,5
5,5
12,45 13,6
5,5
23,3
24,45 5,5

5,5
5,5
5,5

LLRHS 30 SA
LLRHS 30 A
LLRHS 30 LA

90
90
90

28
28
28

31
31
31

75,3 45
97,7 67,4
119,7 89,4

42
42
42

35,35 28,55 28,35 7


35,35 28,55 28,35 7
35,35 28,55 28,35 7

72
72
72

52
52

44
44

48,4
48,4
48,4

14,6
14,6
14,6

28,8
14
25

6,05
6,05
6,05

LLRHS 35 SA
LLRHS 35 A
LLRHS 35 LA

100
100
100

34
34
34

33
33
33

84,9 51,4 48
110,5 77
48
139 105,5 48

40,4
40,4
40,4

32,15 31,85 8
32,15 31,85 8
32,15 31,85 8

82
82
82

62
62

52
52

58
58
58

17,35 32,7
34,2
6,9
17,35 14,5
16
6,9
17,35 28,75 30,25 6,9

6,9
6,9
6,9

LLRHS 45 A
LLRHS 45 LA

120
120

45
45

37,5
37,5

137,6 97
60
174,1 133,5 60

50,3
50,3

40,15 39,85 10
40,15 39,85 10

100 80
100 80

60
60

69,8
69,8

20,9
20,9

8,2
8,2

1)
2)

62

With rail cover strip


Without rail cover strip

24,45 24,25 7,5


24,45 24,25 7,5
24,45 24,25 7,5

17,3
35,5

30,5
15,7
26,7

19,3
37,5

6,05
6,05
6,05

8,2
8,2

a)

L6
L2

Legend:
a) F
 or O-ring
Size 15: 41,0 (mm)
Size 20-35: 51,0 (mm)
Open the lube hole if required.

SA

b)

b) L
 ube nipple, size 15 and 20:
Funnel-type nipple
Type A Thread size M3, DIN 3405
B2 = 1,6 mm
Size 25 to 35: AM 6 DIN 71412
B2 = 9,5 mm

W2

M 0B

a)

L6

L2

Lubricating nipples form part of the


delivery and have been included.
When using other lubricating nipples,
it is important to not exceed the correct
screw depth of 8 mm.

L5 L3

A, LA

Installation is possible on all sides.


b)

W2
Designations

Dimensions
H6

H7
0,5

Basic load ratings


d4

M1

d2

d3

M2

Emin

mm

C0

Mass
M0A/0B

M0C

Nm

kg

LLRHS 15 SA
LLRHS 15 A
LLRHS 15 LA

4,4
4,4

10,3
10,3
10,3

4,3
4,3
4,3

M55,2
M55,2
M55,2

7,4
7,4
7,4

4,4
4,4
4,4

M2,53,5 deep
M2,53,5 deep
M2,53,5 deep

10
10
10

60
60
60

5400
7800
10000

8100
13500
20000

28
71
150

80
130
190

0,15
0,2
0,3

LLRHS 20 SA
LLRHS 20 A
LLRHS 20 LA

5,2
5,2

13,2
13,2
13,2

5,3
5,3
5,3

M67,7
M67,7
M67,7

9,4
9,4
9,4

6
6
6

M35 deep
M35 deep
M35 deep

10
10
10

60
60
60

12400
18800
24400

13600
24400
35200

58
165
330

170
310
450

0,3
0,45
0,55

LLRHS 25 SA
LLRHS 25 A
LLRHS 25 LA

7
7

15,2
15,2
15,2

6,7
6,7
6,7

M89,3
M89,3
M89,3

11
11
11

7
7
7

M35 deep
M35 deep
M35 deep

10
10
10

60
60
60

15900
22800
30400

18200
30400
45500

94
240
510

260
430
650

0,5
0,65
0,9

LLRHS 30 SA
LLRHS 30 A
LLRHS 30 LA

7,9
7,9

17
17
17

8,5
8,5
8,5

M1011,0
M1011,0
M1011,0

15
15
15

9
9
9

M35 deep
M35 deep
M35 deep

12
12
12

80
80
80

22100
31700
40000

24800
41300
57800

150
380
715

430
720
1000

0,8
1,1
1,5

LLRHS 35 SA
LLRHS 35 A
LLRHS 35 LA

10,2
10,2

20,5
20,5
20,5

8,5
8,5
8,5

M1012,0
M1012,0
M1012,0

15
15
15

9
9
9

M35 deep
M35 deep
M35 deep

12
12
12

80
80
80

29300
41900
55600

32400
54000
81000

220
565
1215

700
1160
1740

1,2
1,6
2,25

LLRHS 45 A
LLRHS 45 LA

14,4
12,4

23,5
23,5

10,4 M1215,0
10,4 M1215,0

20
20

14
14

M47 deep
M47 deep

16
16

105
105

68100
90400

85700
128500

1130
2425

2310
3470

3
4,3

63

2 Guiding systems
Profile rail guides
LLRHS .. SU
LLRHS .. U
LLRHS .. LU

M 0C

W1
W3

M2
H3

M 0A

L1

M1

H8

d2

L1

B2

L4

H9

B2

L4

H9

H5
H

H1
H4
N

H7

W
E

d3

SU

Designations

U, LU

Dimensions
W1

L1

L2

H1

H41)

H42)

H3

W2

L3

W3

H5

L6

L4

H8

H9

16,3
16,3
16,3

16,2
16,2
16,2

5
5
5

26
26
26

26
26

24,55
24,55
24,55

6,7
6,7
6,7

16,25
10
17,2

17,85
11,6
18,8

3,2
3,2
3,2

3,2
3,2
3,2

mm
LLRHS 15 SU
LLRHS 15 U
LLRHS 15 LU

34
34
34

15
15
15

9,5
9,5
9,5

44,7
58,2
72,6

25,7
39,2
53,6

24
24
24

19,9
19,9
19,9

LLRHS 20 SU
LLRHS 20 U
LLRHS 20 LU

44
44
44

20
20
20

12
12
12

57,3
75
91

31,9
49,6
65,6

30
30
30

25,35 20,75
25,35 20,75
25,35 20,75

20,55
20,55
20,55

6
6
6

32
32
32

36
50

32,5
32,5
32,5

7,3
7,3
7,3

22,95
13,8
14,8

22,95
13,8
14,8

3,35
3,35
3,35

3,35
3,35
3,35

LLRHS 25 SU
LLRHS 25 U
LLRHS 25 LU

48
48
48

23
23
23

12,5
12,5
12,5

67
38,6
86,2 57,8
107,9 79,5

36
36
36

29,9
29,9
29,9

24,45
24,45
24,45

24,25
24,25
24,25

7,5
7,5
7,5

35
35
35

35
50

38,3
38,3
38,3

11,5
11,5
11,5

25,35
17,45
20,8

26,5
18,6
21,95

5,5
5,5
5,5

5,5
5,5
5,5

LLRHS 30 SU
LLRHS 30 U
LLRHS 30 LU

60
60
60

28
28
28

16
16
16

75,3 45
97,7 67,4
119,7 89,4

42
42
42

35,35 28,55
35,35 28,55
35,35 28,55

28,35
28,35
28,35

7
7
7

40
40
40

40
60

48,4
48,4
48,4

14,6
14,6
14,6

28,8
20
21

30,5
21,7
22,7

6,05
6,05
6,05

6,05
6,05
6,05

LLRHS 35 SU
LLRHS 35 U
LLRHS 35 LU

70
70
70

34
34
34

18
18
18

84,9 51,4
48
110,5 77
48
139
105,5 48

40,4
40,4
40,4

32,15
32,15
32,15

31,85
31,85
31,85

8
8
8

50
50
50

50
72

58
58
58

17,35
17,35
17,35

32,7
20,5
23,75

34,2
22
25,25

6,9
6,9
6,9

6,9
6,9
6,9

LLRHS 45 U
LLRHS 45 LU

86
86

45
45

20,5
20,5

137,6 97
60
174,1 133,5 60

50,3
50,3

40,15
40,15

39,85
39,85

10
10

60
60

60
80

69,8
69,8

20,9
20,9

27,3
35,5

29,3
37,5

8,2
8,2

8,2
8,2

1)
2)

64

With rail cover strip


Without rail cover strip

a)

L6
L2

Legend:
a) F
 or O-ring
Size 15: 41,0 (mm)
Size 20-35: 51,0 (mm)
Open the lube hole if required.

SU

b)

b) L
 ube nipple, size 15 and 20:
Funnel-type nipple
Type A Thread size M3, DIN 3405
B2 = 1,6 mm
Size 25 to 35: AM 6 DIN 71412
B2 = 9,5 mm

W2
a)

M 0B
L6

L2

Lubricating nipples form part of the


delivery and have been included.
When using other lubricating nipples,
it is important to not exceed the correct
screw depth of 8 mm.

L3

U, LU

Installation is possible on all sides.


b)
W2

Designations

Dimensions
H7
0,5

M1

Basic load ratings


d2

d3

M2

Emin

mm

C0

Mass
M0A/0B

M0C

Nm

kg

LLRHS 15 SU
LLRHS 15 U
LLRHS 15 LU

10,3
10,3
10,3

M46,0
M46,0
M46,0

7,4
7,4
7,4

4,4
4,4
4,4

M2,53,5 deep
M2,53,5 deep
M2,53,5 deep

10
10
10

60
60
60

5400
7800
10000

8100
13500
20200

28
71
150

80
130
190

0,1
0,15
0,2

LLRHS 20 SU
LLRHS 20 U
LLRHS 20 LU

13,2
13,2
13,2

M57,5
M57,5
M57,5

9,4
9,4
9,4

6
6
6

M35 deep
M35 deep
M35 deep

10
10
10

60
60
60

12400
18800
24400

13600
24400
35200

58
165
330

170
310
450

0,25
0,35
0,45

LLRHS 25 SU
LLRHS 25 U
LLRHS 25 LU

15,2
15,2
15,2

M69,0
M69,0
M69,0

11
11
11

7
7
7

M35 deep
M35 deep
M35 deep

10
10
10

60
60
60

15900
22800
30400

18200
30400
45500

94
240
510

260
430
650

0,35
0,5
0,65

LLRHS 30 SU
LLRHS 30 U
LLRHS 30 LU

17
17
17

M812,0
M812,0
M812,0

15
15
15

9
9
9

M35 deep
M35 deep
M35 deep

12
12
12

80
80
80

22100
31700
40000

24800
41300
57800

150
380
715

430
720
1000

0,6
0,85
1,1

LLRHS 35 SU
LLRHS 35 U
LLRHS 35 LU

20,5
20,5
20,5

M813,0
M813,0
M813,0

15
15
15

9
9
9

M35 deep
M35 deep
M35 deep

12
12
12

80
80
80

29300
41900
55600

32400
54000
81000

220
565
1215

700
1160
1740

0,9
1,25
1,7

LLRHS 45 U
LLRHS 45 LU

23,5
23,5

M1018,0
M1018,0

20
20

14
14

M47 deep
M47 deep

16
16

105
105

68100
90400

85700
128500

1130
2425

2310
3470

2,4
3,2

65

2 Guiding systems
Profile rail guides
LLRHS .. R
LLRHS .. LR

M 0C

M 0A

W3

W1

M2

M1

H8

H3

L1
B2

L4

d2

H9

H5
H

H1
H4
N

H7

d3

R, LR

Designations

Dimensions
W1

L1

L2

H1

H41)

H42)

H3

W2

L3

W3

H5

L6

L4

H8

H9

mm
LLRHS 15 R

34

15

9,5

58,2

39,2

28

23,9

16,3

16,2

26

26

24,55

10,7

10

11,6

7,2

7,2

LLRHS 25 R
LLRHS 25 LR

48
48

23
23

12,5
12,5

86,2 57,8
107,9 79,5

40
40

33,9
33,9

24,45
24,45

24,25
24,25

7,5
7,5

35
35

35
50

38,3
38,3

15,5
15,5

17,45
20,8

18,6
21,95

9,5
9,5

9,5
9,5

LLRHS 30 R
LLRHS 30 LR

60
60

28
28

16
16

97,7 67,4
119,7 89,4

45
45

38,35 28,55
38,35 28,55

28,35
28,35

7
7

40
40

40
60

48,4
48,4

17,6
17,6

20
21

21,7
22,7

9,05
9,05

9,05
9,05

LLRHS 35 R
LLRHS 35 LR

70
70

34
34

18
18

110,5 77
55
139
105,5 55

47,4
47,4

32,15
32,15

31,85
31,85

8
8

50
50

50
72

58
58

24,35
24,35

20,5
23,75

22
25,25

13,9
13,9

13,9
13,9

LLRHS 45 R
LLRHS 45 LR

86
86

45
45

20,5
20,5

137,6 97
70
174,1 133,5 70

60,3
60,3

40,15
40,15

39,85
39,85

10
10

50
60

60
80

69,8
69,8

30,9
30,9

27,3
35,5

29,3
37,5

18,2
18,2

18,2
18,2

1)
2)

66

With rail cover strip


Without rail cover strip

Legend:
a) F
 or O-ring
Size 15: 41,0 (mm)
Size 20-35: 51,0 (mm)
Open the lube hole if required.

a)

L6

L2

L3

b) L
 ube nipple, size 15 and 20:
Funnel-type nipple
Type A Thread size M3, DIN 3405
B2 = 1,6 mm
Size 25 to 35: AM 6 DIN 71412
B2 = 9,5 mm

M 0B

R, LR

Lubricating nipples form part of the


delivery and have been included.
When using other lubricating nipples,
it is important to not exceed the correct
screw depth of 8 mm.

b)

W2

Installation is possible on all sides.

Designations

Dimensions
H7
0,5

M1

Basic load ratings


d2

d3

M2

Emin

mm

C0

Mass
M0A/0B

M0C

Nm

kg

LLRHS 15 R

10,3

M46,0

7,4

4,4

M2,53,5 deep

10

60

7800

13500

71

130

0,2

LLRHS 25 R
LLRHS 25 LR

15,2
15,2

M69,0
M69,0

11
11

7
7

M35 deep
M35 deep

10
10

60
60

22800
30400

30400
45500

240
510

430
650

0,6
0,8

LLRHS 30 R
LLRHS 30 LR

17
17

M812,0
M812,0

15
15

9
9

M35 deep
M35 deep

12
12

80
80

31700
40000

41300
57800

380
715

720
1000

0,95
1,2

LLRHS 35 R
LLRHS 35 LR

20,5
20,5

M813,0
M813,0

15
15

9
9

M35 deep
M35 deep

12
12

80
80

41900
55600

54000
81000

565
1215

1160
1740

1,55
2,1

LLRHS 45 R
LLRHS 45 LR

23,5
23,5

M1018,0
M1018,0

20
20

14
14

M47 deep
M47 deep

16
16

105
105

68100
90400

85700
128500

1130
2425

2310
3470

3
4,1

67

2 Guiding systems
Profile rail guides

Applications
In response to industrys ultimate need
toproduce more with less, SKF has

combined its knowledge and experience


with the latest technology to develop
solutions for your specific conditions.
Whether your goal is to design equipment

that provides more customer value, or


toincrease overall profitability, with SKF
experience and expertise, youre likely
to find a real solution.

Woodworking machine

Encapsulating chips with plastic

Components application
a) Profile rail guides
b) Precision ball screws

Components application
a) Profile rail guides

Handling

Packaging

Components application
a) Profile rail guides

Components application
a) Profile rail guides

68

Miniature profile rail


guides
In response to the market trend for
increased performance with a minimum
of mounting space, SKF has extended its
product range by miniature profile rail
guides (fig.12).
These linear guides are designed above
all for applications in precision mechanics,
medical engineering, microassembly and
the optics industry.
The close cooperation with numerous
customers, combined with SKFs experience,
has resulted in a range of miniature rail
guides that sets new standards, especially
when the mounting space is limited, SKF
miniature profile rail guides are an excellent
choice, as they have a high load-carrying
capacity combined with a compact design.
SKF offers its customers an excellent
technical advisory service on the spot
as well as a vast modular range for the
performance increase of machines and
installations.
SKF offers these profile rail guides in four
sizes (7, 9, 12 and 15 mm) and various
slide options to cover most application
requirements.
Compact design: thanks to their simple
structure, miniature profile rail guides are
compact and economical. This small and
lightweight product is very suitable for highspeed linear motion up to 3 m/s.
Long-life: gothic arch grooves at the
raceway contacts enable the slide to sustain
loads and moments from any direction. The
raceway shape offers a large load capacity
and a long lifetime due to the contact
between the raceways and the balls.

Fig.12

Fig.13
15 WLA

12 WLA
12 WTA

7 LA
7 TA

12 LA

15 LA
15 WTA

12 TA

15 TA

9 WLA

9 LA

9 WTA

9 TA

Corrosion resistant: all parts of the system


are made of stainless steel or plastic
material and are thus resistant to corrosion.
Miniature
profile rail guides

Easy to maintain: oil holes in the end caps


of the carriage make it easy to relubricate
the system.
Structure: four-point contact ball
recirculation system with identical load
angles and 2 ball recirculation paths per
carriage for unlimited stroke.
Range: four different types (7, 9, 12, 15)
comprising different widths and carriage
lengths (fig.13).

N.B.:
In addition to this catalogue, all product
brochures are available on www.skf.com
as PDF files.

Publication nr. 4753 EN

69

2 Guiding systems
Miniature profile rail guides
The preload possibilities for carriage are
given in table14, and the technical data in
table 15.
Table 14

TA
LA

T0*

T1*

T2*

* T0 = standard light preload


* T1 = medium preload
* T2 = heavy preload

Table 15
Rail material:
Carriage material:
Ball material:
Sealing material:
Temperature range:
Speed:
Acceleration:

Stainless steel 1.4034


Stainless steel 1.4034 with return zones of POM
Stainless steel 1.4034
Desmopan
from 20 C up to + 80 C
up to 3 m/s max.
up to 80 m/s2 max.

Preload possibilities for carriage

Technical data

Fig.15

Fig.14

N
System accuracy

The system accuracy (fig.14) and the


system tolerance (fig.15) of different
guidance systems are given in table 16.

Table 16

Dimension

H*
N*
H1)**
N**

Dimension tolerance
Dimension tolerance
Maximum tolerance for paired systems or carriages
at identical rail position
Maximum tolerance for paired systems or carriages
at identical rail position

Class
P1

P5

10
15
7

20
25
15

15

* The tolerances apply over the entire guide length for any combination of carriage and rail.
** The dimensions H and N relate to the ideal centre of the carriage. Each dimension is derived from the mean value of two
measured points with identical centre distance.

System accuracy and tolerance of different guidance systems

70

System tolerance

The running parallelism accuracy in


operation of paired systems are given
indiagram1 and fig.16.
Diagram1

Fig.16

Pa (m)

16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0

P5

Pa

P1

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

Running parallelism accuracy

The positioning (distance) tolerance ofrail


attachment holes can be seen in figure17.

Fig.17

71

2 Guiding systems
Miniature profile rail guides
Ordering key

LLM

E=0

Type
Rail type:
Standard rail
Wide rail

H
W

Product code:
System (rail + carriage)
Rail
Carriage

S
R
C

Size:

7, 9, 12, 15

Carriage types:
Standard carriage
Long carriage

TA
LA

Option:
Carriage with seals
Carriage without seal

R
no sign

Number of carriages:

1, 2, C9, n

Preload:
Light clearance
Medium preload
Preloaded

T0
T1
T2

Length of rail track:


Max 1000 mm
Precision class:
Standard precision (suitable for most applications)
High precision

P5
P1

Number of rail track used in parallel:


One rail alone
Two rails in parallel

W1
W2

Auxiliary symbols:
Plastic end-stop
Steel end-stop

no sign
M

Distance between end face and the first hole (mm):


Symmetric holes standard

Example:

72

E=0

LLM H S

12

TA R

T0 - 700

P1

W2 M

E=0

LLMHR

Designations

Standard rails

Dimensions
W

d2

Max. length
F

d2

d3

15
20
25
40

4,5
6
6
6

2,5
3,5
3,5
3,5

2,5
3,5
4,5
4,5

mm

d3

LLMHR 7
LLMHR 9
LLMHR 12
LLMHR 15

7
9
12
15

Designations

Dimensions

1000
1000
1000
1000

LLMWR
Wide rails

d2

Max.length

W5

d2

d3

0
0
23

30
40
40

6
8
8

3,5
4,5
4,5

4,5
4,5
4,5

mm

d3

LLMWR9
LLMWR 12
LLMWR 15

18
24
42

Designations

Dimensions

1000
1000
1000

W5
W

LLMWR .. 15 design

LLMHC ..TA
Standard carriages

L1
L3

W1
W2
4 - M1

Loadcarryingcapacities
dynamic static

W1

W2

L1

L3

M1

H1

C0

17
20
27
32

12
15
20
25

8
10
13
16

22
30
33
41,5

8
10
15
20

M22,5
M33
M33,5
M34

1,5
2
3
4

860
1850
2550
2880

1670
3130
4000
5390

mm
LLMHC 7 TA
LLMHC 9 TA
LLMHC 12 TA
LLMHC 15 TA

7
9
12
15

H
H1
W

73

2 Guiding systems
Miniature profile rail guides
LLMWC ..TA

Designations

Carriages for wide rails

Dimensions

Load-carrying
capacities
dynamic static

L1
L3

W1

W2

L1

30
40
60

21
28
45

12
14
16

36,5 12
42,5 15
51,2 20

L3

M1

H1

C0

M33
M33,5
M44,5

2
3
4

1785
3300
3890

3330
5780
7060

mm

W1
W2
4 - M1

LLMWC 9 TA
LLMWC 12 TA
LLMWC 15 TA

18
24
42

Designations

Dimensions

H
H1
W
W1
W2
4 - M1

H
H1
W

LLMWC .. 15 design

LLMHC ..LA
Long carriages
L1

L3

Load-carrying
capacities
dynamic static

W1

W2

L1

L3

M1

H1

C0

17
20
27
32

12
15
20
25

8
10
13
16

29,5
38,5
45
57,5

12
15
20
25

M22,5
M33
M33,5
M34

1,5
2
3
4

1400
2295
3470
4670

2700
4270
6225
8720

mm

W1
W2
4 - M1

LLMHC 7 LA
LLMHC 9 LA
LLMHC 12 LA
LLMHC 15 LA

7
9
12
15

Designations

Dimensions

H
H1
W

LLMWC ..LA
Long carriages for wide rails
L1

L3

Load-carrying
capacities
dynamic static

W1

W2

L1

L3

30
40
60

23
28
45

12
14
16

48,5 24
56
28
70,5 35

M1

H1

C0

M33
M33,5
M44,5

2
3
4

2640
4150
5830

4900
8000
10600

mm
LLMWC 9 LA
LLMWC 12 LA
LLMWC 15 LA

W1
W2
4 - M1

H
H1
W
W1
W2
4 - M1

H
H1
W

74

18
24
42

Applications
In response to industrys ultimate need
toproduce more with less, SKF has

Laboratory equipment

combined its knowledge and experience


with the latest technology to develop
solutions for your specific conditions.
Whether your goal is to design equipment

that provides more customer value, or


toincrease overall profitability, with SKF
experience and expertise, youre likely
to find a real solution.

PCB drilling and routing machine


2

Components application
a) Miniature profile rail guides
b) Miniature ball screws
c) Miniature slides

Components application
a) Miniature profile rail guides

Pick-and-place manipulators

Pneumatic industry - Compact piston rod cylinder

Components application
a) Miniature profile rail guides

Components application
a) Integrated miniature slides

75

More precision
for more performance
Have you ever wondered how a birds

requests for precision with micrometer

nest, which appears to be so fragile,

accuracy products like precision rail

can withstand the heaviest rain and

guides, also available with a state-

strong winds? Birds can weave even

of-the art anti-creep system. And

the smallest twigs with great precision

precision slides are high quality tools

to form the supporting structure of the

for linear motion which are, ideally

nest for the protection of their eggs

suited for uses in a wide range

and new-born chicks from the weather.

ofapplications where close tolerances

This small miracle of nature has


given SKF the inspiration to create
solutions to satisfy a wide variety of

76

are demanded.
SKF products are created to build
the future.

Precision rail guides

Fig.18

Modular range rail guides


The modular range consists of a matrix
range of rail guide modules which enable
an individual choice of combinations of rails
and rolling element assemblies. Different
requirements for the guides do not call
for changes in the design or mechanical
environment. Selection of the adequate rail
guide is made depending on the mechanical
conditions of the application.
These operating requirements are
covered by six different models (fig.18)
that may be defined as rail guides with:

2
LWRPM/PV

LWRM/V

LWRE ACSM

cross roller cages for the standard LWR


series
ball cages for the LWRB series
cross roller cages for the optimised LWRE
series
cross roller cages with anti cage-creep
system (ACSM) for the LWRE series
needle roller cages for the LWRM/LWRV
series and
slide liners as raceways for the LWRPM/
LWRPV series.

LWRE

LWR with cross roller cage

LWR with ball cage

Precision rail guides are suitable for


applications with limited strokes requiring
high stiffness and positioning accuracy.
The modular range series of rails makes
it possible to select internal design and/or
rolling elements to suit application
requirements without changing the
envelope dimensions of the rails.
The modular rail range, which is completely
interchangeable, is shown in table17.
This range is suitable for applications with
limited strokes requiring high stiffness and
positioning accuracy.
Table 17
Modular range:
interchangeable
rail programme

Basic load rating

Speed

Noise

Stiffness

Precision

Cross rollers LWR


Cross rollers LWRE
Needle rollers
Slide liners

77

2 Guiding systems
Precision rail guides
Fig.19

Anti cage-creep system (ACSM)


The ACSM system prevents the cage-creep
effect. It is available for any product from
the LWRE range.
The non-slip effect is achieved by an
involute toothed cogwheel attached to the
cage which is inside the LWRE ACSM rails
during operation, thus retaining the cage
inits defined position. (fig.19).
This system reliably prevents socalled
cage-creep and is mainly used in applications
characterised by high rates of acceleration
and speeds of travel as well as eccentric
loads.
Integration of the ACSM system does
not change the mounting dimensions
of the LWRE rail guides. This enables
LWRE rail guides with ACSM to be used
in existing applications without changing
the adjacent construction and thus
significantly increasing the availability of
these machinery elements. Apart from the
ACSM system, the former version of ACS is
still available. In this version the cogwheel is
made of polymer and the stroke length can
be specified.
LWRE rail guides with ACS system can be
produced in longer sizes.
For further information please consult
the SKF catalogue precision rail guides,
publication number 4183 EN.

Design of an LWRE rail guide with ACSM

Precision rail guides

ACSM precision rail guides


with innovative cage guidance system

N.B.:
In addition to this catalogue, all product
brochures are available on www.skf.com
as PDF files.
Publication nr. 4183 EN

78

Publication nr. 6602 EN

Ordering key

LW

Type
Designation type:
Rail guide (sizes: 3/6/9/12/15/18/24)
Rail guide (sizes: 1/2)
Plastic ball-retaining cage (sizes: 1/2/3/6/9/12)
Cross rollers in plastic cage (size: 3)
Cross rollers in aluminium cage (sizes: 6/9/12)
End stop for low load and horizontal mounting (sizes: 1/2/3/6/9/12/15/18/24)
Special attachment screw (sizes: 3/4/6/9/12/15/18/24)

R
RB
JK
AK
AL
ERA
GD

Rail guide (sizes: 3/4/6/9)


Cross roller plastic cage (sizes: 3/4/6/9)
End stop for general use (sizes: 3/4/6/9/2211)
Special attachment screw (sizes: 3/4/6/9/2211)
Rail guide for needle roller cage (sizes: 6/9)

RE
AKE
ERE
GD
RM

Rail guide for needle roller cage (sizes: 6/9)


Needle rollers in aluminium cage (sizes: 6/9)
Needle rollers in polymer cage (sizes: 6/9)
End stop with plastic wiper for general use (sizes: 6/9)
End stop with plastic wiper for general use (sizes: 6/9)
Special attachment screw (sizes: 6/9)

RV
HW
HV
EARM
EARV
GD

Rail guide (sizes: 3015/4020/5025/6030/7040/8050)


Rail guide (sizes: 3015/4020/5025/6030/7040/8050)
Needle rollers in aluminium cage (sizes: 10/15/20/25/30)
Needle rollers in polymer cage (sizes: 10/15/20/25/30)
End stop with wiper for general use (sizes: 3015/4020/5025/3060/7040/8050)
End stop with wiper for general use (sizes: 3015/4020/5025/3060/7040/8050)
Attachment screw (sizes: M3/M5/M6)

M
V
HW
HV
EAM
DIN 84
EAV

Size*:
Specific values are reported on designation type
Length rail guide (mm):

xxxx

Option:
For R { for size 3/6

e for size 3/4/6

a anti cage-creep system ACSM
For RE d anti cage-creep system ACSM for size 3/6

a anti cage-creep system ACS

x anti cage-creep system ACS for size 3/4/6

*
Sizes 3/4/6=3 digits for length of rail; example: 050

100

...
Size 9=4 digits for length of rail; example:
0300

...

1200
Size 3015=3 digits for length of rail; example: 3015100

3015150

...
Bigger sizes 4 digits for length of rail; example: 50250200

...

KIT
KIT
ACSM
ACSM-KIT
ACS
ACS-KIT

Example 1, rail guide:

LW

RE

6 350

Example 2, cage:

LW

AKE

6 350

Example 3, end stop:

LW

ERE

6 24

Example 4, screws:

LW

GD

ACSM

N.B.:
For information about additional products
and accessories, please contact SKF
Customer Service.
- LWN / LWO (sizes 2025-, 2535-,
3045- and 3555-) - LWML series LWF / LWG series (sizes 412-, 612-,
624-, 1024- and 1434-)
79

2 Guiding systems
Precision rail guides
LWR../LWRB..
LWR rail guides are well-proven, limitedtravel linear guides used in numerous
applications. They consist oftwo identical
rails where cross roller cages or ball cages
are inserted, depending onthe application
and size.
LWR rail guides with cross roller cages
are robust linear bearings with high
load-carrying capacity. Their special
characteristics make them suitable for
alarge proportion of linear bearing
arrangements with limited travel.

LWRB rail guides with ball cage can be used


to advantage where loads are light and easy
running is required.
They are available for sizes 1 and 2.
Because of the large number of possible
combinations, all components of LWR/LWRB
rail guides must be ordered separately, for
example:

LWR .. KIT
The KIT package for the modular range is a
unique service provided only by SKF.

4 rails LWR
2 cross roller cages LWAL
8 end stops LWERA.

Rails
LWR 3-12

Ball and cross roller cages

LWRB 1+2

End stops

Special attachment screw

LWERA 1+2

LWGD

LWERA 3-24

80

LWR3/6.. KIT
4 rail guides LWR
2 cross roller cages LWAL/LWAK
8 end stops LWERA

Designations

999
1422
1811
2088
2442
2781
3110

Rail
designations

Cage
designations

26
36
46
66
76
86
96

LWR 3050
LWR 3075
LWR 3100
LWR 3125
LWR 3150
LWR 3175
LWR 3200

LWAK 37
LWAK 311
LWAK 315
LWAK 318
LWAK 322
LWAK 326
LWAK 330

Stroke

Rail
designations

Cage
designations

LWR 6100
LWR 6150
LWR 6200
LWR 6250
LWR 6300
LWR 6350
LWR 6400

LWAL 68
LWAL 612
LWAL 616
LWAL 620
LWAL 625
LWAL 629
LWAL 633

mm
1120
1760
2400
2880
3520
4160
4800

* Load ratings for 10 rolling elements


Including 8 end stops LWERA 3

Designations

Load ratings*
dynamic
static
C

C0

N
LWR 6100 KIT
LWR 6150 KIT
LWR 6200 KIT
LWR 6250 KIT
LWR 6300 KIT
LWR 6350 KIT
LWR 6400 KIT

See page 80 for drawing

Stroke

C0

N
LWR 3050 KIT
LWR 3075 KIT
LWR 3100 KIT
LWR 3125 KIT
LWR 3150 KIT
LWR 3175 KIT
LWR 3200 KIT

See page 80 for drawing

Load ratings*
dynamic
static

4915
6744
8441
10045
11955
13422
14846

mm
5440
8160
10880
13600
17000
19720
22440

50
78
106
134
144
172
200

* Load ratings for 10 rolling elements


Including 8 end stops LWERA 6

81

2 Guiding systems
Precision rail guides
LWRB1

Designations

Dimensions
A

Load ratings*
dynamic
static
L1

J1

mm
Rails
LWRB 1020
LWRB 1030
LWRB 1040
LWRB 1050
LWRB 1060

8,5
8,5
8,5
8,5
8,5

4
4
4
4
4

20
30
40
50
60

10
10
10
10
10

5
5
5
5
5

G1

mm

M2
M2
M2
M2
M2

1,7
1,7
1,7
1,7
1,7

N1

A1

3
3
3
3
3

1,4
1,4
1,4
1,4
1,4

C0

0,5

2,2

410

580

Designations

Dimensions
B

Load ratings*
dynamic
static
L1

J1

mm
Rails
LWRB 2030
LWRB 2045
LWRB 2060
LWRB 2075
LWRB 2090
LWRB 2105
LWRB 2120

12
12
12
12
12
12
12

6
6
6
6
6
6
6

30
45
60
75
90
105
120

Ball cage
LWJK 2
End stop
LWERA 2

82

* Load ratings for 10 rolling elements

See page 80
for drawing

U1

3,9
3,9
3,9
3,9
3,9
1,588 3,5

End stop
LWERA 1

LWRB2

Ball cage
LWJK 1,588

See page 80
for drawing

DW

* Load ratings for 10 rolling elements

15
15
15
15
15
15
15

7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5

G1

mm

M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3

2,6
2,6
2,6
2,6
2,6
2,6
2,6

N1

A1

DW

U1

C0

4,4
4,4
4,4
4,4
4,4
4,4
4,4

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

5,5
5,5
5,5
5,5
5,5
5,5
5,5
2

1,5

0,75 3

640

720

LWR3

Designations

Dimensions
A

Load ratings*
dynamic
static
L1

J1

mm
Rails
LWR 3050
LWR 3075
LWR 3100
LWR 3125
LWR 3150
LWR 3175
LWR 3200
LWR 3250
LWR 3300

18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

50
75
100
125
150
175
200
250
300

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5

G1

mm

M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4

3,3
3,3
3,3
3,3
3,3
3,3
3,3
3,3
3,3

N1

A1

DW

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

3,2
3,2
3,2
3,2
3,2
3,2
3,2
3,2
3,2

C0

8,2
8,2
8,2
8,2
8,2
8,2
8,2
8,2
8,2
3

2,5

U1

Roller cage
LWAK 3
End stop
LWERA 3

7,5

1320

1600

Special attachment screw


LWGD 3

See page 80
for drawing

LWR6

* Load ratings for 10 rolling elements

Designations

Dimensions
A

Load ratings*
dynamic
static
L1

J1

mm
Rails
LWR 6100
LWR 6150
LWR 6200
LWR 6250
LWR 6300
LWR 6350
LWR 6400

31
31
31
31
31
31
31

15
15
15
15
15
15
15

100
150
200
250
300
350
400

50
50
50
50
50
50
50

Roller cage
LWAL 6
End stop
LWERA 6

25
25
25
25
25
25
25

G1

N1

A1

mm

M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6

5,2 9,5 5,2 14


5,2 9,5 5,2 14
5,2 9,5 5,2 14
5,2 9,5 5,2 14
5,2 9,5 5,2 14
5,2 9,5 5,2 14
5,2 9,5 5,2 14

DW U

C0

6
3

U1

14,8 2,7

5850

6800

Special attachment screw


LWGD 6

See page 80
for drawing

* Load ratings for 10 rolling elements

83

2 Guiding systems
Precision rail guides
LWR9

Designations

Dimensions
A

Load ratings*
dynamic
static
L1

J1

mm
Rails
LWR 90200
LWR 90300
LWR 90400
LWR 90500
LWR 90600
LWR 90700

44
44
44
44
44
44

22
22
22
22
22
22

200
300
400
500
600
700

100
100
100
100
100
100

Roller cage
LWAL 9
End stop
LWERA 9
Special attachment screw
LWGD 9

See page 80
for drawing

84

* Load ratings for 10 rolling elements

50
50
50
50
50
50

G1

mm

M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8

6,8
6,8
6,8
6,8
6,8
6,8

N1

A1

DW

U1

C0

11
11
11
11
11
11

6,2
6,2
6,2
6,2
6,2
6,2

20
20
20
20
20
20
9

20

14

17000

18300

Because of the large number of possible


combinations, all components of LWRE
rail guides must be ordered separately, for
example:

LWRE rail guide can be used in agiven


design space, maintaining the same loadcarrying capacity as the LWR.
The mounting and attachment
dimensions of the LWRE 3, 6, 9 rail guides
conform to those of all SKF modular range
rail guides presented inthis catalogue.
LWRE rail guides are optimised with large
rollers and improved internal geometry
providing high load-carrying capacity and
stiffness. They are available with ACSM.
As a standard rail guides with ACSM are
delivered without end face holes. LWRE
rail guides of size 2 are equipped with ball
cages.

LWRE ..
LWRE rail guides are a logical development
of the proven LWR rail guides.
Within the modular range system, the
LWRE rail guides offer an outstanding price/
performance ratio.
Alongside the familiar characteristics
ofthe LWR series, the new LWRE rail guides
offer the advantages of a fivefold increase
in load-carrying capacity and adoubling
ofthe stiffness, achieved through optimised
internal geometry in conjunction with larger
roller diameters.

4 rail guides LWRE


2 cross roller cages LWAKE
8 end stops LWERE

LWRE .. KIT
The KIT package for the modular range is a
unique service provided only by SKF.

Rails
LWRE and LWRE ACS

LWRE ACSM

LWRB ACSM

J3

DW

LWRE ACSM

J3

DW

J1

J
L

J1

LWRE, LWRE ACSM

A1
G1
B

A1
G1
N1

G
N
J2

End stops

G3

N1

G2

G
N
J2

J1

J
L

J1

Cross roller cages

LWAKE 3, 6, 9

LWAKE 3, 6, 9 ACS
LWERE 3, 6, 9

LWAKE 4
LWERE 4
LWAKE 4 ACS
n t
t1

DW

n t

Special attachment screw

t1

DW

L = n t + 2 t1

LWJK 2 ACSM

L = n t + 2 t1

t3

DW
LWGD

t
DW

LWAKE 3, 6, 9 ACSM

t3
L= n

L= n

t + t3

t + t3

85

2 Guiding systems
Precision rail guides
LWRE3/6.. KIT
4 rail guides LWRE
2 cross roller LWAKE
8 end stops LWERE

Designations

4230
5803
7263
8644
9964
11238
12471

Cage
designations

25
38
50
63
75
88
100

LWRE 3050
LWRE 3075
LWRE 3100
LWRE 3125
LWRE 3150
LWRE 3175
LWRE 3200

LWAKE 36
LWAKE 39
LWAKE 312
LWAKE 315
LWAKE 318
LWAKE 321
LWAKE 324

Stroke

Rail
designations

Cage
designations

LWRE 6100
LWRE 6150
LWRE 6200
LWRE 6250
LWRE 6300
LWRE 6350
LWRE 6400

LWAKE 67
LWAKE 610
LWAKE 614
LWAKE 617
LWAKE 620
LWAKE 624
LWAKE 627

mm
5100
7650
10200
12750
15300
17850
20400

Load ratings*
dynamic
static
C

C0

N
LWRE 6100 KIT
LWRE 6150 KIT
LWRE 6200 KIT
LWRE 6250 KIT
LWRE 6300 KIT
LWRE 6350 KIT
LWRE 6400 KIT

86

Rail
designations

* Load ratings for 10 rolling elements


Including 8 end stops LWERE 3

Designations

See page 85 for drawing

Stroke

C0

N
LWRE 3050 KIT
LWRE 3075 KIT
LWRE 3100 KIT
LWRE 3125 KIT
LWRE 3150 KIT
LWRE 3175 KIT
LWRE 3200 KIT

See page 85 for drawing

Load ratings*
dynamic
static

25743
34000
44204
51431
58382
67304
73781

* Load ratings for 10 rolling elements


Including 8 end stops LWERE 6

mm
27300
39000
54600
66300
78000
93600
105300

46
80
92
126
160
172
208

LWRE3/6.. ACS KIT


4 rail guides LWRE ACS
2 cross roller cages LWAKE
8 end stops LWERE

Designations

4230
5294
6300
7731
9090
9964
11653

Rail
designations

Cage
designations

20
30
45
62
79
94
100

LWRE 3050 ACS


LWRE 3075 ACS
LWRE 3100 ACS
LWRE 3125 ACS
LWRE 3150 ACS
LWRE 3175 ACS
LWRE 3200 ACS

LWAKE 36 ACS
LWAKE 36 ACS
LWAKE 310 ACS
LWAKE 313 ACS
LWAKE 316 ACS
LWAKE 318 ACS
LWAKE 322 ACS

Stroke

Rail
designations

Cage
designations

LWRE 6100 ACS


LWRE 6150 ACS
LWRE 6200 ACS
LWRE 6250 ACS
LWRE 6300 ACS
LWRE 6350 ACS
LWRE 6400 ACS

LWAKE 66 ACS
LWAKE 69 ACS
LWAKE 612 ACS
LWAKE 616 ACS
LWAKE 619 ACS
LWAKE 623 ACS
LWAKE 626 ACS

mm
5100
6800
8500
11050
13600
15300
18700

* Load ratings for 10 rolling elements


Including 8 end stops LWERE 3

Designations

Load ratings*
dynamic
static
C

C0

N
LWRE 6100 ACS-KIT
LWRE 6150 ACS-KIT
LWRE 6200 ACS-KIT
LWRE 6250 ACS-KIT
LWRE 6300 ACS-KIT
LWRE 6350 ACS-KIT
LWRE 6400 ACS-KIT

See page 85 for drawing

Stroke

C0

N
LWRE 3050 ACS-KIT
LWRE 3075 ACS-KIT
LWRE 3100 ACS-KIT
LWRE 3125 ACS-KIT
LWRE 3150 ACS-KIT
LWRE 3175 ACS-KIT
LWRE 3200 ACS-KIT

See page 85 for drawing

Load ratings*
dynamic
static

22826
31318
39196
49056
56093
65107
71640

mm
23400
35100
46800
62400
74100
89700
101400

37
71
105
117
151
163
197

* Load ratings for 10 rolling elements


Including 8 end stops LWERE 6

87

2 Guiding systems
Precision rail guides
LWRE3

Designations

Dimensions
A

Load ratings*
dynamic
static
L

L1

J1

mm
Rails
LWRE 3050
LWRE 3075
LWRE 3100
LWRE 3125
LWRE 3150
LWRE 3175
LWRE 3200

18
18
18
18
18
18
18

8
8
8
8
8
8
8

50
75
100
125
150
175
200

25
25
25
25
25
25
25

12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5

G1

mm

M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4

3,3
3,3
3,3
3,3
3,3
3,3
3,3

N1

A1

DW

6
6
6
6
6
6
6

3,2
3,2
3,2
3,2
3,2
3,2
3,2

C0

8,7
8,7
8,7
8,7
8,7
8,7
8,7
4

C
N

Cross roller cage


LWAKE 3
End stop
LWERE 3

6,25 6300

8500

Special attachment screw


LWGD 3

See page 85
for drawing

LWRE2211

* Load ratings for 10 rolling elements

Designations

Dimensions
A

Load ratings*
dynamic
static
L1 J

J1

mm
Rails
LWRE 22110080
LWRE 22110120
LWRE 22110160
LWRE 22110200
LWRE 22110240
LWRE 22110280
LWRE 22110320
LWRE 22110360
LWRE 22110400

22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22

11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11

80
120
160
200
240
280
320
360
400

40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

Cross roller cage


LWAKE 3
End stop
LWERE 3

See page 85
for drawing

88

* Load ratings for 10 rolling elements

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

G1

mm

M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5

4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3

N1

A1

DW t

t2

C0

7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5

4,1
4,1
4,1
4,1
4,1
4,1
4,1
4,1
4,1

11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11

2,65
2,65
2,65
2,65
2,65
2,65
2,65
2,65
2,65
4

t1

6,25

3,6
3,6
3,6
3,6
3,6
3,6
3,6
3,6
3,6
6300

8500

LWRE6

Designations

Dimensions
A

Load ratings*
dynamic
static
L

L1

J1

mm
Rails
LWRE 6100
LWRE 6150
LWRE 6200
LWRE 6250
LWRE 6300
LWRE 6400

31
31
31
31
31
31

15
15
15
15
15
15

100
150
200
250
300
400

50
50
50
50
50
50

25
25
25
25
25
25

G1

mm

M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6

5,2
5,2
5,2
5,2
5,2
5,2

N1

A1

DW

9,5
9,5
9,5
9,5
9,5
9,5

5,2
5,2
5,2
5,2
5,2
5,2

C0

15
15
15
15
15
15
8

C
N

Cross roller cage


LWAKE 6
End stop
LWERE 6

11

34000

39000

Special attachment screw


LWGD 6

See page 85
for drawing

LWRE9

* Load ratings for 10 rolling elements

Designations

Dimensions
A

Load ratings*
dynamic
static
L

L1

J1

mm
Rails
LWRE 90200
LWRE 90300
LWRE 90400
LWRE 90500
LWRE 90600
LWRE 90700

44
44
44
44
44
44

22
22
22
22
22
22

200
300
400
500
600
700

100
100
100
100
100
100

Cross roller cage


LWAKE 9
End stop
LWERE 9

50
50
50
50
50
50

G1

mm

M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8

6,8
6,8
6,8
6,8
6,8
6,8

N1

A1

DW

C0

11
11
11
11
11
11

6,2
6,2
6,2
6,2
6,2
6,2

22
22
22
22
22
22
12

16

78000

78000

Special attachment screw


LWGD 9

See page 85
for drawing

* Load ratings for 10 rolling elements

89

2 Guiding systems
Precision rail guides
LWRB2..ACSM and
LWRE 3/6/9..ACSM

Designations

Dimensions
A

Attachment holes
A1

DW

J1

End face holes


J2

mm

G1

mm

N1

J3

G2

G3

mm

LWRB 2 ACSM

12

5,5

15

7,5

2,5

M3

2,55

4,4

2,7

M2,5 3

LWRE 3 ACSM
LWRE 6 ACSM
LWRE 9 ACSM

18
31
44

8
15
22

8,7
15,2
21,7

4
8
12

25
50
100

12,5
25
50

3,5
6
9

M4
M6
M8

3,3
5,2
6,8

6
9,5
10,5

3,2
5,2
6,2

4
6,75
9,75

M3
M5
M6

6
9
9

See page 85
for drawing

LWJK 2 and LWAKE 3/6/9 ACSM

Designations

Dimensions
DW

Load ratings*
dynamic
static
t3

mm

See page 85 for drawing

90

Suitable rail
guide

C0

LWJK 2 ACSM

3,9

3,9

510

650

LWRB 2 ACSM

LWAKE 3 ACSM
LWAKE 6 ACSM
LWAKE 9 ACSM

4
8
12

6,25
11
16

9
15,3
22

5040
27200
62400

8160
37440
74880

LWRE 3 ACSM
LWRE 6 ACSM
LWRE 9 ACSM

* Load ratings for 10 rolling elements per row

LWRE3.. ACSM KIT


4 rail guides LWRE ACSM
2 cross roller LWAKE ACSM

Designations

Load ratings*
dynamic
static
C

C0

N
LWRE 3050 ACSM-KIT
LWRE 3075 ACSM-KIT
LWRE 3100 ACSM-KIT
LWRE 3125 ACSM-KIT
LWRE 3150 ACSM-KIT
LWRE 3175 ACSM-KIT

See page 85 for drawing

LWRE6.. ACSM KIT

2940
3380
5040
6180
7270
7970

Cage
designations

4 pieces

2 pieces

LWRE 3050 ACSM


LWRE 3075 ACSM
LWRE 3100 ACSM
LWRE 3125 ACSM
LWRE 3150 ACSM
LWRE 3175 ACSM

LWAKE 35 ACSM
LWAKE 36 ACSM
LWAKE 310 ACSM
LWAKE 313 ACSM
LWAKE 316 ACSM
LWAKE 318 ACSM

mm
4080
4900
8160
10610
13060
14690

20
30
45
62
79
94

* Load ratings for 10 rolling elements per row

Designations

Load ratings*
dynamic
static
C

LWRE 6100 ACSM-KIT


LWRE 6150 ACSM-KIT
LWRE 6200 ACSM-KIT
LWRE 6250 ACSM-KIT
LWRE 6300 ACSM-KIT
LWRE 6350 ACSM-KIT
LWRE 6400 ACSM-KIT

18260
25050
31360
39240
44870
52090
57310

Stroke Rail
designations

Cage
designations

C0

See page 85 for drawing

Stroke Rail
designations

mm
22460
33700
44930
59900
71140
86110
97340

37
71
105
117
151
163
197

LWRE 6100 ACSM


LWRE 6150 ACSM
LWRE 6200 ACSM
LWRE 6250 ACSM
LWRE 6300 ACSM
LWRE 6350 ACSM
LWRE 6400 ACSM

LWAKE 66 ACSM
LWAKE 69 ACSM
LWAKE 612 ACSM
LWAKE 616 ACSM
LWAKE 619 ACSM
LWAKE 623 ACSM
LWAKE 626 ACSM

* Load ratings for 10 rolling elements per row

91

2 Guiding systems
Precision rail guides
LWRE3 ACS

Designations

Dimensions
A

Load ratings*
dynamic
static

L1 J

J1

mm
Rails
LWRE 3050 ACS
LWRE 3075 ACS
LWRE 3100 ACS
LWRE 3125 ACS
LWRE 3150 ACS
LWRE 3175 ACS
LWRE 3200 ACS

18
18
18
18
18
18
18

8
8
8
8
8
8
8

50
75
100
125
150
175
200

25
25
25
25
25
25
25

12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5

G1

mm

M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4

3,3
3,3
3,3
3,3
3,3
3,3
3,3

N1

A1

DW t

6
6
6
6
6
6
6

3,2
3,2
3,2
3,2
3,2
3,2
3,2

8,7
8,7
8,7
8,7
8,7
8,7
8,7

C0

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
4

C
N

Cross roller cage


LWAKE 3 ACS
End stop
LWERE 3

t3

6,25

6300

8500

Special attachment screw


LWGD 3

See page 85
for drawing

LWRE2211 ACS

* Load ratings for 10 rolling elements

Designations

Dimensions
A

Load ratings*
dynamic
static
J

J1

mm
Rails
LWRE 22110080 ACS
LWRE 22110120 ACS
LWRE 22110160 ACS
LWRE 22110200 ACS
LWRE 22110240 ACS
LWRE 22110280 ACS
LWRE 22110320 ACS
LWRE 22110360 ACS
LWRE 22110400 ACS

22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22

Cross roller cage


LWAKE 3 ACS
End stop
LWERE 3

See page 85
for drawing

92

* Load ratings for 10 rolling elements

11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11

80
120
160
200
240
280
320
360
400

40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

G1

mm

M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5

4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3
4,3

N1

A1

DW t

t3

C0

7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5

4,1
4,1
4,1
4,1
4,1
4,1
4,1
4,1
4,1

11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
4

6,25

6300

8500

LWRE6 ACS

Designations

Dimensions
A

Load ratings*
dynamic
static
L1 J

J1

mm
Rails
LWRE 6100 ACS
LWRE 6150 ACS
LWRE 6200 ACS
LWRE 6250 ACS
LWRE 6300 ACS
LWRE 6400 ACS

31
31
31
31
31
31

15
15
15
15
15
15

100
150
200
250
300
400

50
50
50
50
50
50

25
25
25
25
25
25

G1

mm

M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6

5,2
5,2
5,2
5,2
5,2
5,2

N1

A1

DW t

9,5
9,5
9,5
9,5
9,5
9,5

5,2
5,2
5,2
5,2
5,2
5,2

15
15
15
15
15
15

C0

15,3
15,3
15,3
15,3
15,3
15,3
8

C
N

Cross roller cage


LWAKE 6 ACS
End stop
LWERE 6

t3

11

34000

39000

Special attachment screw


LWGD 6

See page 85
for drawing

LWRE9 ACS

* Load ratings for 10 rolling elements

Designations

Dimensions
A

Load ratings*
dynamic
static
L1 J

J1

mm
Rails
LWRE 90200 ACS
LWRE 90300 ACS
LWRE 90400 ACS
LWRE 90500 ACS
LWRE 90600 ACS
LWRE 90700 ACS

44
44
44
44
44
44

22
22
22
22
22
22

200
300
400
500
600
700

100
100
100
100
100
100

Cross roller cage


LWAKE 9 ACS
End stop
LWERE 9

50
50
50
50
50
50

G1

mm

M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8

6,8
6,8
6,8
6,8
6,8
6,8

N1

A1

DW t

C0

11
11
11
11
11
11

6,2
6,2
6,2
6,2
6,2
6,2

22
22
22
22
22
22

22
22
22
22
22
22
12 16

t3

78000

78000

Special attachment screw


LWGD 9

See page 85
for drawing

* Load ratings for 10 rolling elements

93

2 Guiding systems
Precision rail guides
LWRM ../LWRV ..
Guiding systems with high load carrying
capacity and maximum stiffness.
Needle roller cages for LWRM/LWRV rail
guides
LWHW needle roller cages are made out of
aluminium which provide retention of the
needle rollers. They are available for size 6
and 9 units.
When ordering, the appropriate cage
length in mm must be stated after the cage
designation, e. g: LWHW 10225.

End stops for LWRM/LWRV rail guides.


End stops serve to restrict the drift of the
needle roller cage from the loaded zone.
LWEARM and LWEARV end stops are
fitted with a plastic wiper with a sealing lip
serving to reduce the risk of contamination
of the raceways.
All end stops are supplied with the
necessary attachment screws.
The mounting and attachment dimensions
of the LWRM/LWRV rail guides conform to
those of the other SKF modular range rail
guides included in this catalogue.

Because of the large number of possible


combinations, all components ofLWRM/
LWRV rail guides must be ordered
separately, for example:
2
2
2
4

rail guides LWRM


rail guides LWRV
needle roller assemblies LWHW
end stops LWEARM.

Rails

LWRM

LWRV

End stops

Needle roller cage

Special attachment screw

wiper

LWEARV
with wiper
wiper

LWEARM
with wiper

94

LWHW

Aluminium
LWGD

LWRM6/LWRV6

Designations

Dimensions
A

Load ratings*
dynamic
static
L1 J

J1

mm
Rails
LWRM/LWRV 6100
LWRM/LWRV 6150
LWRM/LWRV 6200
LWRM/LWRV 6250
LWRM/LWRV 6300
LWRM/LWRV 6400

31
31
31
31
31
31

15
15
15
15
15
15

100
150
200
250
300
400

50
50
50
50
50
50

25
25
25
25
25
25

G1

mm

M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6

5,2
5,2
5,2
5,2
5,2
5,2

N1

A1 A2 A3 DW U

9,5
9,5
9,5
9,5
9,5
9,5

5,2
5,2
5,2
5,2
5,2
5,2

17
17
17
17
17
17

18
18
18
18
18
18

C0

11
11
11
11
11
11
2

C
N

Needle roller cage


LWHW 10
End stops
LWEARM 6
LWEARV 6

10 3,75 10400

25500

6
6

Special attachment screw


LWGD 6

See page 94
for drawing

LWRM9/LWRV9

* For 10 needle rollers per row

Designations

Dimensions
A

Load ratings*
dynamic
static
L1 J

J1

mm
Rails
LWRM/LWRV 90200
LWRM/LWRV 90300
LWRM/LWRV 90400
LWRM/LWRV 90500

44
44
44
44

22
22
22
22

200
300
400
500

100
100
100
100

Needle roller cage


LWHW 15
End stops
LWEARM 9
LWEARV 9

50
50
50
50

G1

mm

M8
M8
M8
M8

6,8
6,8
6,8
6,8

N1 A1

A2 A3 DW U

C0

11
11
11
11

6,2
6,2
6,2
6,2

23,1
23,1
23,1
23,1

27
27
27
27

17
17
17
17
2

15 4,5

16300

45000

8,3
8,3

Special attachment screw


LWGD 9

See page 94
for drawing

* For 10 needle rollers per row

95

2 Guiding systems
Precision rail guides
LWM ../LWV ..
These rail guides enable the design of
linear guiding systems for heavy loads with
maximum stiffness. The internal geometry
is identical with that of the modular range
rails of the LWRM/LWRV series. As the same
needle roller cage is used, the load bearing
characteristics are identical. The external
dimensions of the LWM/LWV rail guides,
however, differ slightly from those of the
LWRM/LWRV modular range dimensions.
LWM/LWV rail guides are widely used in
machine tools. LWM/LWV rail guides have
as standard an attachment hole type 15, i.e.
through hole with countersinking.

If attachment hole type 13 is ordered,


corresponding threaded inserts are supplied
along with the guide.
For new designs, LWRM/LWRV rail
guides are recommended. These offer the
advantage of being interchangeable with
other rail guides of the modular range.

End stops for LWM/LWV rail guides


LWEAM and LWEAV end stops are fitted
with a plastic wiper with sealing lip which
serves to keep the track free from dirt.
All end pieces are supplied together with
attachment screws.

Needle roller cages for LWM/LWV rail


guides
LWHW needle roller cages comprise
an aluminium cage with needle rollers
arranged at right angles to each other.
The needle rollers are retained by the cage.

Rails

Hole type 13

Hole type 13

LWM rail

Hole type 15
LWV rail

Hole type 15

End stops

Needle roller cage

Special attachment screw

wiper

LWEAM with wiper

wiper

LWEAV with wiper

96

LWHW

Aluminium
LWGD

LWM3015/
LWV3015

Designations

Dimensions
A

Load ratings*
dynamic static
L1 J1) J1min2) G

mm
Rails
LWM/LWV 3015100
LWM/LWV 3015150
LWM/LWV 3015200
LWM/LWV 3015300
LWM/LWV 3015400

30
30
30
30
30

15
15
15
15
15

100
150
200
300
400

40
40
40
40
40

15
15
15
15
15

mm

M4
M4
M4
M4
M4

8,5
8,5
8,5
8,5
8,5

N1 N2

A1 A2

A3

DW U

4,5
4,5
4,5
4,5
4,5

5,25
5,25
5,25
5,25
5,25

16
16
16
16
16

17,2
17,2
17,2
17,2
17,2

C0

10,5
10,5
10,5
10,5
10,5
2

C
N

Needle roller cage


LWHW10
End stops
LWEAM 3015
LWEAV 3015

10 3,75 10400

25500

6
6

Appropriate attachment screw


M4 DIN 84

See page 96
for drawing

LWM4020/
LWV4020

* For 10 needle rollers per row


1)
For lengths L < J + 2 J1min, J = 50 mm (except for LWM/LWV 3015)
2)
J1 depends upon the rail length and is of the same size at each end of the rail: J1 = (L J)/2

Designations

Dimensions
A

Load ratings*
dynamic static
L1 J1) J1min2) G

mm
Rails
LWM/LWV 4020100
LWM/LWV 4020150
LWM/LWV 4020200
LWM/LWV 4020300
LWM/LWV 4020400

40
40
40
40
40

20
20
20
20
20

100
150
200
300
400

80
80
80
80
80

15
15
15
15
15

mm

M6
M6
M6
M6
M6

11,5
11,5
11,5
11,5
11,5

N1 N2 A1

A3

DW U

6,8
6,8
6,8
6,8
6,8

7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5

22,3
22,3
22,3
22,3
22,3

22
22
22
22
22

C0

13,5
13,5
13,5
13,5
13,5
2

Needle roller cage


LWHW 15
End stops
LWEAM 4020
LWEAV 4020

A2

15 4,5

16300

45000

8,3
8,3

Appropriate attachment screw


M6 DIN 84

See page 96
for drawing

* For 10 needle rollers per row


1)
For lengths L < J + 2 J1min, J = 50 mm (except for LWM/LWV 3015)
2)
J1 depends upon the rail length and is of the same size at each end of the rail: J1 = (L J)/2

97

2 Guiding systems
Precision rail guides
LWM5025/
LWV5025

Designations

Dimensions
A

Load ratings*
dynamic static
L1 J1) J1min2) G

mm
Rails
LWM/LWV 50250100
LWM/LWV 50250200
LWM/LWV 50250300
LWM/LWV 50250400
LWM/LWV 50250500

50
50
50
50
50

25
25
25
25
25

100
200
300
400
500

80
80
80
80
80

20
20
20
20
20

N1

mm

M6
M6
M6
M6
M6

11,5
11,5
11,5
11,5
11,5

N2

A1 A2

A3 DW U

6,8
6,8
6,8
6,8
6,8

7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5

28
28
28
28
28

28
28
28
28
28

C0

17
17
17
17
17
2

C
N

Needle roller cage


LWHW 15
End stops
LWEAM 5025
LWEAV 5025

15 4,5

16300

45000

8,9
8,9

Appropriate attachment screw


M6 DIN 84

See page 96
for drawing

LWM6035/
LWV6035

* For 10 needle rollers per row


1)
For lengths L < J + 2 J1min, J = 50 mm (except for LWM/LWV 3015)
2)
J1 depends upon the rail length and is of the same size at each end of the rail: J1 = (L J)/2

Designations

Dimensions
A

Load ratings*
dynamic static
L1 J1)

J1min2) G

mm
Rails
LWM/LWV 60350200
LWM/LWV 60350300
LWM/LWV 60350400
LWM/LWV 60350500
LWM/LWV 60350600
LWM/LWV 60350700
LWM/LWV 60350800
LWM/LWV 60350900
LWM/LWV 60351000

60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60

35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35

200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1 000

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

mm

M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8

15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15

N1 N2

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

98

DW U

36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36

36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36

C0

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
2,5 20 5,5

8,9
8,9

Appropriate attachment screw


M8 DIN 84

See page 96
for drawing

A3

Needle roller cage


LWHW 20
End stops
LWEAM 6035
LWEAV 6035

A1 A2

* For 10 needle rollers per row


1)
For lengths L < J + 2 J1min, J = 50 mm (except for LWM/LWV 3015)
2)
J1 depends upon the rail length and is of the same size at each end of the rail: J1 = (L J)/2

32000

88000

LWM7040/
LWV7040

Designations

Dimensions
A

Load ratings*
dynamic static
L1 J1)

J1min2) G

mm
Rails
LWM/LWV 70400200
LWM/LWV 70400300
LWM/LWV 70400400
LWM/LWV 70400500
LWM/LWV 70400600
LWM/LWV 70400700
LWM/LWV 70400800
LWM/LWV 70400900
LWM/LWV 70401000

70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70

40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1 000

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

mm

M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10

18,5
18,5
18,5
18,5
18,5
18,5
18,5
18,5
18,5

N1 N2

A1 A2 A3

DW U

11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11

12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5

40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42

C0

24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
3

C
N

Needle roller cage


LWHW 25
End stops
LWEAM 7040
LWEAV 7040

25 6

52000

143000

8,9
8,9

Appropriate attachment screw


M10 DIN 84

See page 96
for drawing

LWM8050/
LWV8050

* For 10 needle rollers per row


1)
For lengths L < J + 2 J1min, J = 50 mm (except for LWM/LWV 3015)
2)
J1 depends upon the rail length and is of the same size at each end of the rail: J1 = (L J)/2

Designations

Dimensions
A

Load ratings*
dynamic static
L1 J1)

J1min2) G

mm
Rails
LWM/LWV 80500200
LWM/LWV 80500300
LWM/LWV 80500400
LWM/LWV 80500500
LWM/LWV 80500600
LWM/LWV 80500700
LWM/LWV 80500800
LWM/LWV 80500900
LWM/LWV 80501000

80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80

50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1 000

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

mm

M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

N1 N2 A1 A2

DW U

13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13

14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14

45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45

48,5
48,5
48,5
48,5
48,5
48,5
48,5
48,5
48,5

C0

26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
3,5 30

Needle roller cage


LWHW 30
End stops
LWEAM 8050
LWEAV 8050

A3

76500

212000

8,9
8,9

Appropriate attachment screw


M12 DIN 84

See page 96
for drawing

* For 10 needle rollers per row


1)
For lengths L < J + 2 J1min, J = 50 mm (except for LWM/LWV 3015)
2)
J1 depends upon the rail length and is of the same size at each end of the rail: J1 = (L J)/2

99

2 Guiding systems
Precision rail guides
LWRPM ../LWRPV ..
LWRPM/LWRPV rail guides are linear guides
for limited travel, fitted with Turcite-B1)
slide liners. Based on PTFE, this material is
self-lubricating and offers excellent sliding
properties.
The slide liners are bonded to the
nonhardened LWRPM rail and subsequently
ground to size. The LWRPV rail is hardened
and ground. In order to avoid damage
to the slide surface of the LWRPM rail,
the leading edges of the LWRPV rails are
slightly rounded. Otherwise, the dimensions
of these rails are the same as those of the
LWRV series.
LWRPM/LWRPV rail guides should
be used where rail guides with rolling
element assemblies are unsuitable due
to external influences. Such applications

include those subjected to high transverse


acceleration that may cause indentation
of the rolling elements in the raceways, or
where extremely short strokes are required.
The unfavourable tribological conditions
produced by such operation would give rise
to race-way pitting in a rolling element rail
guide.
The mounting and attachment dimensions
of the LWRPM/LWRPV rail guides conform
to those of all the SKF Modular Range rail
guides included in this catalogue. LWRPM/
LWRPV rail guides are characterised by:
stick-slip-free operation
smooth running
good emergency running properties
low wear and high reliability
insensitivity to contamination
excellent vibration damping properties

Rails

LWRPM

LWRPV

100

When ordering, the individual


components of the rail guides must be
specified separately, for example:
2 rails LWRPM 6300
2 rails LWRPV 6300
LWRPM rail guides are provided with the
slide liners already bonded to the raceways.
Due to their design rail guides of these
series do not require the use of end stops.
Seperate ordering of the slide liners and
end stops is not required.

1) 

Turcite-B is a registered trademark of Busak &

Shamban GmbH

LWRPM 3/6/9

Designations

Dimensions
A

Load ratings*
dynamic

A1

A2

A3

J1

J2

mm
Rails
LWRPM 3
LWRPM 6
LWRPM 9

See page 100


for drawing

LWRPV 3/6/9

18
31
44

8
15
22

9,5
16,6
23,1

25
12,5 3,5
50
25
6
100 50
9

G3

mm

M4
M6
M8

3,3
5,2
6,8

N1

C
N

6
3,2
9,5 5,2
10,5 6,2

300/100 mm
700/100 mm
1200/100 mm

* For a surface loading of approximately 1 N/mm2 (momentary loads of up to 6 N/mm2 are permissible).

Designations

Dimensions
A

Load ratings*
dynamic
A1

A2

A3

J1

J2

mm
Rails
LWRPV 3
LWRPV 6
LWRPV 9

See page 100


for drawing

18
31
44

8
15
22

9,6 6,45 25
12,5 3,5
17,8 10,8 50
25
6
26,9 16,6 100 50
9

G3

mm

M4
M6
M8

3,3
5,2
6,8

N1

C
N

6
3,2
9,5 5,2
10,5 6,2

* For a surface loading of approximately 1 N/mm2 (momentary loads of up to 6 N/mm2 are permissible).

101

2 Guiding systems

Applications
In response to industrys ultimate need
toproduce more with less, SKF has

combined its knowledge and experience


with the latest technology to develop
solutions for your specific conditions.
Whether your goal is to design equipment

Linear motor table

Gantry systems

Components application
a) Precision rail guides

Components application
a) Precision rail guides

Machine tool

Stone/glass cutting

Components application
a) Precision rail guides

Components application
a) Precision rail guides

102

that provides more customer value, or


toincrease overall profitability, with SKF
experience and expertise, youre likely
to find a real solution.

Notes

103

Some things are made to


withstand the test of time
The thread of a cobweb is proportionally

a corrosive environment, at the same

more resistant than any material ever

time providing the highest quality of

invented by man even a steel cable.

performance with long-term reliability

Here we see just one of the wonders

for all your applications.

of nature which have inspired SKF to


develop products that will last for many
years to come.
Screws, guidance systems and
many other components bearing the
name of SKF are made from stainless
steel and are designed to withstand

104

With SKF, technology lasts.

Driving systems
Ball and roller screw

Fig.1

SKF ball & roller screw assemblies are highquality products, suitable for a wide range
of applications where precision driving
systems are needed.
The high efficiency screw allows loads to
be displaced by transforming rotary action
into linear motion. The high efficiency
screw has rolling elements, balls or rollers,
between the nut and the screw shaft.
In all types of ball screws (figs.1, 2
and3), the load is transmitted from the
screw shaft to the nut through each ball:
several recirculating systems are available.
To improve positioning accuracy, backlash
can be reduced or eliminated.
Roller screws (fig.4) are available in
two non-competing designs which cover
requirements beyond ball screw limitations.
Load transfer from the nut to the screw
shaft through a number of threaded or
grooved rollers results in a large number of
strong contact points.

Fig.2

Fig.4

Fig.3

Operating precision (table1)


Comparison of the different positioning
components and systems.

Table1
Positioning
systems

Standard drives or linear motors


with all guiding systems

Linear motors

Roller screws

Actuation
systems

Electro-mechanical
actuators

100-1 000

Ball screws

10-100

Linear ball bearings

1-10

Profile rail guides

0,1-1

Driving systems

Standard slides

Guiding systems

Precision rail guides

Operating
precision (m)

105

3 Driving systems
Ball and roller screw

How to make your choose


In our wide range of products, you are
sure to find the one that exactly fits your
requirements:
The miniature ball screws (fig.5), either
with ball recirculation by integrated
tube or with inserts, are very compact.
Backdriving makes them highly efficient.
The large ball screws (fig.6) enable you
to select the right level of requirements:
simple transport screws, very fast screws
with long lead, or preloaded screws for
more precision.
Ground ball screws (fig.7) for more
rigidity and precision
Roller screws (fig.8) which are far
beyond the limits of any ball screws
for heavy loads, ultimate precision and
rigidity, high speed and acceleration and
use in very difficult environments.

Fig.5

Fig.6

Fig.7

Fig.8

Table2 will assist you in your selection.

Table 2
Type

Details

Basic dynamic
load rating

Precision
Ep () on 300 mm

Up to 7,6 kN

G9 (130 )
to G5 (23 )

Good

Up to 95 kN

G9 (130 )
to G5 (23 )

Satisfactory

PGFE, PGFJ,
PGFM, SGFE
16 to 125 mm

Up to 680 kN

G5 (23 )
to G1 (6 )

Satisfactory

SRC, SRF,
TRK/PRK, SVC, PVK
8 to 210 mm

Up to 2 235 kN

G5 (23 )
to G1 (6 )

Exceptional

SD/BD/SH
Diameter
6 to 16 mm

SX/BX, SN/BN/PN
SND/BND/PND
SL/BL, SLD/BLD
Din standard
16 to 63 mm

106

High duty cycles

Adverse
environment
(Spec. steel, pollution)

Ball screws

Fig.9

Rolled ball screws


SKF ball screw assemblies are high-quality
products, suitable for a wide range of
applications where precision driving systems
are needed.
SKF rolled thread ball screws are available
in four designs to cover most requirements.

Complete assemblies

A complete range of accessories is available


and can be delivered completely assembled.
Just ask when ordering (fig.9).

Service range
General rules
Delivery time

Delivery time from a couple of days to max. two weeks is possible for orders meeting the following conditions:

Quantity

Max. 5 pcs. for types SX/BX - SN/BN/PN - SL/BL


Max. 15 pcs. for types SH - SD/BD

Materials

Both shafts and nuts should be made of standard steel (refer to our catalogue 4141). Neither stainless steel nor special treatments
are accepted through this quick channel.

Capabilities

Standard nuts, including DIN nuts


Screw shafts as per customer drawing (splines & special treatments excepted)
Preload by oversized balls accepted for BX - BN/BND - BL/BLD. Preload not accepted for screws with diameters equal to or less
than 16 mm (BH- BD - BN - BND)
Rotating nut, SLT/BLT is excluded

Diameters

Leads

Nut types

Precision classes

Accessories

From 6 to 63 mm

From 2 to 50 mm

Cylindrical and flanged with axial play,


backlash elimination and/or nuts preload,
SKF & DIN standards

G5 - G7 - G9

For screw shafts and nuts

Ball screws

N.B.:
In addition to this catalogue, all product
brochures are available on www.skf.com
as PDF files.

Publication nr. 4141 EN

107

3 Driving systems
Ball screws
Ordering key

Nut type:
Miniature screw, axial play,
internal recirculation nut
Miniature screw, backlash elimination
by oversize balls
Miniature screw, axial play,
recirculation by integrated tube
Universal screw, axial play
Universal screw, backlash elimination
by oversize balls
Precision screw, axial play
Precision screw, backlash elimination
by oversize balls
Precision screw, axial play, DIN nut
Precision screw, backlash elimination
by oversize balls, DIN nut
Precision screw, with optimal rigidity
Precision screw, with optimal rigidity,
DIN nut
Long lead screw, axial play
Long lead screw, axial play, DIN nut
Long lead screw, backlash elimination
by oversize balls
Long lead screw, backlash elimination
by oversize balls, DIN nut
Rotating nut with axial play
Rotating nut with backlash elimination

SD
BD
SH
SX
BX
SN
BN
SND
BND
PN
PND
SL
SLD
BL
BLD
SLT
TLT

Nominal diameter lead (mm)


Hand:
Right
Left (on request)

R
L

Threaded length/Total length (mm)


Lead precision:

G9, G7, G5

Nut orientation:
Threaded side or flange of nut towards shorter (S) or longer (L) machined end of shaft
In case of same end machining ()
Machined end combination:
See page 118121
Required lengths for AA - SA (both sides):
See page 118

**/**

Wipers:
With wipers
Without wipers
Safety ring (for SH - SD only)

WPR
NOWPR
RING

Example:

108

PND

325

330 / 445

G7

L - SA

+K

25 / 20

NOWPR

SD/BD - Miniature ball screws

Designations

Ball recirculation in composite inserts,


threaded end for easy mounting.
SD: axial play
BD: backlash elimination by oversize balls

d0

d2

A2

h10

g6

mm

D2
M

d2

d0

d1

D3

d1

C0

kN

A2

Ball recirculation in tube inside the nut,


threaded end for easy mounting

SD/BD 82,5R
SD/BD 102R
SD/BD 104R
SD/BD 122R
SD/BD 124R
SD/BD 125R
SD/BD 144R
SD/BD 162R
SD/BD 165R
SD/BD 1610R

8
10
10
12
12
12
14
16
16
16

Designations

Dimensions

2,5
2
4
2
4
5
4
2
5
10

7,6
9,5
8,9
11,2
11,3
11,8
13,7
15,5
15,2
15,2

6,3
8,3
7,4
9,8
9,4
9,3
11,9
14,3
12,7
12,6

1000
1000
1000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000

23,5
22
22
20
34
36
30
27
42
46

17,5
19,5
21
20
25,5
23
27
29,5
32,5
32,5

M151
M171
M181
M181
M201
M201
M221,5
M251,5
M261,5
M261,5

d0

Ph

d1

d2

Max

mm

SH 62R
SH 103R
SH 12,712,7R

2,2
2,5
4,5
2,9
5
4,2
6
3,3
7,6
10,7

2,6
3,5
5,4
4,6
6,5
5,3
9
6,2
10,5
17

Basic load
ratings
dynamic static

A2

D2

7,5
7,5
8
8
10
10
8
12
12
12

Lead

d0
d1
d2

Ph

Max

SH - Miniature ball screws

D3

Basic load
ratings
dynamic static

Lead

A
A1
N

A1

Dimensions

6
2
6
10 3
9,9
12,7 12,7 13

A2

h10

g6

C0

kN
4,7 1000 20
7,9 1000 29
10,2 2000 50

7,5 16,5 M141


1,2
9
21
M181
2,3
12 29,5 M251,5 5,3

1,5
3,5
9

Symbols, see page 157

109

3 Driving systems
Ball screws
SX/BX - Universal ball screws
Ball recirculation in composite inserts,
threaded end for easy mounting,
accessories see pages 111 and 122123.
Steel inserts optional.
SX: axial play
BX: backlash elimination by oversize balls
A1

1 x45

1 x45
A3

A2
A

90

(b)

Symbols, see page 157

110

Legend:
(a) = wiper
(b) = lubrication

d2

(a)

d1

(a)

Designations

Dimensions

Basic load
ratings
dynamic static

Lead
d0

Ph

d1

d2

A2

Max

h10

g6

mm
SX/BX 205R
SX/BX 255R
SX/BX 2510R
SX/BX 325R
SX/BX 3210R
SX/BX 405R
SX/BX 4010R
SX/BX 5010R
SX/BX 6310R

20
25
25
32
32
40
40
50
63

C0

kN
5
5
10
5
10
5
10
10
10

19,4
24,6
24,6
31,6
32
39,6
39,4
49,7
62,8

16,7
21,7
20,5
28,7
27,8
36,7
34
44
57

4700
4700
4700
5700
5700
5700
5700
5700
5700

54
69
87
64
95
65
105
135
135

14
19
19
19
19
19
24
29
29

38
43
43
52
54
60
65
78
93

M351,5
M401,5
M401,5
M481,5
M481,5
M561,5
M602
M722
M852

14,5
19,4
25,8
22,1
28,9
24,1
63,6
81,9
91,7

24,4
37,8
43,7
50,5
55,7
63,2
127,1
189,1
243,5

FHRF

Designations

Round flanges (for SX nuts only)

Dimensions
Lead
d0

Ph

A1

A1
h14

h14

JS12

h12

55
70
88
70
96
70
111
136
136

15
20
20
20
20
20
25
30
30

44
50
50
59
59
69
76
91
106

52
60
60
69
69
82
92
110
125

A1
h14

h14

JS12

h12

55
70
88
70
96
70
111
136
136

15
20
20
20
20
20
25
30
30

45
52
52
60
60
70
78
94
104

60
70
70
80
80
90
100
120
130

d0

mm
FHRF 20
FHRF 25
FHRF25
FHRF 32
FHRF 32
FHRF 405
FHRF 4010
FHRF 50
FHRF 63

20
25
25
32
32
40
40
50
63

Designations

Dimensions
Lead

5
5
10
5
10
5
10
10
10

FHSF
Square flanges (for SX nuts only)

d0

Ph

A1

mm

d0

FHSF 20
FHSF 25
FHSF 25
FHSF 32
FHSF 32
FHSF 405
FHSF 4010
FHSF 50
FHSF 63

20
25
25
32
32
40
40
50
63

5
5
10
5
10
5
10
10
10

J1

Symbols, see page 157

111

3 Driving systems
Ball screws
SN/BN - Precision ball screws
Ball recirculation in composite inserts. Steel
insert optional.
SN: axial play
BN: backlash elimination by oversize balls.

Designations

A2

d0

D1

D -0,2
-0,5

d1
d2

D +0,2
-0,2

Ball recirculation in composite inserts, Din


standard. Steel insert optional.
SND: axial play
BND: backlash elimination by oversize balls.
L 10

L 11

L7

L1
L tn

L8
2230'

(a) M8x1

(6x) D 5

(8x) D 5

IT11

IT11

L8
30

90

30
90

Design 1

Design 2

Legend:
(a) = lubrication hole

Symbols, see page 157

D1

d0

d1
d2

D4

-0,3
-0,5

D1

D6

d2

A2 D

Max

D1

g9

Ca

SN/BN 165R
SN/BN 205R
SN/BN 255R
SN/BN 2510R
SN/BN 325R
SN/BN 3210R
SN/BN 405R
SN/BN 4010R
SN/BN 5010R
SN/BN 6310R

16
20
25
25
32
32
40
40
50
63

Coa

JS12 6x

kN
5
5
5
10
5
10
5
10
10
10

15,2
19,4
24,6
24,6
31,6
32
39,6
39,4
49,7
62,8

12,7
16,7
21,7
20,5
28,7
27,8
36,7
34
44
57

2000
4700
4700
4700
5700
5700
5700
5700
5700
5700

43,5
46,5
46,5
75
51,5
79
58,5
93
99
103

10
12
12
10
12
16
14
16
16
20

28
33
38
43
45
54
53
63
72
85

48
57
62
67
70
87
80
95
110
125

38
45
50
55
58
70
68
78
90
105

M5
M6
M6
M6
M6
M8
M6
M8
M10
M10

8,1
11,7
13
25,8
19,1
22,6
25,4
63,6
70,6
78,4

12,4
18,3
22,7
43,7
40,4
41,8
63,2
127,1
157,6
202,9

Basic load ratings


dynamic static

Design

SND/BND - Precision ball screws

112

d1

D5

(a) M6x1

Ph

mm

A3

Basic load
ratings
dynamic static

Lead

A
A1

Dimensions

Designations

Dimensions
Lead
d0

Ph

d1

d2

L
Max

D1
g6

D4

mm
SND/BND 165R
SND/BND 1610R
SND/BND 205R
SND/BND 255R
SND/BND 2510R
SND/BND 325R
SND/BND 3210R
SND/BND 405R
SND/BND 4010R
SND/BND 5010R
SND/BND 6310R

16
16
20
25
25
32
32
40
40
50
63

Ca

Coa

kN
5
10
5
5
10
5
10
5
10
10
10

15,2
15,2
19,4
24,6
24,6
31,6
32
39,6
39,4
49,7
62,8

12,7
12,6
16,7
21,7
20,5
28,7
27,8
36,7
34
44
57

2000
2000
4700
4700
4700
5700
5700
5700
5700
5700
5700

28
28
36
40
40
50
50
63
63
75
90

38
28
47
51
51
65
65
78
78
93
108

8,1
10,7
11,7
13
25,8
19,1
22,6
25,4
63,6
70,6
78,4

12,4
17,0
18,3
22,7
43,7
40,4
41,8
63,2
127,1
157,6
202,9

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2

PN - Precision ball screws


Ball recirculation in composite inserts,
preloaded for optimal rigidity. Steel inserts
optional

Designations

A2

d0

D1

D -0,2
-0,5

D +0,2
-0,2

d1
d2

PND - Precision ball screws


Ball recirculation in composite inserts, nut
to DIN standard, preloaded for optimal
rigidity. Steel inserts optional

A2 D

D1

g9

Ca

Coa

JS12 6x

16
20
25
25
32
32
40
40
50
63

Designations

Dimensions
Lead

5
5
5
10
5
10
5
10
10
10

15,2
19,4
24,6
24,6
31,6
32
39,6
39,4
49,7
62,8

12,7
16,7
21,7
20,5
28,7
27,8
36,7
34
44
57

2000
4700
4700
4700
5700
5700
5700
5700
5700
5700

48
52
64
75
74
113
88
128
157
161

10
12
12
10
12
16
14
16
16
20

28
33
38
43
45
54
53
63
72
85

48
57
62
67
70
87
80
95
110
125

38
45
50
55
58
70
68
78
90
105

M5
M6
M6
M6
M6
M8
M6
M8
M10
M10

5,7
8,2
13
14,2
19,1
22,6
25,4
52,5
70,6
78,4

8,3
12,2
22,7
21,8
40,4
41,8
63,2
101,7
157,6
202,9

L1
L tn

(a) M8x1

(6x) D 5

(8x) D 5

IT11

IT11

D1 -0,3
-0,5

d0

d1
d2

L7

L8
2230'

d0

Ph

L
Max

Basic loadRatings Design


dynamic static
D1
g6

D4

D5
h13

D6
h13

L8

Ltn

PND 165R
PND 1610R
PND 205R
PND 255R
PND 2510R
PND 325R
PND 3210R
PND 405R
PND 4010R
PND 5010R
PND 6310R

16
16
20
25
25
32
32
40
40
50
63

Ca

Coa

h13

mm
D1

D6

kN

PN 165R
PN 205R
PN 255R
PN 2510R
PN 325R
PN 3210R
PN 405R
PN 4010R
PN 5010R
PN 6310R

L 10

L 11

D4

d2

D5

(a) M6x1

d1

mm

Ph

Max

A3

Basic load
ratings
dynamic static

Lead

A
A1

Dimensions

kN
5
10
5
5
10
5
10
5
10
10
10

2000
1000
4700
4700
4700
5700
5700
5700
5700
5700
5700

28
28
36
40
40
50
50
63
63
75
90

38
38
47
51
51
65
65
78
78
93
108

5,5
5,5
6,6
6,6
6,6
9
9
9
9
11
11

48
48
58
62
62
80
80
93
93
110
110

40
40
44
48
48
62
62
70
70
85
85

48
87
50
62
75
74
102
88
130
155
157

5,7
10,7
8,2
13
14,2
19,1
22,6
25,4
52,5
70,6
78,4

8,3
17,0
12,2
22,7
21,8
40,4
41,8
63,2
101,7
157,6
202,9

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2

L8
30

90

30
90

Design 1

Design 2

Legend:
(a) = lubrication hole

Symbols, see page 157

113

3 Driving systems
Ball screws
SL/BL - Long lead ball screws

Designations

Ball recirculation through the face.


SL: axial play
BL: backlash elimination by oversize balls.

Dimensions

Basic load
ratings
dynamic static

Lead
d0 Ph

d1

d2

A2

D1

g9

D1

D -0,2
-0,3

SL/BL 2520R
SL/BL 2525R
SL/BL 3220R
SL/BL 3232R
SL/BL 3240R
SL/BL 4020R
SL/BL 4040R
SL/BL 5050R

25
25
32
32
32
40
40
50

Ca

Coa

JS12 6x

kN
20
25
20
32
40
20
40
50

24,3
24,4
30
31,1
29,6
37,7
38,3
49,1

21,7
21,5
27,5
28,4
26,9
35,2
34,2
43,5

4700
4700
5700
5700
5700
5700
5700
5700

66,4 15
77,9 15
66,4 15
80,3 15
55
15
86,8 15
110,3 25
134 25

48
48
56
56
53*
63
72
85

73
73
80
80
80
95
110
125

60
60
68
68
68
78
90
105

M6
M6
M6
M8
M6
M8
M10
M10

23
22,6
25,7
26
15,7
41,8
53,3
94,8

51,6
51
65,3
68,3
38,6
129,4
133,8
238,2

D5

d2

d1

A2 D

mm

A3
D

D -0,2
-0,3

Max

A
A1

* Tolerance g6
J

D5

SLD/BLD - Long lead ball screws


Ball recirculation through the face, nut to
DIN standard.
SLD: axial play
BLD: backlash elimination by oversize balls
A2

A3

(6x) D 5
J

IT11

90

Design 1

Legend:
(a) = lubrication hole

Symbols, see page 157

114

D1

D -0,2
-0,3
D5

d2

d1

D -0,2
-0,3

L8
2230

Basic load
Design
ratings
dynam. static

Lead
d0

Ph

d1

d2

L
Max

SLD/BLD 3232R 32 32
D

(a) M6x1

Dimensions

mm

A
A1

Designations

A2 D
g6

D1 J

Ca

Coa

JS12 6x

kN
31,1 28,4 5700 80,3 15 50 80 65 M8 26

68,3 1

Notes

115

3 Driving systems
Ball screws
Rotating nut
The nut rotates inside bearings and moves
along the fixed long lead screw shaft.
The drive motor moves with the nut,
so inertia and critical speed problems,
associated with a long rotating shaft, are
minimised (figs.10 and11).
Two versions available:
SLT: rotating nut using ball screw with axial
play
BLT: rotating nut using ball screw with
backlash elimination.

Size

Ball screw capacities


dynamic
static

Bearing axial capacities


dynamic
static

Ca

Coa

Ca

Coa

96,6
80,5
141,2
87,3
81,7
176,7
133,8
238,2

61,8
61,8
78
78
78
93,6
114
156

56
56
76,5
76,5
76,5
91,5
118
166

kN
2520
2525
3220
3232
3240
4020
4040
5050

39,5
33,5
49,8
32,1
30
54,7
53,3
94,8

L8
L7

L9

L2
L1

Rotating nut inertia

L6

L5

H3

R2
L3

L4
L

Z2 x H2

R1

Size

2520
2525
3220
3232
3240
4020
4040
5050

Inertia Pulley support

Mass of rotating nut

kgmm2

kg

1012
1023
1935
1919
1949
3095
3784
11482

4,5
4,6
7,2
7,1
7,1
7,5
8,4
15,5

Max transmissible
torque

Max transmissible
axial load

Nm

kN

180
180
209
209
209
240
246
803

68,3
68,3
107
87,3
81,7
116
93,3
162

Z1 x H1

Rotating nut capacities


J2

J1

Size

2520
2525
3220
3232
3240
4020
4040
5050

Symbols, see page 157

116

Fig.10

Fig.11

Designations

L1

R1

R2

j1

J2

Z1H1

Z2H2

H3

useful length
h8
SLT/BLT 2520
SLT/BLT 2525
SLT/BLT 3220
SLT/BLT 3232
SLT/BLT 3240
SLT/BLT 4020
SLT/BLT 4040
SLT/BLT 5050

40
40
50
50
50
58
60
70

g6
72,5
72,5
82
82
82
93
93
120

100
100
119,5
119,5
119,5
125
137
170

133
133
150
650
150
159
168
210

100
100
120
120
120
125
137
170

65
65
76
76
76
80
102
110

48
48
56
50
53
63
72
85

121
126,2
132,4
126,8
125,7
136,4
159,3
163,3

15
15
20
20
20
20
47
20

max

max

0,8
0,8
0,8
0,8
0,8
0,8
1,6
1,6

0,8
0,8
0,8
0,8
0,8
0,8
1,6
1,6

mm
116
116
135
135
135
142
153
190

55
55
68
68
68
75
80
106

69
69
69
69
69
89
89
811

6M620
6M620
6M620
6M620
6M620
6M620
6M620
6M830

M61
M61
M61
M61
M61
M81
M81
M81

All tolerances js13 if not specified

Symbols, see page 157

117

3 Driving systems
Ball screws

Shaft end combinations for rolled


ball screws
In the order code, shaft end machining is
defined by:
one letter for < 16 mm
two letters for 16 mm
resulting from the combination of two
machined ends (see designation page 108).

Machined ends are represented in detail


on page 119 for < 16 mm and pages
120121 for 16 mm

< 16 mm
Order code

16 mm

Two machined ends

Order code

Two machined ends

A (without length indication)

cut only

AA (without length indication)

cut only

A (+ length)

cut + annealed

1+2

BA

1A + 2A

F*

2+2

FA*

2A + 2A

G*

2+3

GA*

2A + 3A

2+4

HA

2A + 4A

2+5

JA

2A + 5A

3+5

MA

3A + 5A

S (+ length)

Ends to root diameter,


any possible lengths.

SA (+ length)

Ends to root diameter d2,


any possible lengths.

End machined to diameter d3


under induction hardening,
any possible lengths.

UA (+ length)

Keyway

Keyway

To customers drawing

To customers drawing

* Attention! This mounting requires the greatest precautions. Please contact us.

Dimensions
d2

UA: end machined to diameter d3 under


induction hardening, any possible lengths.

Symbols, see page 157

118

d3

d2

d3

Dimensions

mm

d2

d3

mm

165

12,7

165

12,7

205

16,7

14

205

16,7

14

255

21,7

19

255

21,7

19

2510

20,5

18

2510

20,5

18

2520

21,7

19

2520

21,7

19

2525

21,5

18

2525

21,5

18

325

28,7

26

325

28,7

26

3210 DIN

27,8

25

3210 DIN

27,8

25

3210

26

23

3210

26

23

3220

27,5

24

3220

27,5

24

Standard end machining for nominal


diameter < 16 mm
Special ends are machined to customer
drawing on request

Type 1

Type 2
d4

d0

Ra

d5

Cx45
baxd7
B1

G1

Type 3

Cx45

ra

baxd7

(B2)

Type 5
mxd6
d4

mxd6
d4

ra

ra
Cx45

B3

B3

Cx45
(B2)

G1

Keyway
e

B5

B5

Cx45

B1

B4

Type 4

d4

b
A

d5

Cx45

B6

aN9

End Length

Dimensions
Size
d5 d4 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 G
d0
h7 js7 js12
js12 js12 H11 js12 g6
6
8
10
12/12,7
14

3
4
5
6
8

4
5
6
8
10

22
24
26
38
40

10
12
12
12
16

7
7
9
10
12

32
36
38
50
56

5,4
5,6
6,7
7,8
9

17
19
21
22
28

M40,7
M50,8
M61
M81
M101,5

G1

d6

ba

+0,14 h11/h12
0
7
7,2
7,5
2,5
13,3

0,5
0,7
0,8
0,9
1,1

3,8
4,8
5,7
7,6
9,6

0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5

1,2
1,2
1,5
1,5
2,3

d7

ra

h11

maxi N9

2,9
3,7
4,5
6,5
7,8

0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3

2
2

+0,5
0

8
10

Keyway
DIN 6885

3
3

4,8
6,8

0,1
0,1

A228
A2210

Symbols, see page 157

119

3 Driving systems
Ball screws
Standard end machining for nominal
diameter 16 mm
Standard shaft ends for ball screws,
nominal diameter 16 mm, have been
developed to suit the SKF thrust bearings
FLBU, PLBU and BUF.

These standard ends are the same for all


screw types.
However, for the SL/TL long lead screw,
an additional shoulder, part of the threaded
length, will be machined to protect the
wiper and nut thread during assembly (both

sides) Apart from this, the end itself is the


same for all screw types.
End bearing D Machined end type
FLBU
2A or 3A
PLBU
2A or 3A
BUF
4A or 5A

For SD/BD, SX/BX, SN/BN/PN, SND/BND/PND


Dimensions
Size
d5 d4 d10 d11 d12 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5
d0
h7 h6
h6 h7 js12
js12 js12 H11

B6 B7 B9 d8

js12

g6

G1 m

d6

c1 ba d7

+0,14 h11/
0
h12

ra

h11

Keyway to
DIN 6885 aN9 xi xb
fixed end
(type 2A)

free end
(type 5A)

16

10 /

10 8

53

16 13 69

10

29 2

12,5 M100,75 17 1,1

9,6 0,5 0,5 1,2 8,8

A2212

A2212

20

10 12 /

10 8

58

17 13 75

10

29 2

14,5 M121

18 1,1

9,6 0,5 0,5 1,5 10,5 0,8 A3312


0,41)

A2212

25

15 17 /

17 15 66

30 16 96

13

46 4,5 0

20

M171

22 1,1

16,2 0,5 0,5 1,5 15,5 0,8 A5525


0,41)

A5525

32

17 20 /

17 15 69

30 16 99

13

46 4,5 0

21,7 M201

22 1,1

16,2 0,5 0,5 1,5 18,5 1,2 A5525


0,81)

A5525

40

25 30 /

30 25 76

45 22 121 17,5

67 4,5 0

33,5 M301,5 25 1,6

28,6 1

0,5 2,3 27,8 0,8 A8740


0,41)

A8740

50

30 35 /

30 25 84

55 22 139 17,5

67 4,5 0

35,5 M351,5 27 1,6

28,6 1

0,5 2,3 32,8 1,2 A8745


0,81)

A8740

63

40 50 /

45 40 114 65 28 179 20,75 93 3

1)

54

M501,5 32 1,85 42,5 1,5 1

0,4

2,3 47,8 1,2 A12850 A12850


0,81)

For ends 4A or 5A

For SL/BL only

Symbols, see page 157

Dimensions
Size
d5 d4 d10 d11 d12 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B9 d8
d0
h7 h6
h6 h7 js12
js12 js12 H11 js12

G
g6

G1 m

d6

+0,14 h11/
0
h12

c1

ba

d7

ra

h11

Keyway to
DIN 6885 aN9 xi xb
fixed end
(type 2A)

free end
(type 5A)

2520 15 17 /

17 15 66 30 16 96

13

46 4,5 0 21,7 M171

22 1,1

16,2 0,5 0,5 1,5 15,5 0,8

A5525

A5525

2525 15 17 /

17 15 66 30 16 96

13

46 4,5 0 21,5 M171

22 1,1

16,2 0,5 0,5 1,5 15,5 0,8


1,2

A5525

A5525

3220 17 20 21,5 17 15 69 30 16 99

13

46 4,5 2 27,4 M201

22 1,1

16,2 0,5 0,5 1,5 18,5 0,81) A5525


1,2

A5525

3232 17 20 21,5 17 15 69 30 16 99

13

46 4,5 2 28,4 M201

22 1,1

16,2 0,5 0,5 1,5 18,5 0,81) A5525


1,2

A5525

3240 17 20 21,5 17 15 69 30 16 99

13

46 4,5 2 26,9 M201

22 1,1

28,6 0,5 0,5 1,5 18,5 0,81) A5525

A5525

4020 25 30 /

30 25 76 45 22 121 17,5 67 6,5 0 35,2 M301,5 25 1,6

28,6 1

0,5 2,3 27,8 0,8

A8740

A8740

4040 25 30 /

30 25 76 45 22 121 17,5 67 6,5 0 35

M401,5 25 1,6

28,6 1

0,5 2,3 27,8 0,8


1,2

A8740

A8740

5050 30 35 37

30 25 84 55 22 139 17,5 67 4,5 3 43,4 M351,5 27 1,6

28,6 1

0,5 2,3 32,8 0,81) A8745

A8740

1)

For ends 4A or 5A

120

Standard machining ends for nominal


diameter 16 mm
Threaded length = total length - end length.
Type 1A
For SL/BL only

Type 2A
For SL/BL only

For SL/BL only


d4

30

C1x45
B7xd8

30

Type 3A

Ra
C1x45

d5

d4

cx45
Baxd7

B7xd8

G1

B1

cx45
30 B xd
7
8

(B2)

ra
C1x45

G1
B1

B4

For other types

For other types

For other types


G

d4

d5

baxd7
B1

G1

d4

C1x45

Ra

C1x45

ra

G1

(B2)

B1

Type 5A

Type 4A
For SL/BL only

Keyway
For SL/BL only

B9xd10
B7xd8

B7xd8
B5
mxd6

B5
mxd6

Cx45

C1x45
B9xd10

B3

Cx45
(B10)
B6

Cx45

For other types

For other types

B7xd8

B5

For other types


B5
mxd6

d11

d12

mxd6

C1x45

ra
B3

Cx45

aN9

ra
Cx45

B3

d11

C7xd8

//

ra
C1x45

d11
C1x45

d11

d12

//

30
30

C1x45

baxd7

B4

For SL/BL only

C1x45

baxd7

Cx45
(B10)
B6

Cx45

End Length

Symbols, see page 157

121

3 Driving systems
Ball screws
PLBU
Accessories for screw shaft, plummer
bearing units: End bearings, fixed plummer
housing with angular contact ball bearings
(back-to-back arrangement). Designed for
standard end machining 2A or3A

FLBU
Accessories for screw shaft, flanged bearing
units: End bearings, axially locating flanged
housing with angular contact ball bearings
(back-to-back arrangement). Designed for
standard end machining 2A or 3A

1,6

L4

L2

L3
L1
0,2

15

5 x S1

60

45

Symbols, see page 157

122

D1

D3

D5

D2

D4

1,6

Designations

Dimensions
d0

B1

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
B2

H1

H2
JS7

L1

L4

S1

mm
16
20
25
32
40
50
63

Designations

Dimensions

37
42
46
49
53
59
85

D1

23
25
29
29
32
35
40

58
64
72
77
98
112
130

32
34
39
45
58
65
65

86
94
108
112
126
144
190

68
77
88
92
105
118
160

9
9
11
11
13
13
13

D3

D4

L1

L3

S1

12,8
14,7
31,9
31,9
59,6
79,8
196,1

Ca

Coa

H13

mm
16
20
25
32
40
50
63

12,2
13,3
27,9
24,6
41,9
54,5
128

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
h7

FLBU 16
FLBU 20
FLBU 25
FLBU 32
FLBU 40
FLBU 50
FLBU 63

Coa

kN

PLBU 16
PLBU 20
PLBU 25
PLBU 32
PLBU 40
PLBU 50
PLBU 63

d0

Ca

H12

kN
76
76
90
90
120
130
165

47
47
60
60
80
90
124

63
63
76
74
100
110
146

37
42
46
49
53
59
85

22
25
32
32
32
32
43,5

6,6
6,6
6,6
9
11
13
13

12,2
13,3
27,9
24,6
41,9
54,5
128

12,8
14,7
31,9
31,9
59,6
79,8
196,1

BUF - Plummer bearings


End bearings, axially free plummer housing
with deep-groove ball bearing. Designed for
standard end machining 4A or 5A

Designations

Dimensions
d0

B1

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
H1

H2
JS7

L1

L4

S1

mm

L3

H4

45

H5

H3

H2

H1

S1

L2

Ca

Coa

H12

kN

BUF 16
BUF 20
BUF 25
BUF 32
BUF 40
BUF 50
BUF 63

16
20
25
32
40
50
63

Designations

Dimensions

24
26
28
34
38
39
38

58
64
72
77
98
112
130

32
34
39
45
58
65
65

86
94
108
112
126
144
190

68
77
88
92
105
118
160

9
9
11
11
13
13
13

5,07
5,07
9,56
9,56
19,5
19,5
33,2

2,36
2,36
4,75
4,75
11,2
11,2
21,6

B1

L4
L1

FBS - Q
Accessories for ground shaft, flanged
bearing units: End bearings, axially locating
flanged housing with high precision
angular contact ball bearings (back-to-back
arrangement, 4 matched in set)
A
A1
A

D1

A2

A2

A3

D1

D2

mm

Ca

Coa

kN

FBS 204/QXXX
FBS 25/QXXX
FBS 30/QXXX
FBS 35/QXXX
FBS 40/QXXX
FBS 45/QXXX
FBS 50/QXXX

20
25
30
35
40
45
50

Designations

Dimensions

77
82
82
82
106
106
106

32
32
32
32
43,5
43,5
43,5

13
15
15
15
17
17
17

64
88
88
98
128
128
128

60
80
80
90
124
124
124

90
120
120
130
165
165
165

76
102
102
113
146
146
146

34,5
53
45,5
57
100
129
129

71
116
108
143
245
320
320

da D3 D2 J H

Da

FBS - D
Accessories for ground shaft, flanged
bearing units: End bearings, axially locating
flanged housing with high precision
angular contact ball bearings (back-to-back
arrangement, 2 matched in set)
A
A1
A3

D1

d0

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static

Da

A2

da D3 D2 J

d0

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
A2

A3

D1

D2

mm
FBS 204/DXXX
FBS 25/DXXX
FBS 30/DXXX
FBS 35/DXXX
FBS 40/DXXX
FBS 45/DXXX
FBS 50/DXXX

20
25
30
35
40
45
50

Ca

Coa

kN
47
52
52
52
66
66
66

32
32
32
32
43,5
43,5
43,5

13
15
15
15
17
17
17

64
88
88
98
128
128
128

60
80
80
90
124
124
124

90
120
120
130
165
165
165

76
102
102
113
146
146
146

21,2
32,5
28,1
35,1
61,8
79,3
79,3

35,5
58,5
54
71
122
160
160

Symbols, see page 157

123

3 Driving systems
Ball screws
Fig.12

Ground ball screws

Fig.13

SKF offers a wide range of ground ball


screws (figs.12 and13) to cover all
requirements
Flanged nut with internal preload, DIN
standard
Double preloaded flanged nut, DIN
standard
Double cylindrical preloaded nut
Single nut with axial play DIN standard
Single nut preloaded end flange
Double nut preloaded end flange
Double nut preloaded center flange
Single nut preloaded cam shaped

Service range (Europe only)


General rules
Delivery time

one / two weeks without machined ends


three week with ends machined to customer drawings.

Quantity

Max. 3 pieces for standard PGFJ, PGFE, SGFE, DIN standard.

Precision classes

G3 - G5 - G7

Materials

Standard steel only for the shafts


C53 for the screws
18NiCrMo5 for the nuts (refer to our catalogue 4621).

Capabilities

Screw shafts, right hand, single start, as per customer drawing (splines and hollow shafts excepted).
Neither stainless steel nor special treatments are accepted through this quick channel.
Maximum length : 1800 mm except for 255 which is limited to 1000mm

Sizes

255
325
405
4010

505
5010
5020 (except for PGFJ)
6310

Standard range (all countries)


Diameters

Leads

Nut types

Precision classes

From 12,7 to 152 mm

From 2,5 to 40 mm

Cylindrical or flanged nuts with preload or axial play

G1 - G3 - G5

From 0,5 to 6 inches

From 0,1 to 1,6 inches

Cylindrical or flanged nuts with preload or axial play

G1 - G3 - G5

Ground ball screws

N.B.:
In addition to this catalogue, all product
brochures are available on www.skf.com
as PDF files.
124

Publication nr. 4621 EN

SKF ground ball screws


North American range

Publication nr. 985-601

Ordering key

Nut type:
Nut with internal preload, DIN standard
Double preloaded flanged nut, DIN
Nut with axial play, DIN
Double nut preloaded end flange

WPR

PGFJ
PGFE
SGFE
PGFM

Nominal diameter lead (mm)


Hand:
Right
Left (on request)

R
L

Number of circuits of balls


Threaded length / Total length (mm); (in) for PGFM
Lead precision:

G5, G3, G1

Nut orientation:
Threaded side or flange of nut towards shorter (S) or longer (L) machined end of shaft
In case of same end machining ()
Machined end combination to customers drawing
Wipers:
Always with wipers

Example:

PGFE

325

330 / 445

G1

L - HA

+K

WPR

125

3 Driving systems
Ball screws
PGFE - Ground ball screws

Designations

Double flanged nut, preloaded,


DINstandard

Dimensions

No. of
circuits
of balls

Lead

==

d0

Ph

D1

A2

L8

Basic load
ratings

Design

dynamic static
Ca

Coa

(a) M6 x 1

A3

L8

L8

(a) M6 x 1

2230
A

8 x D2

mm

D h6

d0
A2

D-0,2
-0,3

D1

J
d2max

h6

30

6 x D2

PGFE 165 R
PGFE 205 R
PGFE 255 R
PGFE 2510 R
PGFE 325 R
PGFE 3210 R
PGFE 405 R
PGFE 4010 R
PGFE 5010 R
PGFE 6310 R

16
20
25
25
32
32
40
40
50
63

Designations

Dimensions

5
5
5
10
5
10
5
10
10
10

28
36
40
40
50
50
63
63
75
90

48
58
62
62
80
80
93
93
110
125

38
47
51
51
65
65
78
78
93
108

79
79
88
123
89
146
100
146
168
170

12
12
14
15
15
18
16
18
20
22

40
44
48
48
62
62
70
70
85
95

No.

kN

3
3
3
3
4
3
4
3
4
4

9,7
13,4
15,6
20,2
17,3
42,2
24,6
46,5
68
77,5

No. of
circuits
of balls

Basic load
ratings

14,2
24,5
33,6
39,5
42,8
80
73
98
170
227

1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2

30
90

90

Design 1

Design 2

Legend:
(a) = lubrication hole

SGFE - Ground ball screws


Single Flanged nut, axial play,
DIN standard

Lead

==

d0

Ph

D1

A2

L8

Design

dynamic static
Ca

Coa

A3
AS
A

(a) M6 x 1

L8
230

8 x D2

(a) M6 x 1

L8
30

6 x D2

mm

D h6

d0

A2

D-0,2
-0,3

J
d2max

D1

h6

SGFE 165 R
SGFE 205 R
SGFE 255 R
SGFE 2510 R
SGFE 325 R
SGFE 3210 R
SGFE 405 R
SGFE 4010 R
SGFE 5010 R
SGFE 6310 R

16
20
25
25
32
32
40
40
50
63

5
5
5
10
5
10
5
10
10
10

28
36
40
40
50
50
63
63
75
90

48
58
62
62
80
80
93
93
110
125

38
47
51
51
65
65
78
78
93
108

45,5
45,5
51
69
52
82
58
82
94
96

12
12
14
15
15
18
16
18
20
22

40
44
48
48
62
62
70
70
85
95

No.

kN

3
3
3
3
4
3
4
3
4
4

9,7
13,4
15,6
20,2
17,3
42,2
24,6
46,5
68
77,5

14,2
24,5
33,6
39,5
42,8
80
73
98
170
227

30
90

90

Design 1

Design 2

Legend:
(a) = lubrication hole

N.B.:
Thrust bearing units for ground ball
screw, see page 123.
Symbols, see page 157

126

1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2

PGFJ - Ground ball screws

Designations

Flanged nut, with internal preload,


DINstandard

Dimensions

No. of
circuits
of balls

Lead

==

d0

Ph

D1

A2

L8

Basic load
ratings

Design

dynamic static
Ca

Coa

A2

D-0,2
-0,3

A3
A

(a) M6 x 1

L8

L8

(a) M6 x 1

30

6 x D2

2230

8 x D2

mm

D h6

d0

J
d2max

D1

h6

PGFJ 165 R
PGFJ 205 R
PGFJ 255 R
PGFJ 2510 R
PGFJ 325 R
PGFJ 3210 R
PGFJ 405 R
PGFJ 4010 R
PGFJ 5010 R
PGFJ 6310 R

16
20
25
25
32
32
40
40
50
63

5
5
5
10
5
10
5
10
10
10

28
36
40
40
50
50
63
63
75
90

48
58
62
62
80
80
93
93
110
125

38
47
51
51
65
65
78
78
93
108

63
65
68
104
81
117
82
142
144
147

12
12
14
15
15
18
16
18
20
22

40
44
48
48
62
62
70
70
85
95

No.

kN

3
3
3
3
4
3
4
3
4
4

9,7
13,4
15,6
20,2
22,1
42,2
24,6
59,6
68
30

14,2
24,5
33,6
39,5
57
80
73
130
170
120

1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2

30
90

Design 1

Legend:
(a) = lubrication hole

90

Design 2

N.B.:
Thrust bearing units for ground ball
screw, see page 123.

Symbols, see page 157

127

3 Driving systems
Ball screws

Precision ground screw (fig.14)

Fig.14

Screw diameter from 0,5 to 6 inches. Lead


from 0,1 to 1 inch. Any lead metric/inch
possible. Flange position and holes pattern
can be adjusted upon request. Screw
bearing support units FLRBU, FLBU, PLBU
or BUF.
PGFM double nut preloaded end flange
PGF single nut preloaded end flange

Designations

Screw
diameter

Lead

Locating
diameter

Flange
diameter

Bolt
circle

Double nut Flange


length
thickness

Single nut Basic load ratings


length
dynamic
static

d0

Ph

D1

A5

A2

in

Ca

Coa

lbf

PGFM 0,50,1
PGFM 0,50,2

0,5
0,5

0,1
0,2

1
1,25

1,875
2,1255

1,437
1,687

2,25
3,625

0,437
0,437

1,35
2,225

1204
137

2270
3302

PGFM 0,6250,1
PGFM 0,6250,2
PGFM 0,6250,25

0,625
0,625
0,625

0,1
0,2
0,25

1,125
1,375
1,625

2
2,25
2,5

1,562
1,812
2,062

2,25
3,5
3,937

0,437
0,437
0,437

1,35
1,9
2,187

1327
1213
1124

2867
5205
6220

PGFM 0,750,1
PGFM 0,750,2
PGFM 0,750,25

0,75
0,75
0,75

0,1
0,2
0,25

1,25
1,562
1,625

2,25
2,562
2,625

1,75
2,062
2,125

2,25
3,5
3,937

0,437
0,437
0,437

1,35
1,9
2,187

1457
1573
1804

3559
6416
876

PGFM 0,8750,2
PGFM 0,8750,25

0,875
0,875

0,2
0,25

1,687
1,75

2,687
2,75

2,187
2,25

3,5
3,937

0,437
0,437

1,9
2,187

16
1163

89
9357

PGFM 1,00,1
PGFM 1,00,2
PGFM 1,00,25

1
1
1

0,1
0,2
0,25

1,625
1,812
2,125

2,625
2,812
3,125

2,125
2,312
2,625

2,312
3,562
4,312

0,5
0,5
0,5

1,412
1,962
2,312

1626
1262
1908

4752
9223
12572

PGFM 1,250,2
PGFM 1,250,25
PGFM 1,250,5

1,25
1,25
1,25

0,2
0,25
0,5

2,062
2,125
2,5

3,062
3,125
3,5

2,562
2,625
3

3,562
4
7,125

0,5
0,5
0,5

1,962
2,25
3,812

1698
1848
1147

11648
14366
20759

PGFM 1,50,2
PGFM 1,50,25
PGFM 1,50,5

1,5
1,5
1,5

0,2
0,25
0,5

2,312
3,562
3,25

3,312
3,562
4,5

2,812
3,062
3,875

3,687
4,437
7,375

0,625
0,625
0,625

2,087
2,437
3,875

166
1802
163

1472
20656
3624

PGFM 1,750,2
PGFM 1,750,25
PGFM 1,750,5
PGFM 1,750,75

1,75
1,75
1,75
1,75

0,2
0,25
0,5
0,75

2,625
2,875
3,5
3,5

3,875
4,125
4,75
4,75

3,25
3,5
4,125
4,125

3,812
4,562
7,5
10,125

0,75
0,75
0,75
0,875

2,212
2,5
4
4,875

1474
1418
1276
1129

16887
24274
43286
4365

PGFM 2,00,2
PGFM 2,00,25
PGFM 2,00,5
PGFM 2,00,75
PGFM 2,01,0
PGFM 2,00,25

2
2
2
2
2
2,25

0,2
0,25
0,5
0,75
1,75
0,25

2,937
3,125
3,75
3,75
3,75
3,312

4,187
4,375
5,5
5,5
5,5
5

3,562
3,75
4,625
4,625
4,625
4,187

3,182
4,562
7,5
10,125
11
4,562

0,75
0,75
0,75
0,875
1,25
0,75

2,212
2,562
3,812
4,875
6
2,562

1757
1964
1180
24057
18375
10456

19310
27890
50548
50350
36723
31504

Symbols, see page 157

128

A
A5
A2

(a)

A3

30

d0

d2

D1

(b)

+.000

D -.001

(D-.01)

.005

(d)

(c)

Designations

Legend:
(a) = 1/8-27 NPT (lube access)
(b) = wipers
(c) = optional
(d) = (Nh) D5 Dia. Thru

Screw
diameter

Lead

Locating
diameter

Flange
diameter

Bolt
circle

Double nut Flange


length
thickness

Single nut Basic load ratings


length
dynamic
static

d0

Ph

D1

A5

A2

in

Ca

Coa

lbf

PGFM 2,250,5
PGFM 2,250,75
PGFM 2,251,0

2,25
2,25
2,25

0,5
0,75
1

4,125
4,125
4,125

5,875
5,875
5,875

5
5
5

7,5
10,125
13

0,75
0,875
1,25

4
4,875
7

25853
25749
26599

57810
57631
60759

PGFM 2,50,25
PGFM 2,50,5
PGFM 2,50,75
PGFM 2,51,0

2,5
2,5
2,5
2,5

0,25
0,5
0,75
1

3,625
4,375
4,375
5,25

5,375
6,375
6,375
7,25

4,5
5,375
5,375
6,25

4,562
7,5
10,125
14,5

0,75
0,75
0,875
1,25

2,562
4
4,875
7

11089
27349
28208
38815

35996
65072
68325
83037

PGFM 3,00,25
PGFM 3,00,5
PGFM 3,00,75
PGFM 3,01,0

3
3
3
3

0,25
0,5
0,75
1

4,125
4,812
5,75
5,75

6,15
6,812
7,75
7,75

5,125
5,812
6,75
6,75

4,687
7,625
11,375
14,5

0,875
0,875
0,875
1,25

2,687
4,125
6,125
7,5

11880
30815
43353
43216

43226
83057
102706
102455

PGFM 3,50,5
PGFM 3,50,75
PGFM 3,51,0

3,5
3,5
3,5

0,5
0,75
1

5,375
5,875
6,5

7,375
7,875
8,5

6,375
6,875
7,5

7,75
11,5
14,75

1
1
1,25

4,25
6,25
7,75

32975
48593
62805

97605
128184
150171

PGFM 4,00,5
PGFM 4,00,75
PGFM 4,01,0

4
4
4

0,5
0,75
1

5,875
6,75
7

7,875
8,75
9

6,875
7,75
8

8
11,75
14,75

1,25
1,25
1,25

4,5
6,5
7,75

34886
51693
69004

112145
147601
180105

PGFM 5,00,5
PGFM 5,00,75
PGFM 5,01,0

5
5
5

0,5
0,75
1

6,75
7,75
8

8,75
9,75
10

7,75
8,75
9

8
11,75
14,75

1,25
1,25
1,25

4,5
6,875
7,75

38194
56974
77221

141214
186401
230571

PGFM 6,00,5
PGFM 6,00,75
PGFM 6,01,0

6
6
6

0,5
0,75
1

7,75
8,75
9

9,75
10,75
11

8,75
9,75
10

8
11,75
14,75

1,25
1,25
1,25

4,5
6,5
7,75

41600
61435
84043

173819
225174
281022

Symbols, see page 157

129

3 Driving systems
Ball screws

Applications
In response to industrys ultimate need
toproduce more with less, SKF has

combined its knowledge and experience


with the latest technology to develop
solutions for your specific conditions.
Whether your goal is to design equipment

that provides more customer value, or


toincrease overall profitability, with SKF
experience and expertise, youre likely
to find a real solution.

Machine tool

Textile machine

Components application
a) Ground ball screws

Components application
a) Precision ball screws

Electroerosion

Pick and place robot for laboratory

Components application
a) Precision ball screws
b) Profile rail guides

Components application
a) Precision ball screws

130

Roller screws
There are two non-competing designs
to cover requirements beyond ball screw
limitations. Load transfer from the nut
tothe screw shaft through a number of
threaded or grooved rollers: the resulting
large number of contact points ensures
a much higher load carrying capacity and
amuch longer life than ball screws of
similar size.

SR Planetary roller screws

SV Recirculating roller screws

(fig.15)
Non-recirculating rollers yield high speed
and acceleration capabilities, exceptional
reliability and resistance to adverse
environments.

(fig.16)
Very fine lead of thread (1 mm) allows
high positioning accuracy, repeatability and
exceptional rigidity.

3
Fig.15

SR planetary roller screw

Ten reasons for using roller screws


High load ratings (SR-SV)
Very high rotational speed (SR)
High acceleration and deceleration rates
(SR)
Long life at high cycle rates (SR)
High reliability (SR-SV)
Resistance to hostile surroundings (SR)
Ability to accommodate shock loads (SR)
Small displacements with very good
repeatability (SV)
Nut rotation when speed becomes critical
(SR)
Frequent removal of the nut from the
screw shaft (SR, most SV)

Fig.16

SV recirculating roller screw


Type

Features

SR
SV

Higher static load up to 12000 kN

SR
SV

Higher dynamic load up to 2235 kN

SR

Higher rotational speed - 48 at over 3000 rpm

SR

Higher acceleration over 12000 rad/sec2

SR

Shock loads

SR

Adverse environments (dust, ice, sand)

SV

1 mm lead

SR
SV

Stainless steel

Roller screws

N.B.:
In addition to this catalogue, all product
brochures are available on www.skf.com
as PDF files.
Publication nr. 4351 EN

131

3 Driving systems
Roller screws

Planetary roller screws

Fig.17

(fig.17)
Features
Many strong contact surfaces
Non-recirculating rollers
No weak point in the nut
Benefits
Long life: high load carrying capacity
Robust and shock resistant
Exceptional reliability
High speed & acceleration capabilities

Threaded rollers are the basis of SR/BR/TR/


PR planetary roller screws (fig.18).

Fig.18

Typical applications
The capacity to carry heavy loads for
thousands of hours in the most arduous
conditions makes planetary roller
screws suitable for the most demanding
applications. The robust nut can withstand
shock loads and the timing mechanism
ensures reliability even in harsh environments
and at high accelerations; the long lead and
the symmetrical design of the nut permit
high linear speeds.

132

Examples:
Machine tools
Injection moulding
Factory automation process including spot
welding, broaching, clamping, presses,
guns, etc...
Test benches
Steel industry
Tyre industry
Automatic handling
Military aircraft, tanks, rocket launchers,
radar, ships and submarines
Nuclear industry
Transportation industry

Recirculating roller screws

Fig.19

(fig.19)
Features
Many strong contact points
Very small leads (1 mm)
No miniature parts
Benefits
Long life: high load carrying capacity
High positioning accuracy: fine resolution
Exceptional reliability

Grooved rollers are the basis of SV/PV


recirculating roller screws (fig.20).

Fig.20

Typical applications
Ultimate positioning accuracy can be
obtained using the fine lead of SV/BV/PV
recirculating roller screws.
Their great mechanical advantage
minimised input torque and increases
resolution. They can simplify a complete
transmission and improve its rigidity. They
are often used in applications of advancing
technology where reliable optimum
performance is vital.

Examples:
Grinding machines
Laboratory equipment
Hospital equipment
Paper-making
Printing industry
Telescopes
Satellites

133

3 Driving systems
Roller screws

Complete assemblies (fig.21)


Selected roller screws, both planetary and
recirculating, are available within reduced
delivery times, with customised screw
shafts from premachined stocked units: see
pages 138-139 for planetary and 150-161
forrecirculating roller screws.

Fig.21

Maximum speed
For screw assembly BRC+FLRBU or
BVC+FLRBU, the maximum speed
isdefined by the product nd0.
nd0 <160000 for BRC
<20000 for BVC >25
<30000 for BVC 25
(n = rotational speed
d0 = outside diameter of screw shaft)

Service range
General rules
Delivery time

Delivery time from a couple of days to max. two weeks is possible fororders meeting the following conditions:

Quantity

Max. 3 pieces for planetary and recirculating roller screw.

Materials

Both shafts and nuts should be made of standard steel (refer to our catalogue 4351). Neither stainless steel nor special
treatments are accepted through this quick channel.

Capabilities

Standard nuts (no special documents such as conformity report), with axial play, backlash elimination or preload.
Screw dimensions: see limitations on page 138-139.
Standard machining: no spline, no hollow shaft, no radius in grinding operations. If any such requirements, order cannot be
accepted by the Service Channel. Unless specified, tolerances will be according to class 5, ISO 3408-3 (see catalogue 4351 page 24).
FLRBU thrust bearing units can be delivered for all sizes.
Lead precision: G5 to ISO standard.
Lubrication: screw assemblies delivered with machined ends are greased with SKF LGEP2 (temperature range:
20 C to +120 C); without end machining, they are only protected with rust inhibitor.

IMPORTANT

134

Screws for nuclear, aerospace, military or medical applications are excluded.

Planetary roller screws with bearing units


Delivery time

Delivery time

1 week

Without end machining

4 weeks

2 weeks

With machined ends

Nuts

With machined ends to customer drawing

With axial play: SRC-SRF

With backlash elimination by oversize rollers: BRC

With backlash elimination: TRU-TRK

Lead

Nuts

Preloaded: PRU-PRK for optimum rigidity

15

21

30

39

Lead

Nominal diameter

Capabilities
Machined ends:

premachined shafts for machining by the customer


to customer drawing (see general rules)
suitable for FLRBU units.

Screw dimensions: see page 138-139

10

15

21

25

30

39

48

Nominal diameter

Capabilities
Machined ends:

to customer drawing (see general rules)

Screw dimensions: up to 1500 mm max. length


up to 900 mm threaded length.

Recirculating roller screws with bearing units


Delivery time

Delivery time

1 week

Without end machining

4 weeks

2 weeks

With machined ends

Nuts

With machined ends to customer drawing

Preloaded: PVU-PVK for optimum rigidity

20

25

32

Nominal diameter

Capabilities
Machined ends:

premachined shafts for machining by the customer


to customer drawing (see general rules)
suitable for FLRBU units.

Screw dimensions: see page 150-151

Lead

With axial play: SVC

With backlash elimination by oversize rollers: BVC


Lead

Nuts

16

20

25

32

40

Nominal diameter

Capabilities
Machined ends:

to customer drawing (see general rules)

Screw dimensions: up to 1500 mm max. length


up to 900 mm threaded length.

135

Notes

136

Ordering key

Play or preload:
Axial play (standard range)
Preload by rollers to eliminate backlash
Nut preloaded for backlash elimination
Nut preloaded for optimum rigidity

S
B
T
P

Product:
Planetary roller screw
Recirculating roller screw

R
V

Nut type:
Cylindrical nut with axial play
Nut with central flange and axial play
Preloaded cylindrical nut
Preloaded nut with central flange

C
F
U
K

Nominal diameter lead (mm)


Hand:
Right
Left (on request)

R
L

Threaded length, total length (mm)


Lead precision:

G1 - G3 - G5

Nut orientation:
(this only applies to flanged nuts SRF, TRK, PRK, PVK)
For cylindrical nut
Shorter machined end, g6 side of nut towards
Longer machined end, g6 side of nut towards

S
L

Shaft ends:
To customers drawing
Wipers:
Wipers in the nut: mounted for SR, delivered separately for SVC
Without wipers
Nut without wiper recesses (non standard SR only)

WPR
NOWPR
X

Example 1:

39 20

425 / 590

G1

Example 2:

39 20

425 / 590

G5

WPR

NOWPR

137

3 Driving systems
Roller screws

Planetary roller screws


BRC - Range

(a)
"

(d)

1,6

D g6
d8

0,8

"

B
0,8

d1

d10

1 x 45

(b)
(b)

w x 45

12
B5

B6

"

0,8

(c)

w x 45
"

1 x 45

0,8

A h12

Legend:
(a) = key
(b) = wiper
(c) = lubrication Q
(d) = thrust bearing FLRBU*
Screw ends can be machined to customer requirements
Maximum threaded length: can be cut and machined to customer requirements

Planetary roller screws without end


machining, lead precision G5 according to
ISO standard.
Nut preloaded by rollers for backlash
elimination.

* Preload torque measured at 50 rpm with SKF LGEP2


as lubricant

Symbols, see page 157

138

Designations

Dimensions
d0

B6

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
d10

B5

mm

Ca

Coa

kN

BRC 155-R5

15

400

25

115

35

50

25,9

43,5

BRC 215-R5

21

570

40

178

45

64

50,5

81,9

BRC 305-R5

30

800

50

213

64

85

91,9

178,3

BRC 395-R5

39

1046 70

259

80

100

129,2

268,9

N.B.:
Nut and thrust bearing unit cannot be
modified. The standard version has the
flange of the thrust bearing is located on
the KMT side.

FLRBU / BRC- Range


Planetary roller screw with thrust bearing
unit

(a)
Legend:
(a) = Thrust bearing FLRBU*

(a)

B7
B7

B8
B8
1,6

1,6

D4 D2 D5

D4 D2 D5

D3 D1

D3 D1

45

45

1,6

1,6
L4

L2

L4

L5 L2
L1

Designations

60
0,2

L
L 5

5xS1

0,2

L3

15

15

5xS1

60

x4

x4

L1

Dimensions
d0

B7

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
B8

L1

L2

L3

D1

D3

D4

mm

Ca

Coa

kN

FLRBU2/BRC 155-R5

15

285 398

46

10

32

90

60

76

32

27,9

31,9

FLRBU4/BRC 215-R5

21

392 568

77

13

60

90

60

74

32

40,1

63,8

FLRBU5/BRC 305-R5

30

587 798

89

16

68

120 80

100 44

74,2

119,2

FLRBU6/BRC 395-R5

39

787 1044 110 20

82

140 100 120 54

109,4

188,4

* Preload torque measured at 50 rpm with SKF LGEP2


as lubricant

Symbols, see page 157

139

3 Driving systems
Roller screws
SRC - Range
Cylindrical nut with axial play
A
0,8

"

"

(a)

0,8
a

(b)

0,8
15

d1 d0

d2

D3

w x 45

"

Designations

D2

w x 45

Legend:
(a) = wiper recess
(b) = wiper on request

"

Dimensions
Lead
d0

Ph

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
ltp

sap

d1

d2

g6/H7

h12

h9

mm

Ca

Coa

kN

SRC 84

500

0,02

8,4

7,3

25

44

12

26,5

11,24

19,59

SRC 125

12

750

0,02

12,4

11,3

30

44

12

31,5

17,73

26,71

SRC 155
SRC 158

15
15

5
8

975
975

0,02
0,02

15,4
15,5

14,3
14

35
35

50
50

4
4

16
16

36,5
36,5

5
5

25,95
27,43

43,59
40,78

SRC 206

20

1300

0,02

20,4

19,3

40

50

16

41,5

26,83

44,86

SRC 215
SRC 216
SRC 218
SRC 2110

21
21
21
21

5
6
8
10

1400
1400
1400
1400

0,02
0,02
0,02
0,04

21,4
21,4
21,5
21,8

20,3
20,3
20
19,7

45
45
45
45

64
64
64
64

5
5
5
5

20
20
20
20

47
47
47
47

5
5
5
5

50,55
52,77
54,44
59,24

81,97
82,18
78,06
83,01

SRC 246
SRC 2412

24
24

6
12

1600
1600

0,02
0,04

24,4
24,8

23,3
22,7

48
48

58
58

5
5

20
20

50
50

5
5

42,3
47,65

65,17
62,34

SRC 255
SRC 2510
SRC 2515

25
25
25

5
10
15

1650
1650
1650

0,02
0,04
0,07

25,4
25,8
26,2

24,3
23,7
23,1

53
53
53

78
78
78

6
6
6

25
25
25

55,5
55,5
55,5

5
5
5

63,25
72,63
79,17

108,23
105,31
106,39

SRC 305
SRC 306
SRC 3010
SRC 3020

30
30
30
30

5
6
10
20

2000
2000
2000
2000

0,02
0,02
0,04
0,07

30,4
30,4
30,8
31,5

29,3
29,3
28,7
27,5

64
64
64
64

85
85
85
85

6
6
6
6

32
32
32
32

66,5
66,5
66,5
66,5

5
5
5
5

91,98
95
106,32
123,28

178,32
175,34
174,36
177,28

SRC 366
SRC 369
SRC 3612
SRC 3618
SRC 3624

36
36
36
36
36

6
9
12
18
24

2400
2400
2400
2400
2400

0,02
0,02
0,04
0,07
0,07

36,4
36,5
36,8
37,2
37,5

35,3
35,1
34,7
34,1
33,5

68
68
68
68
68

80
80
80
80
80

5
5
5
5
5

25
25
25
25
25

70
70
70
70
70

5
5
5
5
5

90,45
97,52
106,6
114,14
123,6

179,39
174,05
181,1
176,57
184,38

SRC 395
SRC 3910
SRC 3915
SRC 3920
SRC 3925

39
39
39
39
39

5
10
15
20
25

2650
2650
2650
2650
2650

0,02
0,04
0,07
0,07
0,07

39,4
39,8
40,2
40,5
40,9

38,3
37,7
37,1
36,5
35,9

80
80
80
80
80

100
100
100
100
100

8
8
8
8
8

40
40
40
40
40

83
83
83
83
83

7
7
7
7
7

129,21
152,62
167,64
172,82
174,79

268,92
270,93
272,89
260,89
249

SRC 448
SRC 4412
SRC 4418
SRC 4424
SRC 4430

44
44
44
44
44

8
12
18
24
30

3000
3000
3000
3000
3000

0,04
0,04
0,07
0,07
0,07

44,4
44,8
45,2
45,5
45,9

43,2
42,7
42,1
41,5
40,9

80
80
80
80
80

90
90
90
90
90

6
6
6
6
6

32
32
32
32
32

82,5
82,5
82,5
82,5
82,5

7
7
7
7
7

130,48
143,71
157,74
167,81
165,86

261,47
262,87
264,94
266,95
246,44

Continued

Symbols, see page 157

140

SRC - Range
(Continued)
A
0,8

"

"

(a)

0,8
a

(b)

0,8
15

d1 d0

d2

D3

w x 45

"

Designations

D2

w x 45

Legend:
(a) = wiper recess
(b) = wiper on request

"

Dimensions
Lead
d0

Ph

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
ltp

sap

d1

d2

g6/H7

h12

h9

mm

Ca

Coa

kN

SRC 485
SRC 488
SRC 4810
SRC 4815
SRC 4820
SRC 4825

48
48
48
48
48
48

5
8
10
15
20
25

3300
3300
3300
3300
3300
3300

0,02
0,04
0,04
0,07
0,07
0,07

48,4
48,6
48,8
49,2
49,5
49,9

47,3
47,1
46,7
46,1
45,5
44,9

100
100
100
100
100
100

127
127
127
127
127
127

8
8
8
8
8
8

45
45
45
45
45
45

103
103
103
103
103
103

7
7
7
7
7
7

198,08
218,43
231,54
257,75
265,69
285,86

481,53
470,61
475,11
486,36
462,27
491,04

SRC 5612
SRC 5624
SRC 5636

56
56
56

12
24
36

4000
4000
4000

0,04
0,07
0,07

56,8
57,5
58,3

54,7
53,5
52,3

100
100
100

112
112
112

8
8
8

40
40
40

103
103
103

7
7
7

212,17
242,22
258,33

433,12
419,15
424,24

SRC 6010
SRC 6015
SRC 6020

60
60
60

10
15
20

4250
4250
4250

0,04
0,07
0,07

60,8
61,2
61,5

58,7
58,1
57,5

122
122
122

152
152
152

10
10
10

45
45
45

125
125
125

10,5
10,5
10,5

338,57
373,06
394,97

779,69
782,69
785,66

SRC 6412
SRC 6418
SRC 6424
SRC 6430
SRC 6436

64
64
64
64
64

12
18
24
30
36

4600
4600
4600
4600
4600

0,04
0,07
0,07
0,07
0,07

64,8
65,2
65,5
65,9
66,3

62,7
62,1
61,5
60,9
60,3

115
115
115
115
115

129
129
129
129
129

8
8
8
8
8

45
45
45
45
45

118
118
118
118
118

7
7
7
7
7

296,38
316,72
328,93
318,15
309,12

763,3
725,56
689,62
619,84
589,38

SRC 7510
SRC 7515
SRC 7520

75
75
75

10
15
20

5500
5500
5500

0,04
0,07
0,07

75,8
76,2
76,5

73,7
73,1
72,5

150
150
150

191
191
191

10
10
10

63
63
63

153
153
153

10,5
10,5
10,5

504,86
561,29
572,26

1486,68
1491,3
1495,87

SRC 8012
SRC 8018
SRC 8024
SRC 8036
SRC 8042

80
80
80
80
80

12
18
24
36
42

6000
6000
6000
6000
6000

0,04
0,07
0,07
0,07
0,07

80,8
81,2
81,5
82,3
82,7

78,7
78,1
77,5
76,3
75,7

140
140
140
140
140

156
156
156
156
156

10
10
10
10
10

63
63
63
63
63

143
143
143
143
143

10,5
10,5
10,5
10,5
10,5

410,27
455,94
485,8
442,89
425,64

1163,16
1167,63
1172,06
999,09
932,95

SRC 9920

99

20

7500

0,07

100,5

96,5

200

260

16

100

204

15

924,86

3090,44

SRC 10024

100

24

8000

0,07

101,5

97,5

180

195

10

63

183

10,5

655,81

1825,82

SRC 12024
SRC 12025

120
120

24
25

8000
8000

0,07
0,07

121,5
121,9

117,5
116,9

220
240

240
280

16
16

100
100

224
244

15
15

915,02
1127,43

3027,05
4037,97

SRC 15036
SRC 15025

150
150

36
25

8000
8000

0,07
0,07

152,3
151,9

146,3
146,9

280
320

305
400

16
32

100
160

284
327

15
15

1156,92
1596,53

4108,09
6816,05

SRC 18030

180

30

8000

0,07

182,3

176,3

420

515

32

160

427

20

1962,34

9069,02

SRC 21030

210

30

8000

0,07

212,3

206,3

480

550

40

200

489

20

2295,6

11375,3

Symbols, see page 157

141

3 Driving systems
Roller screws
SRF - Range
Flanged nut with axial play
A
u
A2

A1

(b)

0,8

(a)

d1 d0

d2

0,8

+0,5
0

D3

D2

g6/H7

D1

Legend:
(a) = wiper recess
(b) = wiper on request

Designations

Dimensions
Lead
d0

Ph

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
ltp

sap

d1

d2

D1

h12

mm
SRF 84

500

SRF 125

12

SRF 155
SRF 158

15
15

5
8

SRF 206

20

SRF 215
SRF 216
SRF 218
SRF 2110

0,02

8,4

7,3

25

750

0,02

12,4

11,3

30

44

51

975
975

0,02
0,02

15,4
15,5

14,3
14

35
35

50
50

58
58

1300

0,02

20,4

19,3

40

50

63

21
21
21
21

5
6
8
10

1400
1400
1400
1400

0,02
0,02
0,02
0,04

21,4
21,4
21,5
21,8

20,3
20,3
20
19,7

45
45
45
45

64
64
64
64

SRF 246
SRF 2412

24
24

6
12

1600
1600

0,02
0,04

24,4
24,8

23,3
22,7

48
48

SRF 255
SRF 2510
SRF 2515

25
25
25

5
10
15

1650
1650
1650

0,02
0,04
0,07

25,4
25,8
26,2

24,3
23,7
23,1

SRF 305
SRF 306
SRF 3010
SRF 3020

30
30
30
30

5
6
10
20

2000
2000
2000
2000

0,02
0,02
0,04
0,07

30,4
30,4
30,8
31,5

SRF 366
SRF 369
SRF 3612
SRF 3618
SRF 3624

36
36
36
36
36

6
9
12
18
24

2400
2400
2400
2400
2400

0,02
0,02
0,04
0,07
0,07

SRF 395
SRF 3910
SRF 3915
SRF 3920
SRF 3925

39
39
39
39
39

5
10
15
20
25

2650
2650
2650
2650
2650

SRF 448
SRF 4412
SRF 4418
SRF 4424
SRF 4430

44
44
44
44
44

8
12
18
24
30

3000
3000
3000
3000
3000

Continued

Symbols, see page 157

142

44

Ca

[]

kN

Coa

js12

46

36

6M4

M6

30

11,24

19,59

41

6M4

M6

30

17,73

26,71

46
46

6M5
6M5

M6
M6

30
30

25,95
27,43

43,59
40,78

51

6M5

M6

30

26,83

44,86

68
68
68
68

56
56
56
56

6M5
6M5
6M5
6M5

M6
M6
M6
M6

30
30
30
30

50,55
52,77
54,44
59,24

81,97
82,18
78,06
83,01

58
58

71
71

59
59

6M5
6M5

M6
M6

30
30

42,3
47,65

65,17
62,34

56
56
56

78
78
78

84
84
84

70
70
70

6M6
6M6
6M6

M6
M6
M6

30
30
30

63,25
72,63
79,17

108,23
105,31
106,39

29,3
29,3
28,7
27,5

64
64
64
64

85
85
85
85

97
97
97
97

81
81
81
81

6M8
6M6
6M8
6M8

M6
M6
M6
M6

30
30
30
30

91,98
95
106,32
123,28

178,32
175,34
174,36
177,28

36,4
36,5
36,8
37,2
37,5

35,3
35,1
34,7
34,1
33,5

68
68
68
68
68

80
80
80
80
80

102
102
102
102
102

85
85
85
85
85

6M8
6M8
6M8
6M8
6M8

M6
M6
M6
M6
M6

30
30
30
30
30

90,45
97,52
106,6
114,14
123,6

179,39
174,05
181,1
176,57
184,38

0,02
0,04
0,07
0,07
0,07

39,4
39,8
40,2
40,5
40,9

38,3
37,7
37,1
36,5
35,9

82
82
82
82
82

100
100
100
100
100

124
124
124
124
124

102
102
102
102
102

6M10
6M10
6M10
6M10
6M10

M6
M6
M6
M6
M6

30
30
30
30
30

129,21
152,62
167,64
172,82
174,79

268,92
270,93
272,89
260,89
249

0,04
0,04
0,07
0,07
0,07

44,4
44,8
45,2
45,5
45,9

43,2
42,7
42,1
41,5
40,9

82
82
82
82
82

90
90
90
90
90

124
124
124
124
124

102
102
102
102
102

6M10
6M10
6M10
6M10
6M10

M6
M6
M6
M6
M6

30
30
30
30
30

130,48
143,71
157,74
167,81
165,86

261,47
262,87
264,94
266,95
246,44

SRF - Range
(Continued)
A
u
A1

A2

(b)

0,8

(a)

d1 d0

+0,5
0

d2

0,8

D3

D2

g6/H7

D1

3
Legend:
(a) = wiper recess
(b) = wiper on request

Designations

Dimensions
Lead
d0

Ph

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
ltp

sap

d1

d2

D1

h12

Ca

[]

kN

Coa

js12

mm
SRF 485
SRF 488
SRF 4810
SRF 4815
SRF 4820
SRF 4825

48
48
48
48
48
48

5
8
10
15
20
25

3300
3300
3300
3300
3300
3300

0,02
0,04
0,04
0,07
0,07
0,07

48,4
48,6
48,8
49,2
49,5
49,9

47,3
47,1
46,7
46,1
45,5
44,9

105
105
105
105
105
105

127
127
127
127
127
127

150
150
150
150
150
150

127
127
127
127
127
127

6M12
6M12
6M12
6M12
6M12
6M12

M81
M81
M81
M81
M81
M81

30
30
30
30
30
30

198,08
218,43
231,54
257,75
265,69
285,86

481,53
470,61
475,11
486,36
462,27
491,04

SRF 5612
SRF 5624
SRF 5636

56
56
56

12
24
36

4000
4000
4000

0,04
0,07
0,07

56,8
57,5
58,3

54,7
53,5
52,3

105
105
105

112
112
112

150
150
150

127
127
127

6M12
6M12
6M12

M81
M81
M81

30
30
30

212,17
242,22
258,33

433,12
419,15
424,24

SRF 6010
SRF 6015
SRF 6020

60
60
60

10
15
20

4250
4250
4250

0,04
0,07
0,07

60,8
61,2
61,5

58,7
58,1
57,5

122
122
122

152
152
152

180
180
180

150
150
150

6M16
6M16
6M16

M81
M81
M81

30
30
30

338,57
373,06
394,97

779,69
782,69
785,66

SRF 6412
SRF 6418
SRF 6424
SRF 6430
SRF 6436

64
64
64
64
64

12
18
24
30
36

4600
4600
4600
4600
4600

0,04
0,07
0,07
0,07
0,07

64,8
65,2
65,5
65,9
66,3

62,7
62,1
61,5
60,9
60,3

120
120
120
120
120

129
129
129
129
129

180
180
180
180
180

150
150
150
150
150

6M16
6M16
6M16
6M16
6M16

M81
M81
M81
M81
M81

30
30
30
30
30

296,38
316,72
328,93
318,15
309,12

763,3
725,56
689,62
619,84
589,38

SRF 7510
SRF 7515
SRF 7520

75
75
75

10
15
20

5500
5500
5500

0,04
0,07
0,07

75,8
76,2
76,5

73,7
73,1
72,5

150
150
150

191
191
191

210
210
210

180
180
180

8M16
8M16
8M16

M81
M81
M81

2230
2230
2230

504,86
561,29
572,26

1486,68
1491,3
1495,87

SRF 8012
SRF 8018
SRF 8024
SRF 8036
SRF 8042

80
80
80
80
80

12
18
24
36
42

6000
6000
6000
6000
6000

0,04
0,07
0,07
0,07
0,07

80,8
81,2
81,5
82,3
82,7

78,7
78,1
77,5
76,3
75,7

150
150
150
150
150

156
156
156
156
156

210
210
210
210
210

180
180
180
180
180

8M16
8M16
8M16
8M16
8M16

M81
M81
M81
M81
M81

2230
2230
2230
2230
2230

410,27
455,94
485,8
442,89
425,64

1163,16
1167,63
1172,06
999,09
932,95

SRF 9920

99

20

7500

0,07

100,5 96,5

200

260

275

245

12M16

M81

15

924,86

3090,44

SRF 10024

100

24

8000

0,07

101,5 97,5

180

195

255

220

12M16

M81

15

655,81

1825,82

SRF 12024
SRF 12025

120
120

24
25

8000
8000

0,07
0,07

121,5 117,5 220


121,9 116,9 260

240
280

295
340

260
305

12M16
12M16

M81
M12

15
15

915,02
1127,43

3027,05
4037,97

SRF 15036
SRF 15025

150
150

36
25

8000
8000

0,07
0,07

152,3 146,3 280


151,9 146,9 320

305
400

Consult SKF
Consult SKF

1156,92
1596,53

4108,09
6816,05

SRF 18030

180

30

8000

0,07

182,3 176,3 420

515

Consult SKF

1962,34

9069,02

SRF 21030

210

30

8000

0,07

212,3 206,3 480

550

Consult SKF

2295,6

11375,3

Symbols, see page 157

143

3 Driving systems
Roller screws
TRU/PRU - Range
Cylindrical nut with backlash elimination (TRU)
or preloaded for optimum rigidity (PRU)
A
0,8

"

"

(a)

0,8
a

(b)

0,8
15

d1 d0

d2

D3

w x 45

"

Designations

D2

w x 45

Legend:
(a) = wiper recess
(b) = wiper on request

"

Dimensions
Lead
d0

Ph

ltp

d1

d2

g6/H7

h12

h9

mm

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static

Preload torque

Ca

Tpe

Coa

kN

Nm

TRU 84
PRU 84

8
8

4
4

400
400

8,4
8,4

7,3
7,3

25
25

44
44

4
4

12
12

26,5
26,5

5
5

6,19
6,19

9,79
9,79

0,07

TRU 125
PRU 125

12
12

5
5

600
600

12,4
12,4

13,3
11,3

30
30

44
44

4
4

12
12

31,5
31,5

5
5

9,77
9,77

13,36
13,36

0,13

TRU 155
PRU 155
TRU 158
PRU 158

15
15
15
15

5
5
8
8

750
750
750
750

15,4
15,4
15,5
15,5

14,3
14,3
14
14

35
35
35
35

50
50
50
50

4
4
4
4

16
16
16
16

36,5
36,5
36,5
36,5

5
5
5
5

14,3
14,3
15,11
15,11

21,8
21,8
20,39
20,39

0,19

TRU 206
PRU 206

20
20

6
6

1050
1050

20,4
20,4

19,3
19,3

40
40

50
50

4
4

16
16

41,5
41,5

5
5

14,78
14,78

22,43
22,43

0,3

TRU 215
PRU 215
TRU 216
PRU 216
TRU 218
PRU 218
TRU 2110
PRU 2110

21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21

5
5
6
6
8
8
10
10

1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
110
110

21,4
21,4
21,4
21,4
21,5
21,5
21,8
21,8

20,3
20,3
20,3
20,3
20
20
19,7
19,7

45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45

64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64

5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

47
47
47
47
47
47
47
47

5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

27,85
27,85
29,08
29,08
30
30
32,64
32,64

40,98
40,98
41,09
41,09
39,03
39,03
41,51
41,51

0,33

TRU 246
PRU 246
TRU 2412
PRU 2412

24
24
24
24

6
6
12
12

1250
1250
1250
1250

24,4
24,4
24,8
24,8

23,3
23,3
22,7
22,7

48
48
48
48

58
58
58
58

5
5
5
5

20
20
20
20

50
50
50
50

5
5
5
5

23,31
23,31
26,25
26,25

32,59
32,59
31,17
31,17

TRU 255
PRU 255
TRU 2510
PRU 2510
TRU 2515
PRU 2515

25
25
25
25
25
25

5
5
10
10
15
15

1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300

25,4
25,4
25,8
25,8
26,2
26,2

24,3
24,3
23,7
23,7
23,1
23,1

53
53
53
53
53
53

78
78
78
78
78
78

6
6
6
6
6
6

25
25
25
25
25
25

55,5
55,5
55,5
55,5
55,5
55,5

5
5
5
5
5
5

34,85
34,85
40,02
40,02
43,62
43,62

54,12
54,12
52,65
52,65
53,2
53,2

TRU 305
PRU 305
TRU 306
PRU 306
TRU 3010
PRU 3010
TRU 3020
PRU 3020

30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

5
5
6
6
10
10
20
20

1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600

30,4
30,4
30,4
30,4
30,8
30,8
31,5
31,5

29,3
29,3
29,3
29,3
28,7
28,7
27,5
27,5

64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64

85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32

66,5
66,5
66,5
66,5
66,5
66,5
66,5
66,5

5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

50,68
50,68
52,34
52,34
58,58
58,58
67,92
67,92

89,16
89,16
87,67
87,67
87,18
87,18
88,64
88,64

Continued
Symbols, see page 157

144

Tpr

0,19

0,33
0,33
0,33
0,41
0,41
0,44
0,44
0,44
0,59
0,59
0,59
0,59

0,06-0,13
0,12-0,25
0,18-0,36
0,18-0,36
0,26-0,58
0,31-0,63
0,31-0,63
0,31-0,63
0,31-0,63
0,39-0,78
0,39-0,78
0,42-0,84
0,42-0,84
0,42-0,84
0,57-1,13
0,57-1,13
0,57-1,13
0,85-1,41

TRU/PRU - Range
(Continued)

A
0,8

"

"

(a)

0,8
a

(b)

0,8
15

d1 d0

d2

D3

w x 45

"

Designations

D2

w x 45

Legend:
(a) = wiper recess
(b) = wiper on request

"

Dimensions
Lead
d0

Ph

ltp

d1

d2

g6/H7

h12

h9

mm

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static

Preload torque

Ca

Tpe

Coa

kN

Tpr

Nm

TRU 366
PRU 366
TRU 369
PRU 369
TRU 3612
PRU 3612
TRU 3618
PRU 3618
TRU 3624
PRU 3624

36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36

6
6
9
9
12
12
18
18
24
24

1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900

36,4
36,4
36,5
36,5
36,8
36,8
37,2
37,2
37,5
37,5

35,3
35,3
35,1
35,1
34,7
34,7
34,1
34,1
33,5
33,5

68
68
68
68
68
68
18
68
68
68

80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80

5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70

5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

49,83
49,83
53,73
53,73
58,73
58,73
62,89
62,89
68,1
68,1

89,69
89,69
87,03
87,03
90,55
90,55
88,29
88,29
92,19
92,19

TRU 395
PRU 395
TRU 3910
PRU 3910
TRU 3915
PRU 3915
TRU 3920
PRU 3920
TRU 3925
PRU 3925

39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39

5
5
10
10
15
15
20
20
25
25

2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100

39,4
39,4
39,8
39,8
40,2
40,2
40,5
40,5
40,9
40,9

38,3
38,3
37,7
37,7
37,1
37,1
36,5
36,5
35,9
35,9

80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80

100
100
10
10
100
100
100
100
100
100

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

71,19
71,19
84,09
84,09
92,36
92,36
95,22
95,22
96,3
96,3

134,46
134,46
135,46
135,46
136,45
136,45
130,45
130,45
124,5
124,5

TRU 448
PRU 448
TRU 4412
PRU 4412
TRU 4418
PRU 4418
TRU 4424
PRU 4424
TRU 4430
PRU 4430

44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44

8
8
12
12
18
18
24
24
30
30

2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400

44,4
44,4
44,8
44,8
45,2
45,2
45,5
45,5
45,9
45,9

43,2
43,2
42,7
42,7
42,1
42,1
41,5
41,5
40,9
40,9

80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80

90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32

82,5
82,5
82,5
82,5
82,5
82,5
82,5
82,5
82,5
82,5

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

71,89
71,89
79,18
79,18
86,91
86,91
92,46
92,46
91,38
91,38

130,73
130,73
131,44
131,44
132,47
132,47
133,48
133,48
123,22
123,22

0,8
0,8
0,8
0,8
0,8
0,92
0,92
0,92
0,92
0,92
1,12
1,12
1,12
1,12
1,12

0,77-1,53
0,77-1,53
0,77-1,53
0,77-1,53
1,15-1,91
0,88-1,75
0,88-1,75
0,88-1,75
0,88-1,75
1,31-2,19
1,07-2,14
1,07-2,14
1,07-2,14
1,07-21,4
1,60-2,68

Continued

Symbols, see page 157

145

3 Driving systems
Roller screws
TRU/PRU - Range
(Continued)

A
0,8

"

"

(a)

0,8
a

(b)

0,8
15

d1 d0

d2

D3

w x 45

"

Designations

D2

w x 45

Legend:
(a) = wiper recess
(b) = wiper on request

"

Dimensions
Lead
d0

Ph

ltp

d1

d2

g6/H7

h12

h9

mm

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static

Preload torque

Ca

Tpe

Coa

kN

Nm

TRU 485
PRU 485
TRU 488
PRU 488
TRU 4810
PRU 4810
TRU 4815
PRU 4815
TRU 4820
PRU 4820
TRU 4825
PRU 4825

48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48

5
5
8
8
10
10
15
15
20
20
25
25

2600
2600
2600
2600
2600
2600
2600
2600
2600
2600
2600
2600

48,4
48,4
48,6
48,6
48,8
48,8
49,2
49,2
49,5
49,5
49,9
49,9

47,3
47,3
47,1
47,1
46,7
46,7
46,1
46,1
45,5
45,5
44,9
44,9

100
100
100
100
100
100
103
100
100
100
100
100

127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45

103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

109,13
109,13
120,34
120,34
127,57
127,57
142,01
142,01
146,38
146,38
157,5
157,5

240,77
240,77
235,3
235,3
237,56
237,56
243,18
243,18
231,14
231,14
245,52
245,52

1,3

TRU 5612
PRU 5612
TRU 5624
PRU 5624
TRU 5636
PRU 5636

56
56
56
56
56
56

12
12
24
24
36
36

3100
3100
3100
3100
3100
3100

56,8
56,8
57,5
57,5
58,3
58,3

54,7
54,7
53,5
53,5
52,3
52,3

100
100
100
100
100
100

112
112
112
112
112
0,12

8
8
8
8
8
8

40
40
40
40
40
40

103
103
103
103
103
103

7
7
7
7
7
7

116,9
116,9
133,45
133,45
142,33
142,33

216,56
216,56
209,58
209,58
212,12
212,12

1,68

TRU 6010
PRU 6010
TRU 6015
PRU 6015
TRU 6020
PRU 6020

60
60
60
60
60
60

10
10
15
15
20
20

3400
3400
3400
3400
3400
3400

60,8
60,8
61,2
61,2
61,5
61,5

58,7
58,7
58,1
58,1
57,5
57,5

122
122
122
122
122
122

152
152
152
152
152
152

10
10
10
10
10
10

45
45
45
45
45
45

125
125
125
125
125
125

10,5
10,5
10,5
10,5
10,5
10,5

186,53
186,53
205,54
205,54
217,61
217,61

389,85
389,85
391,35
391,35
392,83
392,83

1,88

TRU 6412
PRU 6412
TRU 6418
PRU 6418
TRU 6424
PRU 6424
TRU 6430
PRU 6430
TRU 6436
PRU 6436

64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64

12
12
18
18
24
24
30
30
36
36

3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650

64,8
64,8
65,2
65,2
65,5
65,5
65,9
65,9
66,3
66,3

62,7
62,7
62,1
62,1
61,5
61,5
60,9
60,9
60,3
60,3

115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115

129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45

118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

165,57
165,57
176,93
176,93
183,76
183,76
177,73
177,73
172,69
172,69

381,65
381,65
362,78
362,78
344,81
344,81
309,92
309,92
294,69
294,69

Symbols, see page 157

146

Tpr

1,3
1,3
1,3
1,3
1,3

1,68
1,68

1,88
1,88
2,09
2,09
2,09
2,09
2,09

1,24-2,47
1,24-2,47
1,24-2,47
1,24-2,47
1,24-2,47
1,24-2,47
1,60-3,19
1,60-3,19
2,39-3,99
1,79-3,58
1,79-3,58
1,79-3,58
1,99-3,98
1,99-3,98
1,99-3,98
1,99-3,98
1,99-3,98

TRK/PRK - Range
Flanged nut with backlash elimination (TRK)
or preloaded for optimum rigidity (PRK)
A

B
r

(d)

(b)

0,8

(a)

(c)

A1

A2

0,8

15

d1 d 0

d2

+0,5
0

D3

Designations

D2

D1

g6/H7

Legend:
(a) = wiper recess
(b) = wiper on request
(c) = dowel pins to hold preload
(d) = 3 bolts for transport
(e) = equidistant

(e)

Dimensions
Lead
d0

Ph

ltp

d1

d2

D1

h12

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static

Preload torque

Ca

Tpe

[]

kN

Coa

Tpr

js12

mm

Nm

TRK 84
PRK 84

8
8

4
4

400
400

8,4
8,4

7,3
7,3

25
25

44
44

46
46

36
36

6M4
6M4

M6
M6

30
30

6,19
6,19

9,79
9,79

0,07

TRK 125
PRK 125

12
12

5
5

600
600

12,4
12,4

11,3
11,3

30
30

44
44

51
51

41
41

6M4
6M4

M6
M6

30
30

9,77
9,77

13,36
13,36

0,13

TRK 155
PRK 155
TRK 158
PRK 158

15
15
15
15

5
5
8
8

750
750
750
750

15,4
15,4
15,5
15,5

14,3
14,3
14
14

35
35
35
35

50
50
50
50

58
58
58
58

46
46
46
46

6M5
6M5
6M5
6M5

M6
M6
M6
M6

30
30
30
30

14,3
14,3
15,11
15,11

21,8
21,8
20,39
20,39

0,19

TRK 206
PRK 206

20
20

6
6

1050
1050

20,4
20,4

19,3
19,3

40
40

50
50

63
63

51
51

6M5
6M5

M6
M6

30
30

14,78
14,78

22,43
22,43

0,3

TRK 215
PRK 215
TRK 216
PRK 216
TRK 218
PRK 218
TRK 2110
PRK 2110

21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21

5
5
6
6
8
8
10
10

1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100

21
21
21
21
21
21
21,8
21,8

20,3
20,3
20,3
20,3
20
20
19,7
19,7

45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45

64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64

68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68

56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56

6M5
6M5
6M5
6M5
6M5
6M5
6M5
6M5

M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6

30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

27,85
27,85
29,08
29,08
30
30
32,64
32,64

40,98
40,98
41,09
41,09
39,03
39,03
41,51
41,51

0,33

TRK 246
PRK 246
TRK 2412
PRK 2412

24
24
24
24

6
6
12
12

1250
1250
1250
1250

24,4
24,4
24,8
24,8

23,3
23,3
22,7
22,7

48
48
48
48

58
58
58
58

71
71
71
71

59
59
59
59

6M5
6M5
6M5
6M5

M6
M6
M6
M6

30
30
30
30

23,31
23,31
26,25
26,25

32,59
32,59
31,17
31,17

TRK 255
PRK 255
TRK 2510
PRK 2510
TRK 2515
PRK 2515

25
25
25
25
25
25

5
5
10
10
15
15

1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300

25,4
25,4
25,8
25,8
26,2
26,2

24,3
24,3
23,7
23,7
23,1
23,1

56
56
56
56
56
56

78
78
78
78
78
78

84
84
84
84
84
84

70
70
70
70
70
70

6M6
6M6
6M6
6M6
6M6
6M6

M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6

30
30
30
30
30
30

34,85
34,85
40,02
40,02
43,62
43,62

54,12
54,12
52,65
52,65
53,2
53,2

0,44

TRK 305
PRK 305
TRK 306
PRK 306
TRK 3010
PRK 3010
TRK 3020
PRK 3020

30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

5
5
6
6
10
10
20
20

1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600
1600

30,8
30,8
30,4
30,4
31,8
31,8
31,5
31,5

29,3
29,3
29,3
29,3
28,7
28,7
27,5
27,5

64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64

85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85

98
98
98
98
98
98
98
98

81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81

6M8
6M8
6M8
6M8
6M8
6M8
6M8
6M8

M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6

30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

50,68
50,68
52,34
52,34
58,58
58,58
67,92
67,92

89,16
89,16
87,67
87,67
87,18
87,18
88,64
88,64

0,59

0,19

0,33
0,33
0,33
0,41
0,41

0,44
0,44

0,59
0,59
0,59

0,06-0,13
0,12-0,25
0,18-0,36
0,18-0,36
0,26-0,58
0,31-0,63
0,31-0,63
0,31-0,63
0,31-0,63
0,39-0,78
0,39-0,78
0,42-0,84
0,42-0,84
0,42-0,84
0,57-1,13
0,57-1,13
0,57-1,13
0,85-1,41

Continued
Symbols, see page 157

147

3 Driving systems
Roller screws
TRK/PRK - Range
(Continued)
A

(a)

(d)

(b)

0,8
r

(c)

A1

A2

0,8

15

+0,5

d1 d 0

d2

D0

D3

Designations

D2

D1

g6/H7

Legend:
(a) = wiper recess
(b) = wiper on request
(c) = dowel pins to hold preload
(d) = 3 bolts for transport
(e) = equidistant

(e)

Dimensions
Lead
d0

Ph

ltp

d1

d2

D1

h12

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static

Preload torque

Ca

Tpe

[]

kN

Coa

mm

Nm

TRK 366
PRK 366
TRK 369
PRK 369
TRK 3612
PRK 3612
TRK 3618
PRK 3618
TRK 3624
PRK 3624

36 6
36 6
36 9
36 9
36 12
36 12
36 18
36 18
36 24
36 24

1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900
1900

36,4
36,4
36,5
36,5
36,8
36,8
37,2
37,2
37,5
37,5

35,3
35,3
35,1
35,1
34,7
34,7
34,1
34,1
33,5
33,5

68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68

80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80

102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102

85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85

6M8
6M8
6M8
6M8
6M8
6M8
6M8
6M8
6M8
6M8

M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6

30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

49,83
49,83
53,73
53,73
58,73
58,73
62,89
62,89
68,1
68,1

89,69
89,69
87,03
87,03
90,55
90,55
88,29
88,29
92,19
92,19

0,8

TRK 395
PRK 395
TRK 3910
PRK 3910
TRK 3915
PRK 3915
TRK 3920
PRK 3920
TRK 3925
PRK 3925

39 5
39 5
39 10
39 10
39 15
39 15
39 20
39 20
39 25
39 25

2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100
2100

39,4
39,4
39,8
39,8
40,2
40,2
40,5
40,5
40,9
40,9

38,3
38,3
37,7
37,7
37,1
37,1
36,5
36,5
35,9
35,9

82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124

102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102

6M10
6M10
6M10
6M10
6M10
6M10
6M10
6M10
6M10
6M10

M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6

30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

71,19
71,19
84,09
84,09
92,36
92,36
95,22
95,22
96,3
96,3

134,46
134,46
135,46
135,46
136,45
136,45
130,45
130,45
124,5
124,5

0,92

TRK 448
PRK 448
TRK 44l2
PRK 44l2
TRK 44l8
PRK 44l8
TRK 4424
PRK 4424
TRK 4430
PRK 4430

44 8
44 8
44 12
44 12
44 18
44 18
44 24
44 24
44 30
44 30

2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400

44,4
44,4
44,8
44,8
45,2
45,2
45,5
45,5
45,9
45,9

43,2
43,2
42,7
42,7
42,1
42,1
41,5
41,5
40,9
40,9

82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82

90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90

124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124

102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102

6M10
6M10
6M10
6M10
6M10
6M10
6M10
6M10
6M10
6M10

M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6

30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

71,89
71,89
79,18
79,18
86,91
86,91
92,46
92,46
91,38
91,38

130,73
130,73
131,44
131,44
132,47
132,47
133,48
133,48
123,22
123,22

Continued

Symbols, see page 157

148

Tpr

js12

0,8
0,8
0,8
0,8

0,92
0,92
0,92
0,92
1,12
1,12
1,12
1,12
1,12

0,77-1,53
0,77-1,53
0,77-1,53
0,77-1,53
1,15-1,91
0,88-1,75
0,88-1,75
0,88-1,75
0,88-1,75
1,31-2,19
1,07-2,14
1,07-2,14
1,07-2,14
1,07-2,14
1,60-2,68

TRK/PRK - Range
(Continued)
A

(a)

(d)

(b)

0,8
r

(c)

A1

A2

0,8

15

+0,5

d1 d 0

d2

D0

D3

Designations

D2

g6/H7

D1

(e)

Dimensions
Lead
d0

Ph

ltp

d1

d2

Legend:
(a) = wiper recess
(b) = wiper on request
(c) = dowel pins to hold preload
(d) = 3 bolts for transport
(e) = equidistant

D1

h12

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static

Preload torque

Ca

Tpe

[]

kN

Coa

Tpr

js12

mm

Nm

TRK 485
PRK 485
TRK 488
PRK 488
TRK 4810
PRK 4810
TRK 4815
PRK 4815
TRK 4820
PRK 4820
TRK 4825
PRK 4825

48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48

5
5
8
8
10
10
15
15
20
20
25
25

2600
2600
2600
2600
2600
2600
2600
2600
2600
2600
2600
2600

48,4
48,4
48,6
48,6
48,8
48,8
49,2
49,2
49,5
49,5
49,9
49,9

47,3
47,3
47,1
47,1
46,7
46,7
46,1
46,1
45,5
45,5
44,9
44,9

105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105
105

127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127

150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150

127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127
127

6M12
6M12
6M12
6M12
6M12
6M12
6M12
6M12
6M12
6M12
6M12
6M12

M81
M81
M81
M81
M81
M81
M81
M81
M81
M81
M81
M81

30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

109,13
109,13
120,34
120,34
127,57
127,57
142,01
142,01
146,38
146,38
157,5
157,5

240,77
240,77
235,3
235,3
237,56
237,56
243,18
243,18
231,14
231,14
245,52
245,52

1,3

TRK 5612
PRK 5612
TRK 5624
PRK 5624
TRK 5636
PRK 5636

56
56
56
56
56
56

12
12
24
24
36
36

3100
3100
3100
3100
3100
3100

56,8
56,8
57,5
57,5
58,3
58,3

54,7
54,7
53,5
53,5
52,3
52,3

105
105
105
105
105
105

112
112
112
112
112
112

150
150
150
150
150
150

127
127
127
127
127
127

6M12
6M12
6M12
6M12
6M12
6M12

M81
M81
M81
M81
M81
M81

30
30
30
30
30
30

116,9
116,9
133,45
133,45
142,33
142,33

216,56
216,56
209,58
209,58
212,12
212,12

1,68

TRK 6010
PRK 6010
TRK 6015
PRK 6015
TRK 6020
PRK 6020

60
60
60
60
60
60

10
10
15
15
20
20

3400
3400
3400
3400
3400
3400

60,8
60,8
61,2
61,2
61,5
61,5

58,7
58,7
58,1
58,1
57,5
57,5

122
122
122
122
122
122

152
152
152
152
152
152

180
180
180
180
180
180

150
150
150
150
150
150

6M16
6M16
6M16
6M16
6M16
6M16

M81
M81
M81
M81
M81
M81

30
30
30
30
30
30

186,53
186,53
205,54
205,54
217,61
217,61

389,85
389,85
391,35
391,35
392,83
392,83

1,88

TRK 6412
PRK 6412
TRK 6418
PRK 6418
TRK 6424
PRK 6424
TRK 6430
PRK 6430
TRK 6436
PRK 6436

64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64

12
12
18
18
24
24
30
30
36
36

3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650

64,8
64,8
65,2
65,2
65,5
65,5
65,9
65,9
66,3
66,3

62,7
62,7
62,1
62,1
61,5
61,5
60,9
60,9
60,3
60,3

120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120

129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129
129

180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180

150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150

6M16
6M16
6M16
6M16
6M16
6M16
6M16
6M16
6M16
6M16

M81
M81
M81
M81
M81
M81
M81
M81
M81
M81

30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

165,57
165,57
176,93
176,93
183,76
183,76
177,73
177,73
172,69
172,69

381,65
381,65
362,78
362,78
344,81
344,81
309,92
309,92
294,69
294,69

2,09

1,3
1,3
1,3
1,3
1,3

1,68
1,68

1,88
1,88

2,09
2,09
2,09
2,09

1,24-2,47
1,24-2,47
1,24-2,47
1,24-2,47
1,24-2,47
1,24-2,47
1,60-3,19
1,60-3,19
2,39-3,99
1,79-3,58
1,79-3,58
1,79-3,58
1,99-3,98
1,99-3,98
1,99-3,98
1,99-3,98
1,99-3,98

Symbols, see page 157

149

3 Driving systems
Roller screws
Recirculating roller screws
BVC - Range

(a)
"

(d)

d8

45

"

D g6 0,8

d1

0,8

d10

(b)

0,5 x 45

w x 45
12

"
0,8

B5

w x 45
"

1 x 45

0,8

A h12

B6

(b)
(c)

Legend:
(a) = key
(b) = no wiper
(c) = lubrication Q
(d) = thrust bearing FLRBU*
Screw ends can be machined to customer requirements
Maximum threaded length: can be cut and machined to customer requirements

Recirculating roller screws without end


machining, lead precision G5 according to
ISO standard.
Nut preloaded by rollers for backlash
elimination.

* Preload torque measured at 50 rpm with SKF LGEP2


as lubricant

Symbols, see page 157

150

Designations

Dimensions
d0

B6

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
d10

B5

mm

Ca

Coa

kN

BVC 201-R1

20

400

28

116

34

37

18,5

36,6

BVC 251-R1

25

500

33

159

42

44

32,9

68,4

BVC 321-R1

32

500

40

179

54

57

64,3

159,2

N.B.:
Nut and thrust bearing unit cannot be
modified. The standard version has the
flange of the thrust bearing is located on
the KMT side.

FLRBU / BVC
Recirculating roller screw with thrust
bearing unit

Legend:
(a) = Thrust bearing FLRBU*

(a)

B7
B8
1,6

D4 D2 D5

D3 D1

15
45

1,6
L4

Designations

L2

60
0,2

L5

L3

5xS1

x4

L1

Dimensions
d0

B7

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
B8

L1

L2

L3

D1

D3

D4

mm

Ca

Coa

kN

FLRBU2/BVC 201-R1

20

284 397

46

10

32

90

60

76

32

27,9

31,9

FLRBU3/BVC 251-R1

25

341 497

77

13

60

90

60

74

32

40,1

63,8

FLRBU4/BVC 321-R1

32

321 497

89

16

68

120 80

100 44

74,2

119,2

* Preload torque measured at 50 rpm with SKF LGEP2


as lubricant

Symbols, see page 157

151

3 Driving systems
Roller screws
SVC - Range
Cylindrical nut with axial play, nut without
wiper recesses
A
0,8

"

0,8

"

(a)

0,8

d1 d 0 d2

D2

w x 45

Designations

-0,3

D2

w x 45

"

d1

8 g

80: D2

d1 100 g 125: D2

"

-0,2
-0,4

Legend:
(a) = wiper on request

-0,4
-0,7

Dimensions
Lead
d1

Ph

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static
ltp

sap

d0

d2

g6/H7

h12

h9

mm

Ca

Coa

kN

SVC 81

500

0,02

7,7

7,1

20

31

12

20,8

8,4

11

SVC 101
SVC 102

10
10

1
2

650
650

0,02
0,02

9,7
9,7

9,1
9,1

22
22

31
31

2
2

12
12

22,8
22,8

5
5

8,9
8,9

11,4
11,4

SVC 121
SVC 122

12
12

1
2

750
750

0,02
0,02

11,7
11,7

11,1
11,1

24
24

31
31

2
2

12
12

24,8
24,8

5
5

10,3
10,3

14
14

SVC 161
SVC 162

16
16

1
2

1050
1050

0,02
0,02

15,7
15,7

15,1
15,1

29
29

31
31

3
3

12
12

30,2
30,2

5
5

11,5
11,5

16,8
16,8

SVC 201
SVC 202

20
20

1
2

1300
1300

0,02
0,02

19,7
19,7

19,1
19,1

34
34

37
37

3
3

16
16

35,2
35,2

5
5

18,5
18,5

36,6
36,6

SVC 251
SVC 252

25
25

1
2

1650
1650

0,02
0,02

24,7
24,7

24,1
24,1

42
42

44
44

4
4

20
20

43,5
43,5

5
5

32,9
32,9

68,4
68,4

SVC 321
SVC 322

32
32

1
2

2150
2150

0,02
0,02

31,7
31,7

31,1
31,1

54
54

57
57

4
4

25
25

55,5
55,5

5
5

64,3
64,3

159,2
159,2

SVC 401
SVC 402

40
40

1
2

2700
2700

0,02
0,04

39,7
39,3

39,1
38,2

68
68

63
72

5
5

32
32

70
70

5
5

79,1
49,9

231,6
117,2

SVC 501
SVC 502
SVC 503
SVC 504

50
50
50
50

1
2
3
4

3500
3500
3500
3500

0,02
0,04
0,04
0,04

49,7
49,3
49,5
49,3

49,1
48,7
48,6
48,2

82
82
82
82

85
85
92
85

6
6
6
6

32
32
32
32

84,5
84,5
84,5
84,5

8
8
8
8

189,8
98,1
153
98,1

544,3
249,4
443,3
249,4

SVC 632
SVC 634

63
63

2
4

4500
4500

0,04
0,04

62,3
62,3

61,2
61,2

103
103

104
104

6
6

40
40

105,5
105,5

8
8

185,8
185,8

533,5
533,5

SVC 804

80

6000

0,07

78,6

76,4

141

175

63

144

10

324,9

887,7

SVC 1005

100

8000

0,07

98,3

95,5

175

205

10

80

178

10

468,5

1376,3

SVC 1255

125

8000

0,07

123,3

120,5

220

250

12

800

223

12

756

2270

Symbols, see page 157

152

PVU - Range
Cylindrical nut, preloaded for optimum
rigidity, nut without wiper recesses
A
0,8

"

"

0,8
B

(a)

0,8

d1 d0 d2

D2

-0,3

D2

3
w x 45

w x 45

d1

"

Designations

"

8 g

80: D2

d1 100 g 125: D2

-0,2
-0,4
-0,4
-0,7

Legend:
(a) = wiper on request

Dimensions
d0

d1

d2

D
g6/H7

A
with wiper
recess h12

A
without wiper
recess h12

a
h9

D2

mm
PVU 81

7,7

7,1

20

40

40

0,2

12

20,8

16,5

PVU 101
PVU 102

9,7
9,7

10
10

9,1
9,1

22
22

40
40

40
40

4
4

0,2
0,2

2
2

12
12

22,8
22,8

5
5

18,5
18,5

PVU 121
PVU 122

11,7
11,7

12
12

11,1
11,1

24
24

40
40

40
40

4
4

0,2
0,2

2
2

12
12

24,8
24,8

5
5

20,5
20,5

PVU 161
PVU 162

15,7
15,7

16
16

15,71
15,71

29
29

40
40

40
40

4
4

0,5
0,5

3
3

12
12

30,2
30,2

5
5

25
25

PVU 201
PVU 202

19,7
19,7

20
20

19,71
19,71

34
34

45
45

45
45

4
4

0,5
0,5

3
3

16
16

35,2
35,2

5
5

28,5
28,5

PVU 251
PVU 252

24,7
24,7

25
25

24,1
24,1

42
42

54
54

54
54

5
5

0,5
0,5

4
4

20
20

43,5
43,5

5
5

36
36

PVU 321
PVU 322

31,7
31,7

32
32

31,1
31,1

54
54

67
67

67
67

5
5

1
1

4
4

25
25

55,5
55,5

5
5

45
45

PVU 401
PVU 402

39,7
39,3

40
40

39,1
38,2

68
68

75
84

75
84

5
5

1
1

5
5

32
32

40
70

5
5

55
57

PVU 501
PVU 502
PVU 503
PVU 504

49,7
49,3
49,5
49,3

50
50
50
50

49,1
48,7
48,6
48,2

82
82
82
82

101
101
108
101

101
101
108
101

7
7
7
7

1
1
1,5
1

6
6
6
6

32
32
35
32

84,5
84,5
84,5
84,5

8
8
8
8

70
70
70
70

PVU 632
PVU 634

62,3
62,3

63
63

61,2
61,2

103
103

120
120

120
120

7
7

1
1

6
6

40
40

105,5
105,5

8
8

94
94

PVU 804

78,6

80

76,4

141

197

197

10

1,5

63

144

10

120

PVU 1005

98,4

100

95,5

175

237

237

15

10

80

178

10

150

PVU 1255

123,3

125

120,5

120

282

282

15

12

100

223

12

185

Symbols, see page 157

153

3 Driving systems
Roller screws
PVK - Range
Flanged nut, preloaded for optimum rigidity,
nut without wiper recesses
u

PVK: d1 8 g 63

A
A1

A2

(b)

0,8

(d)
J

(a)

0,8

3 (e)

d1 d0

PVK: d1 8 g 125

+0,5
0

d2

D2

g6/H7

D1

u
Q

4 (e)
J

Designations

(f)

(c)

Dimensions
Lead
d1

Ph

ltp

d0

d2

D1

h12

Legend:
(a) = wiper recess
(b) = wiper on request
(c) = equidistant
(d) = dowel pins to hold preload
(e) = bolts for transport
(f) = key to hold preload

Basic load ratings


dynamic
static

Preload torque

Ca

Tpr

[]

kN

Coa

js12

mm

Nm

PVK 81

400

7,7

7,1

22

40

43

33

6M4

M6

30

4,8

5,5

0,02-0,08

PVK 101
PVK 102

10
10

1
2

500
500

9,7
9,7

9,1
9,1

22
22

40
40

43
43

33
33

6M4
6M4

M6
M6

30
30

5,1
5,1

5,7
5,7

0,03-0,10
0,03-0,10

PVK 121
PVK 122

12
12

1
2

600
600

11,7
11,7

11,1
11,1

25
25

40
40

46
46

36
36

6M4
6M4

M6
M6

30
30

5,9
5,9

7
7

0,05-0,15
0,05-0,15

PVK 161
PVK 162

16
16

1
2

825
825

15,7
15,7

15,1
15,1

30
30

40
40

51
51

41
41

6M4
6M4

M6
M6

30
30

6,6
6,6

8,4
8,4

0,10-0,20
0,10-0,20

PVK 201
PVK 202

20
20

1
2

1050 19,7
1050 19,7

19,1
19,1

35
35

45
45

58
58

46
46

6M5
6M5

M6
M6

30
30

10,6
10,6

18,3
18,3

0,18-0,32
0,20-0,35

PVK 251
PVK 252

25
25

1
2

1300 24,7
1300 24,7

24,1
24,1

45
45

54
54

68
68

56
56

6M5
6M5

M6
M6

30
30

18,9
18,9

34,2
34,2

0,35-0,65
0,40-0,70

PVK 321
PVK 322

32
32

1
2

1700 31,7
1700 31,7

31,1
31,1

56
56

67
67

84
84

70
70

6M6
6M6

M6
M6

30
30

36,9
36,9

79,6
79,6

0,50-0,95
0,50-0,95

PVK 401
PVK 402

40
40

1
2

2150 39,7
2150 39,3

39,1
38,2

68
68

75
84

102
102

85
85

6M8
6M8

M6
M6

30
30

45,4
28,7

115,8
58,6

0,70-1,40
0,70-1,40

PVK 501
PVK 502
PVK 503
PVK 504

50
50
50
50

1
2
3
4

2800
2800
2800
2800

49,7
49,3
49,5
49,3

49,1
48,7
48,6
48,2

82
82
82
82

101
101
108
101

124
124
124
124

102
102
102
102

6M10
6M10
6M10
6M10

M6
M6
M6
M6

30
30
30
30

109
56,3
88
56,3

272,2
124,7
221,7
124,7

1,20-2,50
1,20-2,50
1,20-2,50
1,20-2,50

PVK 632
PVK 634

63
63

2
4

3600 62,3
3600 62,3

61,2
61,2

105 120
105 120

150
150

127
127

6M12
6M12

M81
M81

30
30

106,7
106,7

266,8
266,8

1,80-3,20
2,00-3,50

M81

PVK 804

80

4000 78,6

76,4

140 197

200

170

8M16

2230

186,6

443,9

3,00-5,50

PVK 1005

100

4000 98,4

95,5

180 237

240

210

10M16 M81

15

269,1

688,2

4,50-7,50

PVK 1255

125

4000 123,3 120,5 220 282

310

270

12M18 M81

15

434

1385

7,00-10,0

Symbols, see page 157

154

In standard version, the FLRBU thrust


bearing unit is assembled according to
drawing pages 138, 139, 150 and 151.
If you require a different assembly, please
indicate it when ordering. Greased for life
with SKF LGEP2.

FLRBU - Accessories for roller screws


Accessories for screw shaft, flanged thrust
bearing units: FLRBU

1,6

3
D4 D2 D5

D3 D1

15
45

1,6
L2

L4

Designations

60
0,2

L5

L3

5xS1

x4

L1

Dimensions
L1

L2

L3

Attachment Angular Basic load


screw
contact ratings
L4

D1

D2

D3
h7

D4

D5

S1

Ca

Coa

Max preload Axial


Tilt rigidity
torque at 50 rigidity
rpm*

H13

mm

kN

Nm

N/m

Nm/mrad

FLRBU1

42

10

25

14 76

50

47

63

30

6,6

M625

27

13,3

14,7

0,10

150

40

FLRBU2

46

10

32

18 90

62

60

76

37

6,6

M625

32

27,9

31,9

0,25

190

51

FLRBU3

77

13

60

18 90

59

60

74

40

M825

32

40,1

63,8

0,25

400

140

FLRBU4

89

16

68

20 120 80

80

100 44

11

M1030

44

74,2

119,2

1,10

450

160

FLRBU5

110 20

82

22 140 99

100 120 54

13

M1240

54

109,4 188,4

1,10

600

715

FLRBU6

140 25

98,5

25 171 130 130 152 75

13

M1240

67

208,8 392,3

1,50

750

1000

FLRBU7

180 30

133,5 28 225 170 170 198 95

17,5 M1655

87

305,3 615,4

2,00

1250

3200

FLRBU8

235 35

179

115

473,1 1123

2,30

1500

7500

32 285 219 220 252 125 22

M20

* Preload torque measured at 50 rpm with SKF LGEP2 as lubricant

Flanged bearing
unit designations

Bearing
designations

Quantity
of bearings

FLRBU1

7201 BEGBP

FLRBU2

7303 BEGBP

FLRBU3

7204 BEGBP

FLRBU4

7305 BEGBP

FLRBU5

7307 BEGBP

FLRBU6

7310 BEGBP

FLRBU7

7313 BEGBP

FLRBU8

7318 BEGBP

Symbols, see page 157

155

3 Driving systems
Roller screws
Thrust bearing units for the standard roller screw range

Flanged thrust bearing

Suitable for SRC & SRF

Suitable for PRU & PRK

FLRBU1

SR 84-R4

PR 84-R4
PR 125-R5
PR 155-R5

FLRBU2
FLRBU3
FLRBU4

FLRBU5

FLRBU6

FLRBU7
FLRBU8

SR 125-R5
SR 155-R5
SR 206-R6
SR 246-R6

SR 158-R5

SR 215-R5
SR 216-R5 SR 218-R5
SR 2110-R5
SR 2412-R6
SR 255-R5
SR 2510-R5 SR 2515-R5
SR 305-R5
SR 306-R5
SR 366-R6
SR 369-R6
SR 3618-R6
SR 3020-R5
SR 3624-R6
SR 395-R5
SR 3920-R5
SR 448-R6
SR 4424-R6
SR 485-R5
SR 4815-R5
SR 5612-R6
SR 4815-R5
SR 5624-R6
SR 6412-R6
SR 6010-R5
SR 7510-R5
SR 8012-R6
SR 8036-R6

SR 3010-R5
SR 3612-R6

SR 3910-R5 SR 3915-R5
SR 3925-R5
SR 4412-R6 SR 4418-R6
SR 4430-R6
SR 488-R5 SR 4810-R5

PR 206-R6
PR 215-R5
PR 246-R6
PR 2110-R5
PR 255-R5
PR 305-R5
PR 3020-R5
PR 366-R6
PR 3618-R6
PR 395-R5
PR 448-R6
PR 3910-R5
PR 3925-R5
PR 4418-R6
PR 485-R5
PR 5612-R6
PR 4810-R5
PR 4825-R5
PR 5624-R6
PR 6010-R5
PR 6412-R6
PR 6430-R6

PR 158-R5
PR 216-R5 PR218-R5
PR 2412-R6
PR 2510-R5 PR 2515-R5
PR 306-R5 PR 3010-R5
PR 369-R6 PR 3612-R6
PR 3624-R6
PR 4412-R6
PR 3915-R5 PR 3920-R5
PR 4424-R6 PR 4430-R6
PR 488-R5
PR 4815-R5 PR 4820-R5
PR 5636-R6
PR 6015-R5 PR 6020-R5
PR 6418-R6 PR 6424-R6
PR 6436-R6

SR 4820-R5 SR 4825-R5
SR 5636-R6
SR 6418-R6 SR 6424-R6
SR 6015-R5 SR 6020-R5
SR 8018-R6 SR 8024-R6
SR 8042-R6

Flanged thrust bearing

Suitable for SVC

Suitable for PVU & PVK

FLRBU1

SV 81-R1 SV 82-R2
SV1O1-R1 SV 102-R2
SV121-R1 SV122-R2
SV161-R1 SV162-R2
SV201-R1 and SV202-R2
SV251-R1 SV252-R2

PV 81-R1-PV1O1-R1
PV121-R1-PV161-R1
PV162-R1-PV201-R1

FLRBU2
FLRBU3
FLRBU4
FLRBU5
FLRBU6
FLRBU7
FLRBU8

Symbols, see page 157

156

SV321-R1 SV322-R2
SV402-R1
SV401-R1
SV502-R1 SV 504-R2
SV501-R1 SV503-R2
SV632-R1 SV634-R2
SV 804-R1
SV 1005-R1

PV251-R1-PV252-R2
PV321-R1-PV322-R2
PV402-R1
PV401-R1
PV502-R1-PV504-R2
PV501 -R1-PV503-R2
PV632-R1-PV634-R2
PV804-R1
PV1005-R1

Symbols
Creq

Ca

kN

Coa

F
Fc
Fm
Fpr
Fq
Hv
I
IL
IM
Inn
Ins
Is
L
L10
L10h
M
N
Nr
Nmax
P
Ph
R
Rn
Rng

Rnr
Rs
Rt
T
TB
Tdt
Tf
Tpe
Tpr
Tst
Tt
U
V
W
X
Y
Zs
Zn

Required load rating

The dynamic load rating (L10 life) is such that 90%


of a sufficiently large sample of identical screws can
be expected to attain or exceed 1 million revolutions
under this constant centrally acting pure axial load
without fatigue (flaking).
kN
The static load rating is that axial constant centrally
acting load which produces a total permanent
deformation of one raceway and roller of 0,0001 of
the diameter of the curved surface of the roller.
N
Axial load
N
Compression load
N
Constant mean axial load
N
The preload force between a nut half (or nut) and
the shaft
N
The squeeze load applied to two nut halves (or nuts)
by the housing or fixing bolts
Vickers hardness
Inertia
kgm2
kgm2
Inertia of load
kgm2
Inertia of motor
kgm2
Inertia of nut when turning nut
kgm2
Inertia of rollers when turning shaft
kgmm2/m Inertia of screw shaft per metre
106 revs Life
106 revs Basic life rating, millions of revolutions
hours
Basic life rating, operating hours
m
Maximum difference between mean travels of screws
in a matched set
Number of thread starts on the screw shaft
Standard number of rollers
Maximum number of rollers
W
Power
mm
Lead
N/m
Rigidity
y including deflection of:
N/m
Nut rigidity
s the nut body
N/m
Minimum guaranteed
s rollers/nut contact
nut rigidity
s rollers/screw shaft
s contact
s length of screw shaft
N/m
Reference nut rigidity
b in contact with rollers
N/m
Screw shaft rigidity
N/m
Total rigidity
Nm
Torque
Nm
Brake torque
Nm
Total torque at constant speed
Nm
Torque from friction in support bearings, motor,
seals, etc
Nm
Torque for play elimination
Nm
Preload torque
Nm
Starting torque
Nm
Total torque
y
mm
Stroke length
s
h-1
Strokes per hour
s life calculation
h/day
Hours per day
s
days/year Days per year
b
years
Years
cc
Grease quantity for screw shaft
cc
Grease quantity for nut

do
d1
d2
db
ep
f
g
l
lo
l1
le

lm
ls
ltp
lu
m
mL
mn
ms
n
ncr
np
sap
t
v

v300
vu
d
a
l

st
F
s
sp
st
t
tp
h
h
hp
hp
q
w
W

Travel compensation - the difference between the


specified travel and the nominal travel. Its value is
always defined by the customer: if not specified it will
be assumed to be zero. (The specified travel can also
be defined by the specified lead multiplied by the
number of revolutions)
y
mm
Nominal
s
mm
Outside
diameter of screw shaft
s
mm
Root
mm
Bore
b
m
Tolerance of actual mean travel, lm relative to specified
travel ls
Factors
m/s2
Acceleration of gravity: 9,8
mm
Length
mm
Nominal travel - the nominal lead multiplied by the
number of revolutions
mm
Threaded length
mm
Excess travel - at each end of the threaded length a
distance le is subtracted to leave lu the useful travel.
The specified lead precision does not apply to the
lengths le. lu = l1 - 2 le
mm
Actual mean travel. The curve is the result of measurements at 20C of the screw shaft. lm is the line
which fits the curve by the method of least squares
mm
Specified travel
mm
Maximum total length
mm
Useful travel - the length of thread which is subject
to the specifi ed lead precision
kg
Mass
kg
Mass of the load
kg
Mass of the nut
kg/m
Mass of the screw shaft per metre
rpm
Rotational speed
rpm
Critical speed
rpm
Maximum permissible speed
mm
Maximum axial play
m
Manufacturing tolerance
m
Travel variation - the band width or the distance
between the two straight lines parallel to the actual
mean travel which enclose the curve
m
The bandwidth over any 300 mm section of
the useful travel. v300a and v300p are actual and
permissible values
m
The bandwidth over the useful travel. vua and vup are
actual and permissible values
m
Deflection

Helix angle of the screw shaft thread


y

Friction angle
tan l =
b

Coefficient of friction

Coefficient of friction when starting

Coefficient of friction for bearing


MPa
Nominal axial stress
MPa
Real axial stress
MPa
Total stress
MPa
Nominal shear stress
MPa
Real shear stress

Theoretical direct efficiency

Theoretical indirect efficiency

Real direct effi ciency

Real indirect effi ciency

Angle of twist
rad/s2
Angular acceleration
mmrpm Speed quotient, npdo

157

3 Driving systems
Roller screws

Applications
In response to industrys ultimate need
toproduce more with less, SKF has

combined its knowledge and experience


with the latest technology to develop
solutions for your specific conditions.
Whether your goal is to design equipment

that provides more customer value, or


toincrease overall profitability, with SKF
experience and expertise, youre likely
to find a real solution.

Plastic injection molding

Metals industry

Components application
a) Planetary roller screws

Components application
a) Planetary roller screws

Electric presses

Tilting train

Components application
a) Recirculating roller scerws

Components application
a) Planetary roller screws

158

Notes

159

The right solution


under all conditions
According to its own survival mode
or defence demands, the chameleon

range, SKF designs and manufactures

can quickly change its own skin colour

the ideal solutions to render each

in order to reduce its visibility to any

application faster and more efficient.

predator.
This ability of a species to adapt
to the surrounding environment has
served as an inspiration for SKF to
create customised solutions which
are totally in line with individual
requirements.

160

Beyond the standard product

Ask SKF. Your customised solution is


close at hand.

Actuation systems
About Actuation Systems

Fig.1

Fig.2

Linear drive applications often require


superior performance from the actuator
in speed, temperature stability, accuracy
and noise levels. SKF produces a large
range of actuator products designed to
satisfy the most demanding requirements.
Theassortment includes telescopic pillars
(fig.1), linear actuators (fig.2) and control
units (fig.3), providing a total system
solution for various applications. SKF leads
in the industrial field where actuators are
used in many different applications. SKF
supplies a wide range of actuators but also
offers extensive knowledge and experience
in application engineering. This background
has developed through long standing
cooperation with leading companies in many
industrial sectors.

Fig.3

Operating precision (table1)


Comparison of the different positioning
components and systems.
Table1
Positioning
systems

Standard drives or linear motors


with all guiding systems

Linear motors

Roller screws

Actuation
systems

Electro-mechanical
actuators

100-1 000

Ball screws

10-100

Linear ball bearings

1-10

Profile rail guides

0,1-1

Driving systems

Standard slides

Guiding systems

Precision rail guides

Operating
precision (m)

161

4 Actuation systems
Selection guide

Selection guide
Selecting actuators, made easy
Finding the right electric actuator for an
application usually requires knowing many
application details and making several
calculations. However, there are ways to
first narrow the selection to one or two
safe choices. Using the selection guide on
pages 162-164, you may easily find those
actuators that meet your first criteria of
load and speed as well as basic information
about available controls and operating
devices. This is normally the most important
first step to carry out. On pages 165-223,
you will find detailed information and type
keys of the individual product(s). In case
you need more explanation on technical
terminology (glossary) and important
considerations in selecting the right actuator
for your applications, pages 230-232 may
be useful.

Telescopic pillars

TELEMAG

TELESMART

162

Type

Linear actuators
CAR & CAT series

N.B.:
In addition to this catalogue, all product
brochures are available on www.skf.com
as PDF files.

Max. force
push
pull

Max. speed
no load full load

Stroke
(S)

mm/s

mm

Publication nr. 6162 EN

Features

Page

No.

TFG
TLG

2500
4000

2500
0

19
33

15
25

200 - 700
200 - 700

Compact
Robust

165
166
168

TXG

1 500

23

17

200 - 600

Plug & play

169
170

Linear actuators

CAT

CAR

MAGFORCE

CALA 36

MATRIX

CARE

IMD3

ID8

IA4

Type

Max. force
push
pull

Max. speed
no load full load

Stroke
(S)

mm/s

mm

Features

Page

No.

CAT 33H
CAT 33
CAT 32B

1200
3000
4000

1200
3000
4000

174
48
67

150
38
50

100 - 400
100 - 400
50 - 700

Flexible, modular
Flexible, modular
Flexible, modular

171
172
174
176

CAR 22
CAR 32
CAR 40

1500
3500
6000

1500
3500
6000

30
60
60

20
40
40

50 - 300
50 - 700
100 - 700

High duty factor


High duty factor
High duty factor

179
180
181
182

WSP
ASM
DSP
SKG
SKD
STW
STG
STD
SKS/SKA
SLS

2600
4000
4500
15000
15000
15000
15000
15000
30000
50000

2600
4000
4500
15000
15000
15000
15000
15000
30000
50000

50
50
40
55
25
12
14
10
45
70

50
50
40
55
25
12
14
10
45
70

100 - 600
100 - 600
100 - 600
100 - 600
100 - 600
100 - 600
100 - 600
100 - 600
100 - 600
100 - 600

Powerful
Powerful
Powerful
Powerful
Powerful
Powerful
Powerful
Powerful
Powerful
Powerful

183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193

CALA 36A

600

600

23

12

50 - 200

In-line

194

MAX1
MAX3
MAX6

4000
8000
8000

4000
6000
6000

18
18
18

13
13
15

50 - 700
50 - 700
50 - 700

Silent operation
Silent operation
Plug & play

196
197
198
199

CARE 33H
CARE 33M
CARE 33A

800
1400
2000

800
1400
2000

45
22
12

32
16
8

50 - 500
50 - 500
50 - 300

Silent operation
Silent operation
Silent operation

200
200
200

IMD3-05
IMD3-10
IMD3-20
IMD3-30
IMD3-40

120
240
500
750
1000

120
240
500
750
1000

57
30
16
10
8

45
24
13
8
6

50 - 300
50 - 300
50 - 300
50 - 300
50 - 300

Silent operation
Silent operation
Silent operation
Silent operation
Silent operation

202
202
202
202
202

ID8A-10
ID8A-20
ID8B-05
ID8B-10
ID8B-20

1500
2500
2300
3500
4500

1500
2500
2300
3500
4500

38
20
65
36
22

25
13
45
22
13

102 - 610
102 - 610
102 - 610
102 - 610
102 - 610

Robust
Robust
Robust
Robust
Robust

204
204
206
206
206

IA4A-10
IA4A-20
IA4B-05
IA4B-10
IA4B-20

1500
2300
2300
4500
6000

1500
2300
2300
4500
6000

29
16
57
29
22

25
14
46
25
13

102 - 610
102 - 610
102 - 610
102 - 610
102 - 610

Robust
Robust
Robust
Robust
Robust

208
208
210
210
210

163

4 Actuation systems
Selection guide
Control units

BCU

SCU

Hand switches

EHA

Foot switches

ST

Desk switches

ST

164

Type

Control

Max. motor
connections

Input

Output

Page

V/A

No.

BCU 4/5/8/9

Basic functions

230/120AC

24/7

SCU

Synchronous

22-40DC
120AC
230AC

24/23 or 30
24/18

Type

Operating power

Max. operating Prot. class


motors

VDC/mA

IP

EHA 3

12/50

67

Type

Operating power

Max. operating Prot. class


motors

VDC/mA

IP

STJ

12/50

X5

Type

Operating power

Max. operating Prot. class


motors

VDC/mA

IP

12/50

X0

STE

Colour

213

216

Page
No.

Grey

218

Colour

Page
No.

Blue/anthracite

220

Colour

Page
No.

Black

222

Telescopic pillars

Fig.4

TELEMAG
The Telemag line of telescopic pillars
features the best combination of minimum
retracted length and large stroke length
(fig.4). They are used wherever robust
and safe guiding systems are needed. The
attractive design allows the Telemag to
often become part of the overall design of
the equipment.
Benefits
High offset load
Silent operation
Robust
Long life time

Type

Force
push

pull

N
TFG
TLG 10/11-A
TLG 10/11-B
TLG 10/11-C

2500
4000
2500
1500

2500
0
0
0

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length
(L)

Voltage

Protection
class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

IP

kg

200700
200700
200700
200700

S+130
S+180
S+180
S+180

24DC - 120/230AC
24DC
24DC
24DC

30
30
30
30

819
1530
1530
1530

19
14
17
33

15
10
13
25

165

4 Actuation systems
Telescopic pillars

TELEMAG TFG
Telemag TFG (fig.5) is a very compact, fast
and powerful lifting pillar for loads of up
to 2500 N. The TFG can be used for push
or pull applications. Thanks to the rigid
aluminium profiles and the precision glide
pads, the TFG can lift offset loads without
distorting. The pillar consists of three
designed aluminium profiles inside each
other which are extended and retracted
by means of an integrated linear actuator.
TFGintegrates a DC-motor with worm gear,
whose rotary motion is converted into a
linear motion by means of a spindle nut
system.
The pillars run very quietly and with
minimum vibration at a maximum speed
of 19mm/s. Maximum stroke length is
700mm. The TFG is self-locking for both
push and pull. The stroke is limited by
integrated end limit switches. For additional
safety, the TFG has cut-off switches at the
end positions as well as a back up nut.

Fig.5

The TFG is compatible with all the other


actuators from SKF and can be utilized in
afull system of actuators and controls.
Benefits
Push or pull force
Compact design
Fast movement
Powerful
Options
Encoder
Cable feed-through
Accessories
Control boxes
Hand switches
Foot switches
Standards
EN/IEC 60601-1
UL 60601-1

Technical data

Type

24VDC

120/230 VAC

Max. force* (push or pull)


Speed
Stroke
Retracted length (3 sections)
Voltage input
Current consumption
Duty cycle intermittent operation
Duty cycle short-time operation
Ambient temperature
Protection class
Isolation class
Weight

N
mm/s
mm
mm
V
A

2500
15 to 19
200 to 700
S+130
24
5
1/9 min
3 min
+10 to +40
30
SELV
8 to 19

2500
15 to 19
200 to 700
S+130
120/230
1,8/1
1/9 min
3 min
+10 to +40
30
I
8 to 19

C
IP
kg

* See offset load diagram on next page.

Type code for accessories


Mains cable
Top mounting plate
Bottom mounting plate
Screw for top mounting plate
Screw for top mounting plate
Screw for bottom mounting plate
Mains cable SEV
Mains cable Schuko
Mains cable US
Mains cable British Standard

166

Order number
Bore 7272 mm
Bore 102,5102,5 mm
M1025 (1 screw required)
M630 (4 screws required)
M630 (4 screws required)
3000 mm, black, 30,75 mm2
3000 mm, black, 30,75 mm2
3000 mm, black, 30,75 mm2
3000 mm, black, 30,75 mm2

333360
264363
510978
510709
510709
304345
304346
304347
304355

TELEMAG TFG
0
15 30 2
1 7

Performance diagram

20

17

180
160
72

Speed (mm/s)
20
19

Min. 10

4x8,5

18

(a)
72 17

Current consumption (A)


6

7
20 2

17

16

11

15

14
M10

13

12

12

x25
4xM6
9 Nm

500 1000 1500 2000 2500


Load (N)

Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length
(a) = O
 ption fastening
plate Magnetic
no 333360

10

250

L = S + 130 mm

13
N

N1

02,5
196

13

500 1000 1500 2000 2500


Load (N)

Offset load diagram - 200 mm stroke

Offset load diagram - 300 mm stroke

Load (N)
2500

Load (N)
2500

2000

2000
Overload

1500

5
x2
M6
4x Nm
9

200

400

Slipstickarea

500

Ideal
load
0

Ideal
load

1000

Slipstickarea

500

Overload

1500

Ideal
load

1000

600 800 1000


Load distance (N)

200

400

600 800 1000


Load distance (N)

Offset load diagram - 400 mm stroke

Offset load diagram - 500 mm stroke

Offset load diagram - 700 mm stroke

Load (N)
2500

Load (N)
2500

Load (N)
2500

2000

2000
Overload

1500
1000

200

400

1500

600 800 1000


Load distance (N)

Ordering key

500

Ideal
load
0

200

Ideal
load

1000

500
0

Overload

1500

Ideal
load

1000

Ideal
load

500

2000
Overload

400

600 800 1000


Load distance (N)

0 - 2 3

T F G

Ideal
load
0

200

400

600 800 1000


Load distance (N)

- 0 0 0

Type
Voltage:
24 VDC
120 VAC (50/60 Hz)
230 VAC (50 Hz)
Stroke (S):
200 mm
250 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
500 mm
700 mm
Option:
No option
With dual encoder, (14 pulses per 9 mm travel)
With mains cable feedthrough (3AWG16)
With control cable feedthrough (10AWG28)

1
5
9
200
250
300
350
400
500
700
000
E
C
H

167

4 Actuation systems
Telescopic pillars
TELEMAG TLG
0

Type

20

15

22

Force
push

pull

TLG 10/11-A
TLG 10/11-B
TLG 10/11-C

12

4000
2500
1500

0
0
0

Max. speed
no
full
load
load

Stroke
(S)

Retr.
Length
(L)

Voltage

Protection
class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

VDC

IP

kg

200700
200700
200700

S+180
S+180
S+180

24
24
24

30
30
30

15-30
15-30
15-30

14
17
33

10
13
25

14

Duty cycle 1 min/9min.

16

Type code for accessories


0

20

15

22

Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length

Accessories

Order number

Top mounting plate for 2 tube set


Bottom mounting plate for 2 tube set
Top mounting plate for 3 tube set
Bottom mounting plate for 3 tube set
Screw (4/plate) for mounting plate

290268
290351
290268
290265
510707

Ordering key

- 0 0 0

T L G 1

Type
Motor voltage:
24 VDC
Load:
4000 N
2500 N
1500 N
Tube set:
Tube set 2
Tube set 3
Stroke (S):
200 mm
300 mm
400 mm
500 mm
600 mm
700 mm
Cable/connecting plug:
Straight, 2,3 m, jack plug
Straight, 1,0 m, DIN8 plug
Straight, 2,3 m, DIN8 plug
Coiled, 0,6 m, DIN8 plug
Option:
No option
Single encoder, 8 pulses, cable with jack plug
Dual encoder, cable with DIN8 plug

168

0
A
B
C
A
D
2
3
4
5
6
7
2
3
4
B
0
A
F

TELESMART

Fig.6

This cost effective telescopic pillar offers an


attractive design for height adjustable desks,
tables, chairs and lightweight industrial
workstations (fig.6).
The TXG series has an integrated control
unit and combines the advantages of AC
and DC power.
The pillars can be controlled by using
desk, hand or foot switches.
Benefits
Easy plug and play system
Powerful and fast lifting
Aesthetic design
Cost effective
Duty cycle 1 min./9 min.

Type

Force
push

pull

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length
(L)

Voltage

Protection class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

IP

kg

TXG 1

1500

23

17

200600

S+160/180

24 DC

30

813

TXG 4/5

1500

23

17

200600

S+160/180

120 AC

30

914

TXG 8/9

1500

23

17

200600

S+160/180

230 AC

30

914

169

4 Actuation systems
Telescopic pillars
TELESMART TXG

Type

22

15

10

Force
push

pull

Max. speed
no
full
load
load

Stroke
(S)

Retr.
Length
(L)

Voltage

Protection
class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

IP

kg

200600

S+160/180

24 DC

30

813

14

TXG 1
18

1500

23

17

TXG 4/5

1500

23

17

200600

S+160/180

120 AC

30

914

TXG 8/9

1500

23

17

200600

S+160/180

230 AC

30

914

12

Type code for accessories

22

10

15

Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length

Mains cable

Plug

Country

Order number

Comment

Straight cable 3,5


Straight cable 3,5
Straight cable 3,5
Straight cable 3,5
Top or bottom
mounting plate

Euro
Schuko
UL
British standard

General
DE
USA
UK

304330/304345
304331/304346
304332/304347
304333/304355

2-pole/3-pole
2-pole/3-pole
2-pole/3-pole
2-pole/3-pole

Ordering key

304338

- 00

T X G

Type
Motor voltage:
24 VDC (slave actuator)
120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, class II
120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, class I (mandatory for cable feedthrough)
230 VAC, 50 Hz, class II
230 VAC, 50 Hz, class I (mandatory for cable feedthrough)
Output for an additional DC Motor:
Not used (Stand alone)
24 VDC (Master, not available for TXG1)
Colour:
Natural anodized coating
Options (*24 VDC, **230/120 VAC with anti-pinching protection):
None
Control connection feedthrough
Maints cable feedthrough
Encoder for LD*/slave use*
Encoder for other controls* (e.g. BCU, VCU, SCU)
Retract**, memory
Control connection feedthrough**, mains cable feedthrough**
Retract**, memory, mains cable feedthrough
Control connection feedthrough, retract**, memory
Control connection feedthrough, retract**, memory, mains cable feedthrough
Extend**, retract**, memory, parallel operation of 2 actuators, min. configuration for master/slave use
Extend**, retract**, memory, parallel operation of 2 actuators, mains cable feedthroug
Extend**, retract**, memory, parallel operation of 2 actuators, control connection feedthrough
Extend**, retract**, memory, parallel operation of 2 actuators, control/mains cable feedthrough
Stroke (S)/Retr. length (L=S+180):
200 mm
300 mm
400 mm
500 mm
600 mm

170

1
4
5
8
9
0
1
5
000
EYX
EYF
EYS
EXG
2CA
2AA
3AW
3AY
4AG
4AL
5AA
5AC
6AA
200
300
400
500
600

00

Linear actuators

Fig.7

CAT
The CAT (fig.7) modular design concept
makes it easy to interchange critical
components such as motors, gears, screws,
attachments, etc. Custom built actuators
are easily and cost efficiently built from
standard parts. The CAT range flexibility
makes it suitable for a high number of
applications.
Benefits:
Small
Robust
Highly efficient
Lubricated for service life

Duty factor diagram

F actual
(%)
F rated
100

Duty factor % =  N 100


N+R

80

60
40
20
0

Type

Force
push

pull

6F
220 V
25 F
110 V

N+R

4F
220 V
16 F 3 F
12 F
110 V 220 V 110 V

20

40
35

60

N = running time
R = rest period
N + R = total cycle time

80 100
Duty factor

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length*
(L)

Voltage

Protection class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

IP

kg

CAT 33H

1200

1200

174

150

100400

S+150/158/189

12/24 DC
120/230/400 AC

20/44/54/65

22,7

CAT 33

3000

3000

48

38

100400

S+150/158/189

12/24 DC
120/230/400 AC

20/44/54/65

22,7

CAT 32B

4000

4000

67

50

50700

S+167/175/206

12/24 DC
120/230/400 AC

20/44/54/65

23,5

* Dimension depends on selected front attachment

171

4 Actuation systems
Linear actuators

29

55

33

CAT 33H

L=S+ (150/158/189)*
23
Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length

73

See drawings of front and rear attachments


and motor options on page 178

Type

Force
push

pull

N
CAT 33H

1200

1200

* Dimension depends on selected front attachment

172

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length*
(L)

Voltage

Protection class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

IP

kg

100400

S+150/158/189

12/24 DC
120/230/400 AC

20/44/65
20/54/55

22,7

174

150

24

Ordering key

Dynamic load (N)/Speed (mm/s)


1200/xx
1000/50-38
1000/50-38
1200/56-36
1200/27-17
1200/56-36
1200/56-36
1200/56-36
1200/27-17
1200/20
1200/20
1200/20
1200/20
1200/20

900/xx
600/100-80
600/100-80
900/113-79
800/60-35
900/113-79
900/113-79
900/113-79
800/60-35
900/37
900/37
900/37
900/37
900/37

Motor options
600/xx
400/174-150
400/174-150
500/174-140
500/100-69
500/174-140
500/174-140
500/174-140
500/100-69
500/90
500/90
500/90
500/90
500/90

No motor
12 VDC, IP44 (65)
12 VDC, flat motor, IP44
24 VDC, IP44 (65)
24 VDC, low speed, IP44 (65)
24 VDC, flat motor, IP44
24 VDC, flat motor, brake, IP20
24 VDC, flat motor, ext. shaft, IP44
24 VDC, flat motor, low speed, IP44
120 VAC/60 Hz, 1-phase, IP54
120 VAC/60 Hz, 1-phase, brake, IP20
230 VAC/50 Hz, 1-phase, IP54
230 VAC/50 Hz, 1-phase, brake, IP20
400 VAC/50 Hz, 3-phase, IP55

0000
C12C
D12C
C24C
C24CW
D24C
D24CB
D24CS
D24CW
E110C
E110CB
E220C
E220CB
E380C

C A T

33H

Type
Motor assembly:
Right
Left
Stroke (S):
100 mm
200 mm
300 mm
400 mm
Rear attachment (see page 178):
Fork ear, =12,0 mm
Fork ear, =12,7 mm
Single ear, =12,0 mm
Single ear, =12,7 mm
Front attachment (see page 178):
Hole, =12,0 mm
Hole, =12,7 mm
Male thread, M12
Female thread, M12
Fork ear, =10,1 mm
Feed back:
No encoder (no code)
Encoder (ony for CxxC motors)
Encoder (for all standard motors)
Options:
Friction clutch
No friction clutch
Options for CxxC motors:
No cable
EMC filter
Motor without cover
IP65 (mandatory to state type of cable T2 or T2P)
Straight cable, 2,0 m, no plug
Straight cable, 2,0 m, jack plug

R
L
100
200
300
400
A1
A2
K1
K2
G1
G2
G3
G4
G5

E
E2
F
Z
U
M
N
I
T2
T2P

173

4 Actuation systems
Linear actuators

29

55

33

CAT 33

L=S+ (150/158/189)*
23
Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length

73

See drawings of front and rear attachments


and motor options on page 178

Type

Force
push

pull

N
CAT 33

3000

3000

* Dimension depends on selected front attachment

174

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length*
(L)

Voltage

Protection class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

IP

kg

100400

S+150/158/189

12/24 DC
120/230/400 AC

20/44/65
20/54/55

22,7

48

38

24

Ordering key

Dynamic load (N)/Speed (mm/s)

Motor options

3000/xx
3000/13-10
2400/11-7
3000/13-10
3000/7-5
3000/13-10
3000/13-10
3000/7-5
2400/6
2400/6
3000/5
3000/5
3000/5

2000/xx
2000/24-20
1600/21-15
2000/26-20
2000/13-8
2000/26-20
2000/26-20
2000/13-8
1600/12
1600/12
2000/10
2000/10
2000/10

1000/xx
1000/48-38
800/39-21
1000/48-35
1000/26-19
1000/48-35
1000/48-35
1000/26-19
800/24
800/24
1000/20
1000/20
1000/20

No motor
12 VDC, IP44 (65)
12 VDC, flat motor, IP44
24 VDC, IP44 (65)
24 VDC, low speed, IP44 (65)
24 VDC, flat motor, IP44
24 VDC, flat motor, IP44, ext. shaft
24 VDC, flat motor, low speed, IP44
120 VAC/60 Hz, 1-phase, IP54
120 VAC/60 Hz, 1-phase, brake, IP20
230 VAC/50 Hz, 1-phase, IP54
230 VAC/50 Hz, 1-phase, brake, IP20
400 VAC/50 Hz, 3-phase, IP55

0000
C12C
D12C
C24C
C24CW
D24C
D24CS
D24CW
E110C
E110CB
E220C
E220CB
E380C

C A T

33

Type
Motor assembly:
Right
Left
Stroke (S):
100 mm
200 mm
300 mm
400 mm
Rear attachment (see page 178):
Fork ear, =12,0 mm
Fork ear, =12,7 mm
Single ear, =12,0 mm
Single ear, =12,7 mm
Front attachment (see page 178):
Hole, =12,0 mm
Hole, =12,7 mm
Male thread, M12
Female thread, M12
Fork ear, =10,1 mm
Feed back:
No encoder (no code)
Encoder (ony for CxxC motors)
Encoder (for all standard motors)
Options:
Friction clutch
No friction clutch
Options for CxxC motors:
No cable
EMC filter
Motor without cover
IP65 (mandatory to state type of cable T2 or T2P)
Straight cable, 2,0 m, no plug
Straight cable, 2,0 m, jack plug

R
L
100
200
300
400
A1
A2
K1
K2
G1
G2
G3
G4
G5

E
E2
F
Z
U
M
N
I
T2
T2P

175

4 Actuation systems
Linear actuators

29

55

32

CAT 32B

L=S+(167/175/206)*
23
Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length

73

See drawings of front and rear attachments


and motor options on page 178

Type

Force
push

pull

N
CAT 32B

4000

4000

* Dimension depends on selected front attachment

176

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length*
(L)

Voltage

Protection class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

IP

kg

50700

S+167/175/206

12/24 DC
120/230/400 AC

20/44/65
20/54/55

23,5

67

50

24

Ordering key

Dynamic load (N)/Speed (mm/s)

Motor options

4000/xx
4000/17-12
3000/17-11
4000/17-13
4000/9-5
4000/17-13
4000/17-13
4000/17-13
4000/9-5
3500/8
3500/8
3500/6,5
3500/6,5
3500/6,5

2500/xx
2500/32-25
2000/34-19
2500/33-24
2500/18-10
2500/33-24
2500/33-24
2500/33-24
2500/18-10
2500/16
2500/16
2500/13
2500/13
2500/13

1500/xx
1500/63-48
1000/67-43
1500/65-50
1500/34-24
1500/65-50
1500/65-50
1500/65-50
1500/34-24
1500/32
1500/32
1500/26
1500/26
1500/26

No motor
12 VDC, IP44 (65)
12 VDC, flat motor, IP44
24 VDC, IP44 (65)
24 VDC, low speed motor, IP44
24 VDC, flat motor, IP44
24 VDC, flat motor, brake, IP20
24 VDC, flat motor, ext.shaft, IP44
24 VDC, flat motor, low speed, IP44
120 VAC/60 Hz, 1-phase, IP54
120 VAC/60 Hz, 1-phase, brake, IP20
230 VAC/50 Hz, 1-phase, IP54
230 VAC/50 Hz, 1-phase, brake, IP20
400 VAC/50 Hz, 3-phase, IP55

0000
C12C
D12C
C24C
C24CW
D24C
D24CB
D24CS
D24CW
E110C
E110CB
E220C
E220CB
E380C

C A T

32B

Type
Motor assembly:
Right
Left
Stroke (S):
50 mm
100 mm
200 mm
300 mm
400 mm
500 mm
700 mm
Rear attachment (see page 178):
Fork ear, =12,0 mm
Fork ear, =12,7 mm
Single ear, =12,0 mm
Single ear, =12,7 mm
Front attachment (see page 178):
Hole, =12,0 mm
Hole, =12,7 mm
Male thread, M12
Female thread, M12
Fork ear, =10,1 mm
Feed back:
No encoder (no code)
Encoder (ony for CxxC motors)
Encoder (for all standard motors)
Options:
Friction clutch
No friction clutch
Back-up ball nut
Options for CxxC motors:
No cable
EMC filter
Motor without cover
IP65 (mandatory to state type of cable)
Straight cable, 2,0 m, no plug
Straight cable, 2,0 m, jack plug

R
L
50
100
200
300
400
500
700
A1
A2
K1
K2
G1
G2
G3
G4
G5

E
E2
F
Z
S
U
M
N
I
T2
T2P

177

4 Actuation systems
Linear actuators
Rear attachments

Motors

Front attachments and retracted length

120
75
300 mm (a)

12 H8

12,0 e8

27,5

57
73 (c)
98 (b)

22

300 mm (a)

L=S+ 150 (C AT 33/33H)*


L=S +167 (C AT 32B)

G1



D12C, D24C, D24CB, D24CS, D24CW

20

78

12,7 H8

61,5

22

13

52

A1

120

13

12,7 e 8

L=S+150 (C AT 33/33H)*
L=S+ 167 (C AT 32B)

G2

C12CN, C24CN, C24CWN


900 mm (a)
80
(b)

1000 mm (a)
20

50

M12x1,75

38

27,5

13

13

A2

108

L=S+189 (C AT 33/33H)*
L=S +206 (C AT 32B)

52

M12x1,75

G3

12 e 8

24

E110C, E110CB, E220C, E220CB


88
L=S+ 150 (C AT 33/33H)*
L=S +167 (C AT 32B)
145

G4

52

K1

6,1
10,1

L=S+158 (C AT 33/33H)*

12,7 E8

C12CM, C12CME, C24CM, C24CME,


C24CWM, C24CWME

L=S +175 (C AT 32B)

24

25,9

28

13

88

124

G5
52

K2
C12C, C24C, C24CW

201

Legend:
(a) = cable length
(b) = cover for brake
(c) = D24CS version
S = stroke
L = retracted length

154

82

104

*If S =400, add 50 mm to retracted length.

178

E380C

13

CAR

Fig.8

The CAR (fig.8) range of industrial type


actuators offers a unique standard of
performance, durability, and reliability. The
compact design incorporates well-proven
parts like the SKF high efficiency ball screw,
a sturdy gearbox assembly, and high quality
DC and AC-motors. These provide the best
performance possible with an extended
operational life. Individual application
requirements can easily be matched thanks
to the modular design concept.
Benefits:
Robust and reliable
Long life time
Wide component range
Left and right hand versions

CAR 22, 32, 40 ... 24/12 VDC

CAR32 ... 230/120 VAC

F actual
(%)
F rated
100

CAR40 ...230/120 VAC

Gear
F (N)
3500

2500

1500

Gear
F (N)
6000

6 F(360 V)/25 F(240 V)

5000

3000

73

2500
50

1500

4 F(360 V)/16 F(240 V)

1000

2000
1500

900

3000

500

Type

33

50

Force
push
N

12 F(360 V)/37,5 F(240 V)

8 F(360 V)/25
F(240 V)

1600
2000
800

2000
1000
1000

300

100 %
Duty factor

pull

2400

3000

4000

3 F(360 V)/12
F(240 V)

1000
500

4000

30

60

100 %
Duty factor

10

20

30

40

50 60 %
Duty factor

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length*
(L)

Voltage

Protection class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

IP

kg

CAR 22

1500

1500

30

20

50300

S+205

12/24 DC

44

1,21,6

CAR 32

3500

3500

60

40

50700

S+218

12/24 DC
120/230 AC

20/44/54

2,13,7

CAR 40

6000

6000

60

40

100700

S+263

12/24 DC
120/230 AC

20/44/54

5,88,4

* Dimension depends on selected front attachment

179

4 Actuation systems
Linear actuators
CAR 22

86
46

Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length

300

53

22

16

26

M10 1,5

66

35

10 e8
104

L = S + 205

Type

Force
push

pull

N
CAR 22

Ordering key

60

16,5 23

23

1500

1500

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length
(L)

Voltage

Protection class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

IP

kg

50300

S+205

12/24 DC

44

1,21,6

30

20

Dynamic load (N)/Speed (mm/s)

Motor options

1500/xx
1500/15-10
1500/15-10

No motor
12 VDC, flat motor, IP44
24 VDC, flat motor, IP44

1000/xx
1000/30-20
1000/30-20
2

C A R

22

Type
Motor assembly:
Right
Left
Stroke (S):
50 mm
100 mm
150 mm
200 mm
300 mm

180

R
L
050
100
150
200
300

0000
D12B
D24B

CAR 32

120 (c)

120

97
3917987

58
28

32

20

38

71

L=S+218

108
156(b)
150
198(b)

300 mm (a)

100(b)

300 mm (a)

M12x1,75

3917987

55
27,5

75

74(c)

Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length
(a) = cable length
(b) = cover for brake (D24CB)
(c) = D24CS version

23 27,5
73

104

57

12 e8

12
3917987

3917987

4
Type

Force
push

pull

N
CAR 32

Ordering key

3500

3500

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length
(L)

Voltage

Protection class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

IP

kg

50700

S+218

12/24 DC
120/230 AC

20/44/54

2,13,7

60

40

Dynamic load (N)/Speed (mm/s)

Motor options

3500/xx
2500/15-10
3500/15-10
3500/9-5
3500/15-10
3500/15-10
3500/8
3500/8
3500/6
3500/6

2500/xx
2000/30-20
2500/30-20
2500/18-10
2500/30-20
2500/30-20
2500/16
2500/16
2500/13
2500/13

1500/xx
1000/60-40
1500/60-40
1500/34-24
1500/60-40
1500/60-40
1500/32
1500/32
1500/26
1500/26

0000
D12C
D24C
D24CW
D24CS
D24CB
E110C
E110CB
E220C
E220CB

No motor
12 VDC, flat motor, IP44
24 VDC, flat motor, IP44
24 VDC, flat motor, low speed, IP44
24 VDC, flat motor, extended shaft, IP44
24 VDC, flat motor, brake, IP20
120 VAC/60 Hz, 1-phase, IP54
120 VAC/60 Hz, 1-phase, brake, IP20
230 VAC/50 Hz, 1-phase, IP54
230 VAC/50 Hz, 1- phase, brake, IP20

C A R

32

Type
Motor assembly:
Right
Left
Stroke (S):
50 mm
100 mm
200 mm
300 mm
500 mm
700 mm
Options:
Friction clutch
Back-up nut

R
L
50
100
200
300
500
700
F
S

181

4 Actuation systems
Linear actuators
CAR 40
Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length

AC motor

Type

Force
push

pull

N
CAR 40

Ordering key

6000

6000

DC motor

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length
(L)

Voltage

Protection class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

IP

kg

100700

S+263

12/24 DC
120/230 AC

20/44/54

5,88,4

60

40

Dynamic load (N)/Speed (mm/s)

Motor options

6000/xx
6000/15-10
6000/15-10
6000/15-10
6000/10
6000/10
6000/9
6000/9

4000/xx
4000/30-20
4000/30-20
4000/30-20
4000/20
4000/20
4000/17
4000/17

2000/xx
2000/60-40
2000/60-40
2000/60-40
2000/40
2000/40
2000/34
2000/34

No motor
24 VDC, flat motor, IP44
24 VDC, flat motor, extended shaft, IP44
24 VDC, flat motor, brake, IP20
120 VAC/60 Hz, 1-phase, IP54
120 VAC/60 Hz, 1-phase, brake, IP20
230 VAC/50 Hz, 1-phase, IP54
230 VAC/50 Hz, 1-phase, brake, IP20

C A R

40

Type
Motor assembly:
Right
Left
Stroke (S):
100 mm
300 mm
500 mm
700 mm
Options:
Friction clutch
Back-up nut

182

0000
D24D
D24DS
D24DB
E110D
E110DB
E220D
E220DB

R
L
100
300
500
700
F
S

MAGFORCE

include many interface options as hall


encoder, end switch, extended shaftetc.

The MAGFORCE (fig.9) line consists of


spindle lifting drives with worm gears. They
fulfill the highest demands for industrial and
other applications. The drives are available
in several different motor versions.
MAGFORCE offers strong, fast and quiet
movements with high duty cycle. The drives

Type

Force
push

pull

Fig.9

Benefits:
Ideal for heavy load applications
Wide speed/force range
Robust design

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length
(L)

Voltage

Protection class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

IP

kg

WSP 0510
WSP 1030
WSP 1550
WSP 2650
STW 5007
STW 7010
STW 10020
STW 15040

500
1000
1500
2600
5000
7000
10000
15000

500
1000
1500
2600
5000
7000
10000
15000

50
18
10
5
12
8
4
2

50
18
10
5
12
8
4
2

100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600

S+230
S+230
S+230
S+230
S+273
S+273
S+273
S+273

230 AC
230 AC
230 AC
230 AC
230 AC
230 AC
230 AC
230 AC

54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54

5,5
5,5
5,5
5,5
14,6
14,6
14,6
14,6

DSP 1010
DSP 2530
DSP 3250
DSP 4550
STD 10007
SKD 10007
SKD 12010
STD 12010
SKD 15020
SKD 15040
STD 15040
STD 15020
SK(S/A) 15404
SLS 18006
SK(S/A) 20406
SK(S/A) 25412
SK(S/A) 30423
SLS 34013
SLS 50020
SLS 50028
SLS 50050

1000
2500
3200
4500
10000
10000
12000
12000
15000
15000
15000
15000
15000
29000
20000
25000
30000
40000
50000
50000
50000

1000
2500
3200
4500
10000
10000
12000
12000
15000
15000
15000
15000
15000
29000
20000
25000
30000
40000
50000
50000
50000

40
15
10
5
10
25
21
7
11
5
2
4
45
70
33
17
9
35
23
16
9

40
15
10
5
10
25
21
7
11
5
2
4
45
70
33
17
9
35
23
16
9

100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600

S+230
S+230
S+230
S+230
S+273
S+406
S+406
S+273
S+406
S+406
S+273
S+273
S+465
S+446
S+465
S+465
S+465
S+446
S+446
S+446
S+446

3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC

54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54

5,5
5,5
5,5
5,5
14,6
14,6
14,6
14,6
14,6
14,6
14,6
14,6
30,0
48,0
30,0
30,0
30,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0

ASM 1010
ASM 2030
ASM 3030
ASM 4050
SKG 6005
STG 10007
SKG 10010
STG 12010
SKG 13020
SKG 15040
STG 15040
STG 15020

1000
2000
3000
4000
6000
10000
10000
12000
13000
15000
15000
15000

1000
2000
3000
4000
6000
10000
10000
12000
13000
15000
15000
15000

50
17
8
5
55
14
30
11
15
8
3
5

50
17
8
5
55
14
30
11
15
8
3
5

100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600
100600

S+230
S+230
S+230
S+230
S+406
S+273
S+406
S+273
S+406
S+406
S+273
S+273

12/24 DC
12/24 DC
12/24 DC
12/24 DC
24 DC
24 DC
24 DC
24 DC
24 DC
24 DC
24 DC
24 DC

44
44
44
44
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54

5,0
5,0
5,0
5,0
14,6
14,6
14,6
14,6
14,6
14,6
14,6
14,6

183

4 Actuation systems
Linear actuators
Magforce WSP

127
108
90

12+0,09+0,04

20
30

25

228

10H11

90

10H8
56

161
199

31

122

30

44
10

72

48

15

60

L = S + 230

72,5
120

Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length

Type

16

Force
push

pull

N
WSP 0510
WSP 1030
WSP 1550
WSP 2650

500
1000
1500
2600

500
1000
1500
2600

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length
(L)

Voltage

Protection class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

IP

kg

100600
100600
100600
100600

S+230
S+230
S+230
S+230

230 AC
230 AC
230 AC
230 AC

54
54
54
54

5,5
5,5
5,5
5,5

50
18
10
5

50
18
10
5

Duty cycle 25%

Accessories

Order number

Free wheel brake on push force


Free wheel brake on pull force
Friction brake for pull/push force
Limit switch

1028,6226
1028,0002
1028,7851
1043,0209

Ordering key

W S P

Type
Load:
500 N
1000 N
1500 N
2600 N
Stroke (S):
100 mm
200 mm
300 mm
400 mm
500 mm
600 mm
Customer options:
Standard
Additional bushing (L=S+280 mm)
Extended shaft
Protection tube made out of stainless steel
Bronze nut, special grease for 30 C

184

0510
1030
1550
2650
100
200
300
400
500
600
01
15
16
30
91

Magforce ASM

80
103
25

12+0,09+0,04

225
203
165

10H11

78
20
30

31

56

10H8

30

44
10
72
120

48
L = S + 230

Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length

Type

16

Force
push

pull

N
ASM 1010
ASM 2030
ASM 3030
ASM 4050

15

1000
2000
3000
4000

1000
2000
3000
4000

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length
(L)

Voltage

Protection class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

IP

kg

100600
100600
100600
100600

S+230
S+230
S+230
S+230

12/24 DC
12/24 DC
12/24 DC
12/24 DC

44
44
44
44

5
5
5
5

50
17
8
5

50
17
8
5

Duty cycle 10%

Accessories

Order number

Free wheel brake on push force


Free wheel brake on pull force
Friction brake for pull/push force
Limit switch

1028,6226
1028,0002
1028,7851
1043,0210

Ordering key

A S M

Type
Load:
1000 N
2000 N
3000 N
4000 N
Stroke (S):
100 mm
200 mm
300 mm
400 mm
500 mm
600 mm
Customer options:
12 VDC, standard
24 VDC, standard
24 VDC, additional bushing (L=S+280 mm)
24 VDC, bronze nut, special grease for 30 C
24 VDC, protection tube made out of stainless steel
24 VDC, extended shaft
12 VDC, additional bushing (L=S+280 mm)

1010
2030
3030
4050
100
200
300
400
500
600
01
02
05
07
12
16
19

185

4 Actuation systems
Linear actuators
Magforce DSP

127
90
30
12+0,09+0,04

152
190
219

10H11

108
90
20
30

25

56

10H8

10

48

44
72
120

15

L = S + 230

Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length

Type

16

Force
push

pull

N
DSP 1010
DSP 2530
DSP 3250
DSP 4550

1000
2500
3200
4500

1000
2500
3200
4500

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length
(L)

Voltage

Protection class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

IP

kg

100600
100600
100600
100600

S+230
S+230
S+230
S+230

3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC

54
54
54
54

5,5
5,5
5,5
5,5

40
15
10
5

40
15
10
5

Duty cycle 40%

Accessories

Order number

Free wheel brake on push force


Free wheel brake on pull force
Friction brake for pull/push force
Limit switch

1028,6226
1028,0002
1028,7851
1043,0021

Ordering key

D S P

Type
Load:
1000 N
2500 N
3200 N
4500 N
Stroke (S):
100 mm
200 mm
300 mm
400 mm
500 mm
600 mm
Customer options:
Standard
Bronze nut, special grease for 30 C
Additional bushing (L=S+280 mm)
Protection tube made out of stainless steel
Extended shaft
ATEX zone 22 (II 3 D T 150 C)

186

1010
2530
3250
4550
100
200
300
400
500
600
01
08
09
14
122
131

Magforce SKG

220

110

140
16

40

65

42

40

16

35
95

Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length

174

25

L=S+406

4
Type

Force
push

pull

N
SKG 6005*
SKG 10010**
SKG 13020**
SKG 15040**

6000
10000
13000
15000

6000
10000
13000
15000

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length
(L)

Voltage

Protection class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

IP

kg

100600
100600
100600
100600

S+406
S+406
S+406
S+406

24 DC
24 DC
24 DC
24 DC

54
54
54
54

14,6
14,6
14,6
14,6

55
30
15
8

55
30
15
8

* Duty cycle 30%


** Duty cycle 10%

Ordering key

S K G

Type
Load:
6000 N
10000 N
13000 N
15000 N
Stroke (S):
100 mm
200 mm
300 mm
400 mm
500 mm
600 mm
Customer options:
Standard

06005
10010
13020
15040
100
200
300
400
500
600
01

187

4 Actuation systems
Linear actuators
170

130

140

114,5

16

Type

40

65

40

95

25

174
L = S + 406

Force
push

pull

N
SKD 10007*
SKD 12010**
SKD 15020**
SKD 15040**

42

62

69

16

Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length

219

Magforce SKD

10000
12000
15000
15000

10000
12000
15000
15000

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length
(L)

Voltage

Protection class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

IP

kg

100600
100600
100600
100600

S+406
S+406
S+406
S+406

3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC

54
54
54
54

14,6
14,6
14,6
14,6

25
21
11
5

25
21
11
5

* Duty cycle 25%


** Duty cycle 10%

Ordering key

S K D

Type
Load/Speed:
10000 N
12000 N
15000 N / 11 mm/s
15000 N / 5 mm/s
Stroke (S):
100 mm
200 mm
300 mm
400 mm
500 mm
600 mm
Customer options:
Standard

188

10007
12010
15020
15040
100
200
300
400
500
600
01

170

36
M18x2,5

140

114,5
40

SW30
4

16F7
0

20
95

M32x1,5 35

78
69

40

35

67

219

M32x1,5

36
18

18 H8

R2

83

M4

40

116

64,6

Magforce STW

172,5

25

L = S + 273
L = S + 290
L = S + 377

Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length

Type

4
Force
push

pull

N
STW 5007*
STW 7010**
STW 10020**
STW 15040**

5000
7000
10000
15000

5000
7000
10000
15000

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length
(L)

Voltage

Protection class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

IP

kg

100600
100600
100600
100600

S+273
S+273
S+273
S+273

230 AC
230 AC
230 AC
230 AC

54
54
54
54

14,6
14,6
14,6
14,6

12
8
4
2

12
8
4
2

* Duty cycle 15%


** Duty cycle 10%

Ordering key

S T W

Type
Load:
5000 N
7000 N
10000 N
15000 N
Stroke (S):
100 mm
200 mm
300 mm
400 mm
500 mm
600 mm
Customer options:
Standard
Limit switch
Low temperature grease

05007
07010
10020
15040
100
200
300
400
500
600
01
05
08

189

4 Actuation systems
Linear actuators
113

140
35

114,5
40

222

M18x2,5

36

16F7

SW30

297

M32x1,5

N36

18H8
18

Magforce STG

67

40

M32x1,5 35mm

95

40

65

69

N75

R20
20

L = S + 273
L = S + 290
L = S + 377

65
173,5

25

Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length

Type

Force
push

pull

N
STG 10007
STG 12010
STG 15040
STG 15020

10000
12000
15000
15000

10000
12000
15000
15000

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length
(L)

Voltage

Protection class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

IP

kg

100600
100600
100600
100600

S+273
S+273
S+273
S+273

24 DC
24 DC
24 DC
24 DC

54
54
54
54

14,6
14,6
14,6
14,6

14
11
3
5

14
11
3
5

Duty cycle 10%

Ordering key

S T G

Type
Load/Speed:
10000 N
12000 N
15000 N/5 mm/s
15000 N/3 mm/s
Stroke (S):
100 mm
200 mm
300 mm
400 mm
500 mm
600 mm
Customer options:
Standard

190

10007
12010
15020
15040
100
200
300
400
500
600
01

170

36
M18x2,5

140

114,5
40

SW30
4

16F7
0

20
95

M32x1,5 35

78
69

40

35

67

219

M32x1,5

36
18

18 H8

R2

83

M4

40

116

64,6

Magforce STD

172,5

25

L = S + 273
L = S + 290
L = S + 377

Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length

Type

4
Force
push

pull

N
STD 10007*
STD 12010**
STD 15040**
STD 15020**

10000
12000
15000
15000

10000
12000
15000
15000

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length
(L)

Voltage

Protection class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

IP

kg

100600
100600
100600
100600

S+273
S+273
S+273
S+273

3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC

54
54
54
54

14,6
14,6
14,6
14,6

10
7
4
2

10
7
4
2

* Duty cycle 25%


** Duty cycle 10%

Ordering key

S T D

Type
Load/Speed:
10000 N
12000 N
15000 N/4 mm/s
15000 N/2 mm/s
Stroke (S):
100 mm
200 mm
300 mm
400 mm
500 mm
600 mm
Customer options:
Standard
Extended shaft
Back-up nut on push
Low temperature grease
Back-up nut on push and pull

10007
12010
15020
15040
100
200
300
400
500
600
01
11
13
19
34

191

4 Actuation systems
Linear actuators
Magforce SKS/SKA

L = S + 465

65

85

61,5
19

25

302

8-15

Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length

Type

Force
push

pull

N
SK(S/A) 15404
SK(S/A) 20406
SK(S/A) 25412
SK(S/A) 30423

15000
20000
25000
30000

15000
20000
25000
30000

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length
(L)

Voltage

Protection class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

IP

kg

100600
100600
100600
100600

S+465
S+465
S+465
S+465

3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC

54
54
54
54

30
30
30
30

45
33
17
10

45
33
17
10

Duty cycle 10%

Ordering key

S K

Type
Option:
No option
With limit switches and/or potentiometer
Load:
15000 N
20000 N
25000 N
30000 N
Stroke (S):
100 mm
200 mm
300 mm
400 mm
500 mm
600 mm
Customer options:
Standard

192

S
A
15404
20406
25412
30423
100
200
300
400
500
600
01

Magforce SLS

200
191

60

80

100

308

381

157

30

30

65

L=S+446
90

62

110

25

80

228

Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length

Type

Force
push

pull

N
SLS 18006
SLS 34013
SLS 50020
SLS 50028
SLS 50050

18000
34000
50000
50000
50000

18000
34000
50000
50000
50000

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length
(L)

Voltage

Protection class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

IP

kg

100600
100600
100600
100600
100600

S+446
S+446
S+446
S+446
S+446

3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC
3400 AC

54
54
54
54
54

40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0
40,0

70
35
23
16
9

70
35
23
16
9

Duty cycle 10%

Ordering key

S L S

Type
Load:
18 000 N
34 000 N
50 000 N
Speed at no load:
70 mm/s, only for load version 180
35 mm/s, only for load version 340
23 mm/s, only for load version 500
16 mm/s, only for load version 500
9 mm/s, only for load version 500
Stroke (S):
100 mm
200 mm
300 mm
400 mm
500 mm
600 mm
Customer options:
Standard

180
340
500
06
13
20
28
50
100
200
300
400
500
600
01

193

4 Actuation systems
Linear actuators

CALA 36A

Fig.10

CALA 36A (fig.10) is a compact 12/24 V


DC actuator, intended for industrial use.
The motor and drive spindle are connected
in-line through a planetary gear assembly.
This makes the compact design suitable
in applications where space is restricted.
A comprehensive range of suitable SKF
control systems is available.
Benefits:
600 N load capacity
12 or 24 VDC
Compact design
Lubricated for service life
Corrosion-resistant design
High operating reliability
Selection of front attachments
Limit switches as accessories

Performance diagram
Technical data

Unit

Max. dynamic load:


Static load:
Speed:
Supply voltage:
Current consumption:

600N
1000N
2312mm/s
12 or 24VDC
0,5 to 4,4A (12 VDC)
0,25 to 2,2A (24 VDC)
5% at max. dynamic load
IP44
EN 50 0811
0C to+50C
0,9 to 1,4 kg

Duty factor:
Protection class:
Standard:
Temperature range:
Weight:

Type

Force
push

pull

N
CALA 36A

600

600

* Dimension depends on selected front attachment

194

Values given at 20C


v
I
(mm/s) (A)
50
5
40

30

20

10

I (12 V)
v
I (24 V)
0

200

400

600

800

F (N)

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length*
(L)

Voltage

Protection class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

VDC

IP

kg

50200

S+215/226/257

12/24

44

0,91,4

23

12

10

22

22

G6

33

165

10
L=S+215

52

CALA 36A

25
0
30

U
L=S+257

11

6,1

M12

G5

25,9

38

G3

L=S+226

10,1

Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length

20
00
3
0

28

19
00
3
0

T2

T2P

CAXC 33 limit switches

45

26

750

N.B.:
Reduces the effective stroke length by
approx. 20 mm. To be ordered separately.
More information on page 228

Ordering key

C A L A 3 6

Type
Stroke (S):
50 mm
100 mm
150 mm
200 mm
50 mm<S<200 mm
Front attachment:
Male thread, M12
Fork end, =10,1 mm
Hole, =10,0 mm
Motor voltage:
12 VDC
24 VDC
Cable:
Straight 0,25 m, no plug
Straight 1,9 m, jack plug
Straight 1,9 m, no plug

050
100
150
200
--G3
G5
G6
D12
D24
U
T2
T2P

195

4 Actuation systems
Linear actuators

MATRIX

Fig.11

The MATRIX (fig.11) series includes


powerful AC and DC actuators. They run
very quietly, take up little space and can be
installed at virtually every angle in vertical
or horizontal position.
Benefits
Long service life
Silent operation
Full system with control, operating units
and accessories
Synchronization possible
Compact and aesthetic
Back-up nut in standard
Duty cycle 1 min./9 min.

Type

Force
push

pull

N
MAX1.-A
MAX1.-B
MAX1.-C
MAX3.-A
MAX3.-B
MAX3.-C
MAX6.-A
MAX6.-B
MAX6.-C

4000
2000
1500
8000
4000
3000
8000
4000
3000

4000
2000
1500
6000
4000
3000
6000
4000
3000

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length*
(L)

Voltage

Protection
class***

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

IP

kg

50700
50700
50700
50700
50700
50700
50700
50700
50700

S+195*
S+195*
S+195*
S+215**
S+215**
S+215**
S+215**
S+215**
S+215**

24 DC
24 DC
24 DC
24/12 DC
24/12 DC
24/12 DC
120/230 AC
120/230 AC
120/230 AC

66S
66S
66S
66S
66S
66S
66S
66S
66S

4,0
3,7
3,6
4,5
4,2
4,0
4,8
4,5
4,2

7
9
18
7
9
18
8
10
18

5
6
13
5
6
13
6
8
15

* If stroke < 350 mm: L=S+260 mm


** If stroke > 350 mm: L=S+280 mm
*** Protection class is valid for static conditions. For outdoor applications please contact SKF

Type code for accessories


Mains cable

Plug

Country

Order N

Straight cable 3,5 m


Straight cable 3,5 m
Straight cable 3,5 m
Straight cable 3,5 m
Straight cable 3,5 m
Coiled cable 1,2 m /2,2 m
Coiled cable 1,2 m /2,2 m
Straight cable 3,5 m
Straight cable 3,5 m
Strain relief for mains cable
Tool for plugs (Jack/D-Sub/Mains)
Operating device adaptor (D-Sub 9-pole)

Schuko
SEV
UL
Hospital grade
British standard
Schuko
SEV
SEV
Schuko

DE
CH
USA
USA
UK
DE
CH
CH
DE

ZKA-1403063500
ZKA-1403163500
ZKA-1403553500
ZKA-1403603500
ZKA-1403503500
ZKA-1403421500
ZKA-1403781200
ZKA-1404263500
ZKA-1404263500
ZUB952253
140375
140420

196

Comment

Polyurethane cable
Polyurethane cable

MAX1
Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length

107
48

L=195+S

12

169

42,5
28

40

6,3

12

66

Ordering key

66

M A X 1

000

Type
Motor voltage:
24 VDC
24 VDC with integrated current cut-off

0
1

Load:
4000 N
2000 N
1500 N

4
A
B
C

Stroke (S):
50 mm
100 mm
150 mm
200 mm
250 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
700 mm

050 245
100 295
150 345
200 395
250 445
300 495
350 545
400 660
450 710
500 760
550 810
600 860
650 910
700 960

Colour:
Grey

Cable/Connecting plug:
Straight, 2,5 m, DIN8 plug

C5

Orientation of rear attachment:


No fork head (customized option)
Standard (as drawing)
Turned 90

0
1
2

Options 1:
No option, only valid for actuator A
Quick-release +EKZm, push, fork head bore parallel to button (for actuator design C is L=+115 mm)*
Quick-release +EKZm , push, fork head bore parallel to Bowden cable (for actuator design C is L=+115 mm)*
Mechanical anti-pinching protection, pull, no fixing in term. position (for actuator design A is L=+45 mm, B and C is L=+30 mm)
Mechanical anti-pinching protection, push, no fixing in term. position (for actuator design A is L=+45 mm, B and C is L=+30 mm)
Push force, for actuator version B and C
Pull force, for actuator version B and C

0
E
G
I
J
M
N

*Min. stroke: 150 mm up to 300 mm; EKZm: mechanical anti-pinching

Options 2:
No option
Single encoder, 8 pulses (not possible with electrical anti-pinching protection), jack plug
Dual encoder, DIN8 plug
Options 3:
No option
Emergency lowering, fork head bore parallel to clamping lever (for actuator design A, L+30 mm)

0
A
F
V

197

4 Actuation systems
Linear actuators
MAX3
Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length

L=S+215/280

28

42,5
28

12
6,3

12

82

Ordering key

M A X 3

000

Type
Motor voltage:
24 VDC
12 VDC

0
2

Load:
8000 N
4000 N
3000 N

A
B
C

Stroke (S):
50 mm
100 mm
150 mm
200 mm
250 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
700 mm

050 265
100 315
150 365
200 415
250 465
300 515
350 565
400 680
450 730
500 780
550 830
600 880
650 930
700 980

Colour:
Grey

Cable/Connecting plug:
Straight, 2,5 m, DIN8 plug

C5

Orientation of rear attachment:


No fork head (customized option)
Standard (as drawing)
Turned 90

0
1
2

Options 1:
No option, only valid for actuator A
Quick-release +EKZm, push, fork head bore parallel to button (for actuator design C is L=+115 mm)*
Quick-release +EKZm, push, fork head bore parallel to Bowden cable (for actuator design C is L=+115 mm)*
Mechanical anti-pinching protection, pull, no fixing in term. position (for actuator design A is L=+45 mm, B and C is L=+30 mm)
Mechanical anti-pinching protection, push, no fixing in term. position (for actuator design A is L=+45 mm, B and C is L=+30 mm)
Electrical anti-pinching protection (safety switch device), pull
Electrical anti-pinching protection (safety switch device), push
Push force, for actuator version B and C
Pull force, for actuator version B and C

*Min. stroke: 150 mm up to 300 mm; EKZm: mechanical anti-pinching

Options 2:
No option
Single encoder, 8 pulses (not possible with electrical anti-pinching protection), jack plug
Dual encoder, DIN8 plug
Options 3:
No option
Emergency lowering, fork head bore parallel to clamping lever (for actuator design A, L+30 mm)

198

0
E
G
I
J
K
L
M
N

0
A
F
V

MAX6
112
50

L=S+215/280

Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length

11

12

135

85

Ordering key

192,5

12

115,5
70,5

28

42,5
28

40

M A X 6

000

Type
Motor voltage:
230 VAC/50 Hz, integrated pneumatic control
120 VAC/60 Hz, integrated pneumatic control
230 VAC/50 Hz, integrated low voltage control with additional 24 V output
120 VAC/60 Hz, control +1 channel with additional 24 V output
230 VAC/50 Hz, integrated low voltage
120 VAC/60 Hz, control
Load:
8000 N
4000 N
3000 N
Stroke (S):
50 mm
100 mm
150 mm
200 mm
250 mm
300 mm
350 mm
400 mm
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
650 mm
700 mm

0
1
2
3
4
5

A
B
C
050 265
100 315
150 365
200 415
250 465
300 515
350 565
400 680
450 730
500 780
550 830
600 880
650 930
700 980

Colour:
Grey

Cable/Connecting plug:
No cable

Orientation of rear attachment:


Standard (as drawing)

Options 1:
No option, only valid for actuator A
Quick-release +EKZm, push, fork head bore parallel to button (for actuator design C is L=+115 mm)*
Quick-release +EKZm, push, fork head bore 90 to button (for actuator design C is L=+115 mm)*
Quick-release +EKZm, push, fork head bore parallel to Bowden cable (for actuator design C is L=+115 mm)*
Quick-release +EKZm, push, fork head bore 90 to Bowden cable (for actuator design C is L=+115 mm)*
Mechanical anti-pinching protection, pull, no fixing in term. position (for actuator design A is L=+45 mm, B and C is L=+30 mm)
Mechanical anti-pinching protection, push, no fixing in term. position (for actuator design A is L=+45 mm, B and C is L=+30 mm)
Electrical anti-pinching protection (safety switch device), pull
Electrical anti-pinching protection (safety switch device), push
Push force, for actuator version B and C
Pull force, for actuator version B and C

0
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N

*Min. stroke: 150 mm up to 300 mm; EKZm: mechanical anti-pinching

Options 2:
No option
Options 3:
No option
Emergency lowering, fork head bore parallel to clamping lever (for actuator design A, L+30 mm)

0
V

199

4 Actuation systems
Linear actuators
CARE 33
Efficient design allows the CARE 33
(fig.12) actuators a high dynamic load
capacity, silent operation and low current
consumption. The gearbox is allowed to
float so that the load path passes directly
through a support bearing located in
the rear attachment. This design offers
long operational life and minimizes the
transmitted noise level. The CARE 33
actuator system offers a wide range of extra
features such as power saving, overload
protection, transformer cut-off, infrared
remote control and CAXC limit switches.

Since the motor is capable of generating


greater torque than required to produce the
rated thrust, our selected control units are
configured to ensure proper function.

Fig.12

Benefits
Silent operation
Multiple speed/load variants
Easy to adjust limit switches
Different attachment options

L=S+193
64
50

M12

38

13

* Dimension depends on
selected front attachment

54
L=S+ (150/162/193)*

59

Rear
attachement
orientation view

22

33

12
26
33

13

20

22

8,2

33

Legend:
S = stroke
L = retracted length

E12,7

Technical data

CARE 33A

CARE 33M

CARE 33H

Max. dynamic load:


Max. static load:
Stroke length:
Speed:
Mains supply voltage:
Max. power consumption:
Duty factor:
Cable:
Connection plug:

2 000 N
6 000 N
50300 mm
812 mm/s
12 VDC or 24 VDC
12 VDC/8 A, 24VDC/3,5 A
20 % at 2 000 N
Coiled or straight, 2,0 m
DIN 8-pole
Jack plug
6 lead cable for encoder
2 lead cable
Hall-effect element
IP44 or IP65
Polyamide PA6
EN 55 014, EN 55 011

1 400 N
3 000 N
50500 mm
1622 mm/s
12 VDC or 24 VDC
12 VDC/8 A, 24 VDC/3,5 A
20 % at 1 400 N
Coiled or straight, 2,0 m
DIN 8-pole
Jack plug
6 lead cable for encoder
2 lead cable
Hall-effect element
IP44 or IP65
Polyamide PA6
EN 55 014, EN 55 011

800 N
3 000 N
50500 mm
3245 mm/s
12 VDC or 24 VDC
12 VDC/8 A, 24 VDC/3,5 A
20 % at 800 N
Coiled or straight, 2,0 m
DIN 8-pole
Jack plug
6 lead cable for encoder
2 lead cable
Hall-effect element
IP44 or IP65
Polyamide PA6
EN 55 014, EN 55 011

No connector:
Encoder:
Protection class:
Housing material:
Manufactured acc. to:

Type

Force
push

pull

N
CARE 33H
CARE 33M
CARE 33A

800
1400
2000

800
1400
2000

* Dimension depends on selected front attachment

200

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length*
(L)

Voltage

Protection
class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

VDC

IP

kg

50500
50500
50300

S+150/162/193
S+150/162/193
S+150/162/193

1224
1224
1224

44/65
44/65
44/65

1,52,4
1,52,4
1,52,0

45
22
12

32
16
8

L=S+162

26

140

25

11

L=S+150

Ordering key

C A R E 3 3

Type
Load:
2 000 N
1400 N
800 N
Stroke (S):
50 mm
100 mm
150 mm
200 mm
300 mm
400 mm (not possible for CARE 33A)
500 mm (not possible for CARE 33A)
Front attachment:
Hole, =12,0 mm
Hole, =12,7 mm
Hole 10 mm, slot 6,1 mm (retracted length, L=S+162 mm)
Male thread M12 (retracted length, L=S+193 mm)
Rear attachment:
Hole, =12,0 mm
Hole, =12,7 mm
Hole, =8,0 mm
Hole, =10,0 mm
Protection class:
IP65
IP44
Feedback:
No option
Dual encoder
Cable/Connection plug:
Straight, 2,0 m, no connector
Coiled, 2,0 m, jack plug
Straight, 2,0 m, DIN 8 plug (for 2-channel encoder)
Straight, 2,0 m, jack plug
Orientation of rear attachment:
0
15 clockwise
30 clockwise
45 clockwise
60 clockwise
75 clockwise
90 clockwise
105 clockwise
120 clockwise
130 clockwise
150 clockwise
165 clockwise
Motor voltage:
24 VDC
12 VDC
Self locking feature (mandatory when selecting load/speed version H or M):
No self locking required
Self locking for pull force
Self locking for push force

A
M
H
050
100
150
200
300
400
500

1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
0
1
1
2
3
5
000
015
030
045
060
075
090
105
120
130
150
165
24
12
0
1
2

201

4 Actuation systems
Linear actuators
IMD3 series (fig.13)

Fig.13

Features / Benefits
Ambient temperature 15C to +65C
Lubrication for longer lifetime
Extension tube (aluminium)
Protection tube (aluminium)
Zinc alloy housing
Powder metal gears
Integrated limit switches
Duty cycle 25%
Protection class IP65
ACME screw drive
Self-locking
Options
Potentiometer (10 KW/10 turns)
Thermal protector in motor

Performance diagram: (load versions; 05, 10, 20 30 and 40 - see ordering key on next page)
Speed vs Load (force)

Current vs Load (force)

Speed (mm/s)
60

12 VDC
Current (A) 12/24 VDC
5,0

12/24 VDC

50
40

4,0

05
10

20

20

10

30

40

30

40 1,8

2,0

1,2

1,0

0,6
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
Load (N)

Force**
push
pull

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length*
(L)

Voltage

Protection
class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

VDC

IP

kg

50300
50300
50300
50300
50300

*
*
*
*
*

1224
1224
1224
1224
1224

65
65
65
65
65

1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5

120
240
500
750
1000

120
240
500
750
1000

57
30
16
10
8

45
24
13
8
6

* See table on below


** Max. static load is 2500 N

Dimensions in mm*
Stroke

50

100

150

200

250

300

Retracted length (L1)

158

209

260

311

362

413

Retracted length (L2)

192

243

294

345

396

447

* Tolerance: S, L1 and L2: 2,0 mm

202

20

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
Load (N)

IMD3 05
IMD3 10
IMD3 20
IMD3 30
IMD3 40

2,4

10

3,0

30

Type

05

24 VDC

IMD3 series

L1*
42

8 11

18

38,5

20

24

18

/8,0

20,5
38,5

6,4

0
8,
4/
6,

82

20

L2*

Yellow

42

10K

CW

18

18

White

11

Purple

20

0K

Purple

98

24

White

Extend

38,5

Retract

12,5

Without potentiometer

38,5

6,4

/8,0

20,5

0
8,
4/
6,

82

20

Yellow
12,5

With potentiometer
132

Potentiometer resolution
Stroke

50

100

150

200

250

300

Ohm/mm

94,4

94,4

47,2

47,2

15,72

15,72

Ordering key

I M D 3 -

- A -

- 6 5 -

06

Type
Voltage:
12 VDC
24 VDC
Load:
120 N
240 N
500 N
750 N
1000 N
Stroke:
50 mm
100 mm
150 mm
200 mm
250 mm
300 mm
Option 1:
Potentiometer (10 kW)
None
Thermal protector
Potentiometer + Thermal protector
Protection class:
IP65
Attachments:
Hole =6,4 mm
Cable length:
600 mm

12
24
05
10
20
30
40
050
100
150
200
250
300
P
0
T
Z
65
1
06

203

4 Actuation systems
Linear actuators
ID8A series (fig.14)

Fig.14

Features / Benefits
Ambient temperature 26C to +65C
ACME screw drive
Extension tube (steel), powder coated
Protection tube (steel), powder coated
Powder coated aluminium alloy housing
Powder metal gears
Enhanced corrosion resistance
Mechanical overload protection (clutch)
Lubricated for service life
Robust, designed for tough environment
Static load capacity 4500 N

Self-locking
Duty cycle 25%
Certified (CE 55011)
Options
Thermo protection
Potentiometer (10 KW/10 turns)

Performance diagram: (load versions; 10 and 20 - see ordering key on next page)
Speed vs Load (force)

Current vs Load (force)

Speed (mm/s)
50

12 VDC
Current (A) 12/24 VDC
20

40

10

30

16
20

10

12

20

24 VDC

20

10
0

Type

500

Force
push
N

ID8A 10
ID8A 20

1500
2500

1000 1500 2000 2500


Load (N)

pull

1500
2500

4
2

500

1000 1500 2000 2500


Load (N)

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length*
(L)

Voltage

Protection
class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

VDC

IP

kg

102610
102610

*
*

1224
1224

65
65

6
6

38
20

25
13

With limit switch*

Without limit switch**

Stroke (mm)

102

153

204

305

457

610

102

153

204

305

457

610

L1 (Retracted length in mm)*

338

389

440

592

744

897

262

313

364

465

668

821

L2 (Retracted length in mm)*

376

427

478

630

782

935

300

351

402

503

706

859

* Tolerance; S, L1 and L2: 5,0 mm (If S > 300 mm, S 7,5 mm)
** Tolerance; L1 and L2 = 3,8 mm, S = 2,5 mm

Potentiometer
Stroke

102

153

204

305

457

610

Ohm/mm

59

59

29,5

29,5

9,84

9,84

204

ID8A series

L1
76

24,5

18 (43)* 11,5

67,6

14 15,5

C0

150,5

C1

28,6

26

50,8

38

Different rear clevis mounting: C0-C5

13

13
63,5

C2
C3

55,5

With L/S switch direction:


RED (+) & BLACK (-) = extension

106

RED (-) & BLACK (+) = retraction

163,5

Limit switch*
C4

L2
76
Extend

28,6

10K

13

13
63,5

CW

26

Black
(Brown)

18 (43)* 11,5

14 15,5

38
0K

Red
(Green)

150,5

Pot:
White
Limite+Pot:
(White)

107,5

50,8

C5

Retract

24,5

White
(White)
Red
(Green)

W/O L/S switch direction:


RED (+) & BLACK (-) = retraction

95

RED (-) & BLACK (+) = extension

106

Black
(Brown)

Ordering key

I D 8

A -

- 6 5 -

13

Type
Voltage:
12 VDC
24 VDC
Load (N):
1500
2500
Stroke:
102 mm
153 mm
204 mm
305 mm
457 mm
610 mm
Option 1:
Limit switches (only for load version 20)
Option 2:
Potentiometer
Protection class:
IP65
Option 4:
Thermo protection
Orientation rear attachment:
0
30
60
90
120
150
Cable length:
130 mm

12
24
10
20
100
150
200
300
450
600
L
P
65
T
C0
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
13

205

4 Actuation systems
Linear actuators
ID8B series (fig.15)

Fig.15

Overload protection (clutch)


Lubrication for service life
Robust, designed for tough
environment
Static load capacity 13600 N
No back driving
Duty cycle 25%
Certified (CE 55011)

Features / Benefits
Ambient temperature 26C
to +65C
High efficiency ball screw
High efficiency ball screw drive
Extension tube (stainless steel)
Protection tube (steel), powder
coated
Powder coated aluminium alloy
housing
Powder metal gears
Enhanced corrosion resistance

Option
Thermo protection
Potentiometer (10 KW/10 turns)

Performance diagram: (load versions; 05, 10 and 20 - see ordering key on next page)
Speed vs Load (force)

Current vs Load (force)

Speed (mm/s)
75

12 VDC
Current (A) 12/24 VDC
20

60

24 VDC
05

16

45

10

15

20

8
20

12

05

30

10
10

0
0

Type

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000


Load (N)

Force
push

pull

N
ID8B 05
ID8B 10
ID8B 20

2300
3500
4500

2300
3500
4500

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000


Load (N)

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length*
(L)

Voltage

Protection
class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

VDC

IP

kg

102610
102610
102610

*
*
*

12/24
12/24
12/24

65
65
65

6
6
6

65
36
22

45
22
13

With limit switch*

Without limit switch**

Stroke (mm)

102

153

204

305

457

610

102

153

204

305

457

610

L1 (Retracted length in mm)*

378

429

480

659

811

964

302

353

404

506

735

888

L2 (Retracted length in mm)*

416

467

518

697

849

1002

340

391

442

544

773

926

* Tolerance; S, L1 and L2: 5,0 mm (If S > 300 mm, S 7,5 mm)
** Tolerance; L1 and L2 = 3,8 mm, S = 2,5 mm

Potentiometer
Stroke

102

153

204

305

457

610

Ohm/mm

59

59

29,5

29,5

9,84

9,84

206

ID8B series

L1
24,5

76

Different rear clevis mounting: C0-C5

18 (43)* 11,5

67,6

150,5

C1

13

75

C2
C3

With L/S switch direction:


55,5

C4

Red
(Green)

107,5

18 (43)* 11,5

28,6

50,8

14 15,5

13

13

63,5

10K

24,5
38

CW

White
(White)

76

26

0K

Black
(Brown)

RED (-) & BLACK (+) = retraction


L2

Extend

Red
(Green)

RED (+) & BLACK (-) = extension

106
196,5

Limit switch*

150,5

Pot:
White
Limite+Pot:
(White)

C5

Retract

28,6

13
63,5

C0

50,8

38
26

14 15,5

Black
(Brown)

95

W/O L/S switch direction:

106

RED (+) & BLACK (-) = retraction


RED (-) & BLACK (+) = extension

Ordering key

I D 8

B -

- 6 5 -

13

Type
Voltage:
12 VDC
24 VDC
Load (N):
2300
3500
4500
Stroke:
102 mm
153 mm
204 mm
305 mm
457 mm
610 mm
Option 1:
Limit switches (only for load version 20)
Option 2:
Potentiometer
Protection class:
IP65
Option 4:
Thermo protection
Orientation rear attachment:
0
30
60
90
120
150
Cable length:
130 mm

12
24
05
10
20
100
150
200
300
450
600
L
P
65
T
C0
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
13

207

4 Actuation systems
Linear actuators
IA4A series (fig.16)

Fig.16

Features / Benefits
Ambient temperature 26C
to +65C
Thermo protector
ACME screw drive
Extension tube (stainless steel)
Protection tube (steel), powder
coated
Powder coated aluminium alloy
housing
Powder metal gears
Enhanced corrosion resistance

Mechanical overload protection (clutch)


Lubricated for service life
Robust, designed for tough
environment
Static load capacity 4500 N
Self-locking
Duty cycle 25%

Option
Potentiometer (10 KW/10 turns)

Performance diagram: (load versions; 10 and 20 - see ordering key on next page)
Speed vs Load (force)

Current vs Load (force)

Speed (mm/s)
50

115 VAC
Current (A) 115/230 VAC
3,0

40

2,4

30

20

10
0
0

Type

500

Force
push
N

IA4A 10
IA4A 20

1500
2300

1500
2300

10

20

1,2
0,9

1,2

0,6

0,6

0,3

1000 1500 2000 2500


Load (N)

pull

1,5

1,8

10

20

230 VAC

500

1000 1500 2000 2500


Load (N)

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length*
(L)

Voltage

Protection
class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

VDC

IP

kg

102610
102610

*
*

115/230
115/230

65
65

8,5
8,5

29
16

25
14

With limit switch*

Without limit switch**

Stroke (mm)

102

153

204

305

457

610

102

153

204

305

457

610

L1 (Retracted length in mm)*

440

440

440

592

744

897

380

415

415

465

668

821

L2 (Retracted length in mm)*

478

478

478

630

782

935

418

453

453

503

706

859

* Tolerance; S, L1 and L2: 5,0 mm (If S > 300 mm, S 7,5 mm)
** Tolerance; L1 and L2 = 3,8 mm, S = 2,5 mm

Potentiometer
Stroke

102

153

204

305

457

610

Ohm/mm

59

59

29,5

29,5

9,84

9,84

208

IA4A series

L1
24,5

30 (55)* 11,5

70

14 15,5

C0

28,6

26

50,8

38

Different rear clevis mounting: C0-C5

13

C1

13

75

87

C2
C3

35

55,5

Red

C4

304

Limit switch*

Black

Motor

White

Green

C5

Retract

Extension
Retraction 110/230 VAC
60/50 Hz

Ground

L2

76

Extend

30 (55)* 11,5

107,5

10K

28,6

CW

White
(White)

50,8

Black
(Brown)

26

0K

Red
(Green)

156

Pot:
White
Limite+Pot:
(White)

38

14 15,5

13

13

87

Red
(Green)

93

Black
(Brown)

9
309

Red

Motor
Actuator with potentiometer

Green

Black

Extension
Retraction 110/230 VAC
60/50 Hz

White

Ground

Ordering key

I A 4

A -

06

Type
Voltage:
115 VAC
230 VAC
Load:
1500 N
2300 N
Stroke:
102 mm
153 mm
204 mm
305 mm
457 mm
610 mm
Option 1:
Limit switches (only for load version 20)
Option 2:
Potentiometer
Option 3:
Thermo protection
Orientation rear attachment:
0
30
60
90
120
150
Cable length:
600 mm

110
230
10
20
100
150
200
300
450
600
L
P
T
C0
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
06

209

4 Actuation systems
Linear actuators
IA4B series (fig.17)

Fig.17

Overload protection (clutch)


Lubricated for service life
Robust, designed for tough
environment
Static load capacity 13600 N
No back driving
Duty cycle 25%

Features / Benefits
Ambient temperature 26C
to +65C
High efficiency ball screw
Thermal protector
Extension tube (stainless steel)
Protection tube (steel), powder
coated
Powder coated aluminium alloy
housing
Powder metal gears
Enhanced corrosion resistance

Option
Potentiometer (10 KW/10 turns)

Performance diagram: (load versions - see ordering key on next page)


Speed vs Load (force)

Current vs Load (force)

Speed (mm/s)
75

115 VAC
Current (A) 115/230 VAC
3,0
05
2,4

60
05

45
30

10

15

20

0
0

Type

pull

N
IA4B 05
IA4B 10
IA4B 20

2300
4500
6000

2300
4500
6000

1,5
10

20

1,2

1,8

0,9

1,2

0,6

0,6

0,3

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000


Load (N)

Force
push

230 VAC

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000


Load (N)

Max. speed
no load
full load

Stroke
(S)

Retr. Length*
(L)

Voltage

Protection
class

Weight

mm/s

mm

mm

VDC

IP

kg

102610
102610
102610

*
*
*

115/230
115/230
115/230

65
65
65

6,0
6,0
6,0

57
29
22

46
25
13

With limit switch*

Without limit switch**

Stroke (mm)

102

153

204

305

457

610

102

153

204

305

457

610

L1 (Re tracted length in mm)*

429

429

480

659

811

964

380

404

404

506

735

888

L2 (Retracted length in mm)*

467

467

518

697

849

1002

418

442

442

544

773

926

* Tolerance; S, L1 and L2: 5,0 mm (If S > 300 mm, S 7,5 mm)
** Tolerance; L1 and L2 = 3,8 mm, S = 2,5 mm

Potentiometer
Stroke

102

153

204

305

457

610

Ohm/mm

59

59

29,5

29,5

9,84

9,84

210

IA4B series

L1
24,5

30 (55)* 11,5

70

14 15,5

26

50,8

38

Different rear clevis mounting: C0-C5

13

13

87

C1

C2

75
C3

35

55,5

Red

Limit switch*

Motor

304

C4

Green

L2
76

C5

Retraction 110/230 VAC


60/50 Hz

White

Ground

30 (55)* 11,5

107,5
14 15,5

38

Extend

0K

Red
(Green)

Black
(Brown)

CW

10K

13

13

87

Pot:
White
Limite+Pot:
(White)

156

26

50,8

Retract

Extension

Black

28,6

C0

White
(White)
Red
(Green)
93

Red

309

Black
(Brown)

Ordering key

B -

Extension
Retraction 110/230 VAC
60/50 Hz

White

Green

Actuator with potentiometer

I A 4

Black

Motor

Ground

06

Type
Voltage:
115 VAC
230 VAC
Load:
2300 N
4500 N
6000 N
Stroke:
102 mm
153 mm
204 mm
305 mm
457 mm
610 mm
Option 1:
Limit switches (only for load version 20)
Option 2:
Potentiometer
Orientation rear attachment:
0
30
60
90
120
150
Cable length:
600 mm

110
230
05
10
20
100
150
200
300
450
600
L
P
C0
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
06

211

4 Actuation systems
Control units

Control units

Fig.18

A large number of control units (fig.18) are


available to operate the linear drives and
telescopic pillars. They allow the connection
of up to 5 actuators or several external
options. There is also a version to operate
battery powered DC actuators.
Benefits:
Application focused system control
Operation of up to 5 actuators
Connections for foot, hand or desk
switches
Basic functions or encoder processing
versions

Control units

Type

Control

Max. motor connections

Imput

Output

V/A

BCU

4/5/8/9

Basic functions

230/120 AC

24/7

SCU

SCU1

Synchronous

22-40 DC

24/23 or 30

212

SCU5

Synchronous

120 AC

24/18

SCU9

Synchronous

230 AC

24/18

BCU

161

17

147,5
125

72

191

170

Type

Control

Max. motor connections

Input

Output

V/A

BCU 53

Basic functions

120

24/7

BCU 83

Basic functions

230

24/7

Ordering key

3 -

B C U

0 0 - 0 0

0 0

Type
Voltage:
120 VAC 50/60 Hz (Class I)
230 VAC 50 Hz (Class II)
Number of channels:
3 channels
Mains power supply cable:
Class II, straight, 3,5 m, 2-pole plug, EU (for voltage type 8)
Class II, straight, 3,5 m, 2-pole plug, UK (for voltage type 8)
Class I, straight, 3,5 m, 3-pole plug, Hospital grade (for voltage type 5)
Class I, straight, 3,5 m, 3-pole plug, UL (for voltage type 5)
Colour/Design:
Grey
Option 1:
DIN 8 motor plug and HD15 operating device plug

5
8
3
2J
2H
2N
2L
3
1

213

4 Actuation systems
Control units
Ordering key

B C P

0 0 0 -

Type
BCU parameterization
Functionality:
All channels individual
Channel 2+1
All channels simultaneously
Trendelenburg
Motors:
A
CALA36A, ECO30, ECO50
C
CARE33A, TLT10, TXG10 (EXG)
E
TFG, ECO70, ECO90, CAT33, CAT32B
M
MAX, TLG, THG
R
R20, R21, R22, MD22, MD23
Soft start/stop:
Hard, start 0 ms, stop 0 ms
Medium, start 400 ms, stop 200 ms
Soft, start 1 000 ms, stop 500 ms
Options:
None

214

11
21
30
T1
3,7 A
4,7 A
5,7 A
6,7 A
8,5 A

Actuator 1
Actuator 2
Actuator 3

0
3
6
0

0 0

Notes

215

4 Actuation systems
Control units
Connection diagram for optional external
limit switches
Single fault safe wiring requires diodes in
series to the switches. NC contacts have to
be used to stop a movement; NO contacts
are used to start movements. Switch
connection data: 50 VDC min., 100 mA min.
(eff. switching current approx. 10 mA)

13,5

Option
Battery

50,5

150

87

SCU

38

Up to 6 connections
with DIN8 plugs

5,2

340

360

410

Operating voltage display (LED)

View without protection cover

75

365

75

Fig.19

SCU (fig.19)

Legend:
1) Two connections for HD15
operating devices
2) HD15 limit switch connection
3) Additional space for mounting
4) Data plate software
5) Main connection
6) Communication interface
(optional)
7) D-Sub9 battery connection
(optional)

Pinning of HD15 limit switch


Function

Pin

Wire colour
(ZKA-160627-2500)

Switch 1
Switch 2
Switch 3
Switch 4
Common (24 VDC pulsed)

2
4
6
8
1, 3,
5, 7
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

brown/green
red/blue
violet
red
white/yellow, white/green,
grey/pink, black
blue
pink
grey
yellow
green
brown
white

Optional external power supply for binary outputs


Binary output 1 (22-40 VDC/1 A)
Binary output 2 (22-40 VDC/1 A)
GND for binary outputs
20-40 VDC, max. 50 mA
5 VDC pulsed
GND

Type

Control

Pin 2

S1

Pin 1

2,9

10

S2

Pin 3
Pin 4

11

D=20

15

S3

Pin 5
Pin 6

S4

Pin 7
Pin 8

Max. motor connections

Input

Output

V/A

SCU1

Synchronous

22/40 DC

24/23 or 30

SCU5

Synchronous

120 AC

24/18

SCU9

Synchronous

230 AC

24/18

Accessories

Plug

Order number

Mains cable, 3 pole


Mains cable, 3 pole
Mains cable, 3 pole
Mains cable, 3 pole
Mains cable, 3 pole

Schuko
SEV
UL
UK
UL hospital grade

ZKA-160637-3500
ZKA-160638-3500
ZKA-160639-3500
ZKA-160609-3050
ZKA-160640-3500

216

Ordering key

- 0

S C U

0 - 0

Type
SCU control unit
Voltage:
24 VDC (only for 6 channel version)
120 VAC, 60 Hz, class I
230 VAC, 50 Hz, class I

1
5
9

Number of channels:
3 channels
6 channels

3
6

Colour/Design:
Grey

Battery:
None (only for SCU16)
Prepared for adoption of battery
Battery (2,7 Ah) connected on the underside of the unit

1
2
3

Transformer:
None (only for SCU16)
Standard (AC version)

0
3

Ordering key

S C P

Type
SCU parameterization
Functionality:
All channels individually
Channel 2+1(+1+1+1)
Six (6) channel version 2+2+1+1
Three (3) channel version, all channels synchronously
Six (6) channel version 3+1+1+1
Six (6) channel version 4+1+1
Six (6) channel version, all channels synchronously
Trendelenburg T+1 (+1+1)

11
21
22
30
31
41
60
T1

Actuators:

C
TLT 10
4,7 A
E
TFG10
5,7 A
M
MAX, TLG, THG
6,7 A
R
R20, R21, R22
8,5 A
U
R23, R24, R25
11,7 A

Actuator 1
Actuator 2
Actuator 3
Actuator 4*
Actuator 5*
Actuator 6*

*for SCU3: insert zero

Softstart:
Hard, start 0 pulses, stop 0 pulses
Medium, start 12 pulses, stop 6 pulses
Soft, start 24 pulses, stop 12 pulses
Options:
None

0
3
6
0

The SCU solution offers many more possibilities than those given in the type keys. Please feel free to ask for more functions
like virtual limit switches, external limit switches and so on.

217

4 Actuation systems
Hand switches

Hand switches

Fig.20

The hand switches (fig.20) serve for


operating one or several actuators. With
the pushbuttons field on the front panel,
the movements of the actuators can be
controlled easily and precisely. The hand
switches are available with different plug
options. There is also an infrared version for
more flexibility in remote operating.
Benefits:
Easy and precise
Flexible and remote operation
Ergonomic design
Different plug options

Hand switches

EHA

218

Type

EHA 3

Operating power

Max. operating channels

Prot. class

VDC/mA

IP

12/50

67

Colour

grey

EHA 3
29

Type
57

40

30

Max. operating motors

Prot. class

VDC/mA

IP

12/50

67

Colour

grey

154

40

EHA 3

Operating power

32

Item

Order number

Hook with sticker

145361-0001

38 42
15 42

4
Ordering key

E H A 3

N - 0 0 0

3 M

Type
Number of channels:
1 channel
2 channels
3 channels
5 channels
1 channel with 3 memory positions (only for SCU)
2 channels with 3 memory positions (only for SCU)
3 channels with 3 memory positions (only for SCU)
Hook:
Mounted with hook
Hook supplied separately
Colour:
Grey
Plug/Cable:
Coiled cable 1,3 m/2,3 m, High Density D-Sub 15p
Symbols:
None
1 channel: 2nd row from top
Arrow up/down

Head

Foot

Level

Anti-Trendelenburg
2 channels: 1st row from top
Arrow up/down

Head/foot

Head/level

Level/head

Level/Anti-Trendelenburg
3 channels: 1st-3rd row from top Arrow up/down

Head/foot/level

Level/head/foot

Level/Anti-Trendelenburg/Head
4 channels: 1st-4th row from top Arrow up/down

Level/Anti-Trendelenburg/Head/Foot
5 channels: 1st-5th row from top Arrow up/down
Customer logo:
No
Customer-specific adaptions:
None

1
2
3
5
A
B
C
1
2
3
M
00
10
11
12
13
14
20
21
22
23
29
30
31
32
39
40
47
50
N
000

219

4 Actuation systems
Foot switches

Foot switches

Fig.21

Electrical foot switches (fig.21) serve


to operate DC actuators. The large-size
buttons enable easy and precise control
of the actuators. Depending on the plug,
the foot switches can be used on different
control units.
Benefits
Easy and precise
Flexible and remote operation
Ergonomic design
Different plug options

Foot switches

ST

220

Type

ST

Operating power

Max. operating motors

Prot. class

VDC/mA

IP

12/50

X5

Colour

blue/anthracite

ST

Type

325

Operating power

Max. operating
motors

Prot. class

VDC/mA

IP

12/50

X5

216

45
105

ST

Colour

blue/anthracite

224
192

35
40

R 100

6,7

82
105

Ordering key

S T

J 0

00
4

Type
Product group:
Standard, single-fault-safe, HD15 plug

Voltage:
Not used

Number of channels:
One (1) channel
Two (2) channels
Three (3) channels

1
2
3

Cable/Connecting plug:
Coiled cable, 2,5 m with D-sub plug
Coiled cable, 2,5 m with FCC plug
Coiled cable, 2,5 m with HD15 plug
Straight cable, 2,5 m with D-sub plug
Straight cable, 2,5 m with FCC plug
Straight cable, 2,5 m with HD15 plug

LU
LV
LW
OU
OV
OW

Colour:
Charcoal

Options:
None

000

Symbols:
Arrow up/down (on each pair of buttons), 1-3 channels
Arrow up/down, M/1, 2/3 (3 memory buttons), 3 channels

X1
37

Accessories
Item
Rubber feet (100 pcs.)
Threaded expansion inserts
Symbol sticker
Symbol sticker
Symbol sticker

Symbol

Order number

Item

Symbol

Order number

arrow up
arrow down
level up

ZBE-135310
ZBE-521122
135309-0001
135309-0002
135309-0007

Symbol sticker
Symbol sticker
Symbol sticker
Symbol sticker
Symbol sticker

level down
head up
head down
foot up
foot down

135309-0008
135309-0009
135309-0010
135309-0011
135309-0012

221

4 Actuation systems
Desk switches

Desk switches

Fig.22

The desk switches (fig.22) serve for


adjusting actuators in desks, chairs, couches
and other adjustable furniture. They
operate up to 3 actuator functions, also
with memory positions, and can easily be
fitted to furniture without compromising the
design.
Benefits:
Easy and precise
Stylish design
Different functions

Desk switches

ST

222

Type

ST

Operating power

Max. operating motors

Prot. class

VDC/mA

IP

12/50

X0

Colour

black

STA straight

STA 90
54

3,5

20

12

54
11,5

62

20

62

18

ST

64,5
107,5

96

96

20

20

3,5

104

149,5

138

138

20

Type

ST

Operating power

Max. operating motors

Prot. class

VDC/mA

IP

12/50

X0

Ordering key

20

146

Colour

black

S T

E 0

00

Type
Product group:
Standard, single-fault-safe, HD15 plug
Voltage:
Not used
Number of channels:
One (1) channel
Two (2) channels
Three (3) channels
Cable/Connecting plug:
Straight cable, 2,5 m with D-sub plug
Straight cable, 1,5 m with FCC plug
Straight cable, 2,5 m with HD15 plug
Colour:
Black
Options:
No option
Mounted on or underneath desktop, at a 90 angle
Symbols:
Up/down arrow on each pair of keys (1-3 channels)
Up/down arrow, 3 memory functions M/1, M/2, M/3 (3 channels)

E
0
1
2
3
OU
WV
OW
6
000
MAU
X1
37

223

4 Actuation systems
Spare parts

Spare parts
CAR 22 Type codes for accessories and spare parts
Item code

Type code

Limit switch for stroke = 700 mm

CAXB 40700

12 VDC-motor (flat motor)

D12B

24 VDC-motor (flat motor)

D24B

Limit switch for stroke = 50 mm

CAXB 2250

Limit switch for stroke = 100 mm

CAXB 22100

Limit switch for stroke = 150 mm

CAXB 22150

Limit switch for stroke = 200 mm

CAXB 22200

Limit switch for stroke = 300 mm

CAXB 22300

Proximity switch for CAXB

CAXB Proximity Switch

Front mounting attachments type rod-end

57522

Front mounting attachments type clevis

57622

Rear mounting attachments type single ear bracket

58022

Rear mounting attachments type ball-joint bracket

58122

CAR 32 Type codes for accessories and spare parts


Item code

Type code

12 VDC-motor (flat motor)

D12C

24 VDC-motor (flat motor)

D24C

24 VDC-motor (flat motor with brake)

D24CB

24 VDC-motor (flat motor with extended shaft)

D24CS

24 VDC-motor (flat motor with low speed)

D24CW

120 VAC-motor (cylindrical motor)

E110C

120 VAC-motor (cylindrical motor with brake)

E110CB

230 VAC-motor (cylindrical motor)

E220C

230 VAC-motor (cylindrical motor with brake)

E220CB

Capacitor value 25 F (120 VAC)

Capacitor 25 F

Capacitor value 6 F (230 VAC)

Capacitor 6 F

Limit switch for stroke = 50 mm

CAXB 3250

Limit switch for stroke = 100 mm

CAXB 32100

Limit switch for stroke = 200 mm

CAXB 32200

Limit switch for stroke = 300 mm

CAXB 32300

Limit switch for stroke = 500 mm

CAXB 32500

Limit switch for stroke = 700 mm

CAXB 32700

Proximity switch for CAXB

CAXB Proximity Switch

Front mounting attachments type rod-end

57532

Front mounting attachments type clevis

57632

Rear mounting attachments type single ear bracket

58032

Rear mounting attachments type Universal joint

58232

224

CAR 40 Type codes for accessories and spare parts


Item code

Type code

Limit switch for stroke = 100 mm

CAXB 40100

Limit switch for stroke = 300 mm

CAXB 40300

Limit switch for stroke = 500 mm

CAXB 40500

Limit switch for stroke = 700 mm

CAXB 40700

Proximity switch for CAXB

CAXB Proximity Switch

Front mounting attachments type rod-end

57540

Front mounting attachments type clevis

57640

Rear mounting attachments type single ear bracket

58040

Rear mounting attachments type ball-joint bracket

58140

24 VDC-motor (flat motor)

D24D

24 VDC-motor (flat motor with extended shaft)

D24DS

24 VDC-motor (flat motor with brake)

D24DB

120 VAC-motor (cylindrical motor)

E110D

120 VAC-motor (cylindrical motor with brake)

E110DB

230 VAC-motor (cylindrical motor)

E220D

230 VAC-motor (cylindrical motor with brake)

E220DB

Capacitor value 12 F (230 VAC-motor)

Capacitor 12 F

CAT 33 Type codes for accessories and spare parts


Item code

Type code

12 VDC-motor (cylindrical motor)

C12C

12 VDC-motor (flat motor)

D12C

24 VDC-motor (cylindrical motor)

C24C

24 VDC-motor (cylindrical with low speed)

C24CW

24 VDC-motor (flat motor)

D24C

24 VDC-motor (flat motor with brake)

D24CB

24 VDC-motor (flat motor with extended shaft)

D24CS

24 VDC-motor (flat motor with low speed)

D24CW

120 VAC-motor (cylindrical motor)

E110C

120 VAC-motor (cylindrical motor with brake)

E110CB

230 VAC-motor (cylindrical motor)

E220C

230 VAC-motor (cylindrical motor with brake)

E220CB

400 VAC-motor (cylindrical motor)

E380C

Capacitor value 25 F (120 VAC)

Capacitor 25 F

Capacitor value 6 F (230 VAC)

Capacitor 6 F

Limit switch for any stroke

CAXC33

Front mounting attachments type rod-end

57532

Front mounting attachments type clevis

57632

Rear mounting attachments type single ear bracket

58032

Rear mounting attachments type Universal joint

58232

225

4 Actuation systems
Spare parts
CAT 33H Type codes for accessories and spare parts
Item code

Type code

Rear mounting attachments type Universal joint


12 VDC-motor (cylindrical motor)
12 VDC-motor (flat motor)
24 VDC-motor (cylindrical motor)
24 VDC-motor (cylindrical with low speed)
24 VDC-motor (flat motor)
24 VDC-motor (flat motor with brake)
24 VDC-motor (flat motor with extended shaft)
24 VDC-motor (flat motor with low speed)
110 VAC-motor (cylindrical motor)
230 VAC-motor (cylindrical motor)
230 VAC-motor (cylindrical motor with brake)
400 VAC-motor (cylindrical motor)
Capacitor value 6 F (230 VAC)
Limit switch for any stroke
Front mounting attachments type rod-end
Front mounting attachments type clevis
Rear mounting attachments type single ear bracket

58232
C12C
D12C
C24C
C24CW
D24C
D24CB
D24CS
D24CW
E110C
E220C
E220CB
E380C
Capacitor 6 F
CAXC33
57532
57632
58032

CAT 32B Type codes for accessories and spare parts


Item code

Type code

12 VDC-motor (cylindrical motor)


12 VDC-motor (flat motor)
24 VDC-motor (cylindrical motor)
24 VDC-motor (cylindrical with low speed)
24 VDC-motor (flat motor)
24 VDC-motor (flat motor with brake)
24 VDC-motor (flat motor with extended shaft
24 VDC-motor (flat motor with low speed)
120 VAC-motor (cylindrical motor)
120 VAC-motor (cylindrical motor with brake)
230 VAC-motor (cylindrical motor)
230 VAC-motor (cylindrical motor with brake)
400 VAC-motor (cylindrical motor)
Capacitor value 25 F (120 VAC)
Capacitor value 6 F (230 VAC)
Limit switch for stroke = 50 mm
Limit switch for stroke = 100 mm
Limit switch for stroke = 200 mm
Limit switch for stroke = 300mm
Limit switch for stroke = 400 mm
Limit switch for stroke = 500mm
Limit switch for stroke = 700mm
Proximity switch for CAXB
Front mounting attachments type rod-end
Front mounting attachments type clevis
Rear mounting attachments type single ear bracket
Rear mounting attachments type Universal joint

C12C
D12C
C24C
C24CW
D24C
D24CB
D24CS
D24CW
E110C
E110CB
E220C
E220CB
E380C
Capacitor 25 F
Capacitor 6 F
CAXB 3250
CAXB 32100
CAXB 32200
CAXB 32300
CAXB 32400
CAXB 32500
CAXB 32700
CAXB Proximity Switch
57532
57632
58032
58232

226

Attachments
580-22

580-32

580-40
16
80

59

581-22

9 (x4)

55

15 (x4)

46

55

40

6,6 (x4)

11 (x4)

46

32

5,5 (x4)

40

38

28

12

22

10
32

4
59
80

581-40

582-32
16

10

28

36

22

20

13
11,5

9 (x4)

5,5 (x4)

55

40

12
6,6 (x4)

11 (x4)

575-32
12

M10 (L=15)

43

575-40
16

M12 (L=18)

M16 (L=24)

50

576-22

64

576-32

10

576-40
16

12

M10 (L=20)

M16 (L=32)

M12 (L=24)

16

12

10
40

55

80

575-22
10

80

59

46

32

59

32
46

40

48

64

227

4 Actuation systems
Spare parts

Limit switches

Fig.23

CAXC 33 limit switch


Limit switches (fig.23), combined with SKF
control units, make it possible to set the
stroke to any desired length.
Use of limit switches results in reduced
effective stroke length by 20 mm (inner
position is affected)

CAXC 33 - designed for actuator series


with 33 mm aluminium protection tube
CATR/L 33
CALA 36
CARE 33A
CARE 33M
Proximity switches - connect to control
unit according to the wiring diagram

CAT actuator series

CALA actuator series

Ordering code:
CAXC 33

Technical data
Permissible power
Max. DC voltage
Max. DC current

3W
200 V
200 mA

NB! One CAXC is needed for each limit position.

CARE actuator series


NB! Make sure you connect limit switches to a DC-supply.

Wiring diagram:

CAXB

Normally closed

Relay

26

Operating
switch

24/12 VDC
motor

Dimensions:

45

Operating
switch

Switch function:

CAXB
Relay
750

CAXB 22/32/40 limit switches

40

CAXB 32B

14

20

37

CAXB 22

CAXB 32

228

40

46

20

23

CAXB 40

48,5
25
7

Motors
37,5
40
47

D12C/D24C

D24D

E220C

37,5
40
47

58
83

47

141

42

16

7,6

71

47,6

48,5
25
7

141

70
40
9

48
25
7

R48

75

80

150

36

M (2x)

120

70
40

M5 (x4)

36

D24D/D24DB/D24DS

M5 (x4)

36

80

R48

M8 (x2)

55

E220D

D12B/D24B
48
25

70
40
9

71
185

47

16

7,6

41,6

40
52,5
65

96

3917985

36

M5 (x2)

85

M8 (x4)
150

119

85

10

4
3917985

M8 (2x)

55

229

4 Actuation systems
Glossary and definitions

Glossary and definitions


AC motors
An electric motor powered by alternating
current electricity (120-400 VAC), which
requires an electrician for its connection.
Startup properties can be improved with
various accessories and different methods
of connection. There are many standard
accessories available for control and
regulation of an AC motor. An AC motor
is best suited to non-mobile products,
i.e., fixed installations, often in industrial
environments. An actuator with an AC
motor is less sensitive to load variations
and maintains virtually the same speed
regardless of load. The normal working
temperature for this type of motor is 70C.
An AC motor has few moving parts that
wear and is consequently rugged and has a
long life span.
Alignment
It is important that the product is mounted
properly from the beginning. If the
actuator is improperly installed, normal
operation may cause poor performance.
Remember, therefore, to carefully follow
the accompanying mounting instructions.
Naturally, you can turn to your supplier or
distributor whenever you have questions
about our products.
Anti-pinching (electric)
A safety device that is available on certain
SKF actuators. It shuts off the motor when
an external force is applied in the opposite
direction to the direction of travel.
Anti-pinching (mechanical)
This safety device allows the actuator to
push but not pull or pull but not push. This
feature is designed to prevent injury to
persons due to being trapped by the force
of the actuator.
Back-up nut
A nut, usually metal, of greater antishear
strength than the drive nut and which
only makes contact with the threads of the
spindle when the threads of the drive nut
fail.
DC motors
An electric motor powered by direct current
electricity (12-48 VDC) that can be run on
batteries. These motors are suitable for use
in situations where you want to be able to
230

move the product easily and do not want a


cable in the way. The speed of a DC motor
is directly proportional to the load, i.e., the
motor moves slowly under maximum load
and fastest when run with no load at all.
In many applications the actuator works
both pushing and pulling, which means that
the load works to assist in one direction
and resist in the other. Consequently,
considerable speed variations can arise.
Dynamic load
Maximal dynamic load refers to the
maximum total weight or mass the actuator
can move. Often, the decisive factor for
maximal load is the size of the motor and
the gearing employed. When an actuator
is subject to loads exceeding the maximum
stated value, the device simply stops.
Certain actuator types have an integral
mechanical safety device similar to a slipclutch, designed to protect the motor and
gears from damage. Electrical limit switches
are another alternative. These protect the
actuator from damage caused by excessive
electrical current. All such safety devices
are part of an operating system and it
is important to be aware of them when
using SKF actuators with other operating
equipments.
Duty factors
A technical term expressing how long a
motor can handle non-stop operation
before it becomes overheated or otherwise
damaged. It should be noted that Duty
Factor, whether expressed as a percentage
or time, varies depending on the working
load for the motor. The duty cycle tells
how often an actuator will be in operation
within an application and the amount of
time between operations. Because of the
power lost due to inefficiency dissipated
as heat, the actuator component with the
lowest allowable temperature usually the
motor sets the duty cycle limit for the
complete actuator. Although, there is some
heat loss from friction in the gearbox and by
ball screw and acme screw drive systems.
An example of a duty cycle calculation:
assume an actuator runs for 10 seconds
cumulatively, up and down, and then does
not run for another 40 seconds. The duty
cycle is 10(40+10), or 20%.

Emergency lowering
The emergency lowering safety feature
enables the actuator to be lowered in the
event of a power failure or malfunction. This
option is used in most medical and health
care applications.
Encoder
A rotary or linear sensor device that, when
connected to a control unit, can be used to
determine the position of an electric linear
actuator.
First failure safety
First failure safety is a control system
utilising redundant microprocessors in
which one processor monitors the functions
of the other and shuts down the system if a
malfunction in the microprocessor occurs.
Hall sensor
A sensor whose output changes based on
changes in magnetic flux. Typically used for
RPM, position, or current measurement.
IP protection
This standard describes a system for
classifying the degrees of protection
required by the enclosures of electrical
equipment. Developed by the European
Committee for Electro-technical
Standardization (CENELEC), these standards
are designed to numerically rate an
electrical product based on the level of
protection its enclosure provides.
Limit switches
A switch used to limit motion or travel in a
particular direction. Mechanical devices that
when activated open or close an electrical
contact. When the contact is closed voltage
will flow through the switch, when open no
voltage will flow through the switch. Limit
switches come in various physical sizes
and configurations and can be mounted
internally or externally.
Linear speed
Linear speed is the term used when we talk
about the distance, in millimetres, the tube
in an actuator moves linearly over a given
period of time (mm/s.), moving a load from
its starting point to a new position. The
speed can vary in different ways, depending,
for example, on the motor employed.
Actuators with direct current (DC) motors

have a speed variation directly proportional


to the load on the device. That is to say,
the larger the load, the lower the speed
and vice versa. Actuators with alternating
current (AC) motors move at a constant
speed, which is not affected by the load on
the actuator. Other factors affecting speed
include ambient temperature and how well
or poorly the actuator is integrated within
an application. An actuator integrated in
such a way that it is subject to uneven
loads wears abnormally, which results in
increased friction forces and decreased
speed.
Potentiometer
The potentiometer is a displacement
transducer. It incorporates the sensor and
transducer function into one. A typical
potentiometer consists of a uniform coil of
wire of an element of high resistance such
as carbon, platinum or conductive plastic.
This uniform coil makes up the resistive
element of the potentiometer whose
resistance is proportional to its length.
Power consumption
An expression of how much electricity
the motor uses when working. For DC

motors the power consumption is directly


proportional to the load, and for AC motors
the power consumption is constant. With
alternating current, power consumption
is low, so that simple cabling and other
inexpensive accessories suffice. Installation
is easy and the components are readily
available. With battery operation, it is often
adequate to use a small, lightweight battery
that does not require much space and is
relatively inexpensive.
Properties of ball screws
The ball screws (fig.24) incorporated in
SKF actuators are manufactured entirely
from steel and equipped with a row
of bearings located in a closed system
between the nut and screw. The design
yields extremely low friction coefficients
between the nut and the screw, because of
the rolling contact between the balls, the
nut and raceway (similar to ball bearings).
Wear is significantly reduced compared with
a sliding screw, which results in a life span
10 times longer for a ball screw under the
same working conditions. The durability
of the screw also means that it tolerates
extreme loads as well as high duty cycles.
Thanks to its low frictional resistance,
Fig.24

Fig.25

the ball screw can maintain a very low


operating temperature. As a consequence,
the ball screw is particularly well suited for
situations where it is required to operate
over long periods at high speeds. High
efficiency is one of the main characteristics
of ball screws. Thanks to this high efficiency,
it is possible to use a motor half the size
compared to a sliding screw design. This
means that, as a user, you obtain a more
economical solution. An actuator based
on a ball screw has minimal play, and
consequently its precision is significantly
higher in applications where positioning and
repetitive precision are important.
Properties of the sliding screw
Sliding screws (fig.25) are manufactured
from rolled steel and the nut is made of
plastic. This is a relatively cost effective
design with favourable properties: plastic
and metal work well together without
binding. Also, actuators incorporating sliding
screws usually offer a price advantage over
those built around other types of screws.
The sliding screw works very quietly,
which means that it is well suited for office
environments, hospitals, etc. Another
significant advantage is the high friction
coefficient in the sliding screw. This design
is particularly well suited for actuators
used in applications where they should
be self locking, i.e., will not begin moving
backwards under the weight of the load.
For instance, when using the actuator to
drive vertically adjustable tables, a sliding
screw design allows you to put heavy loads
on the surface of the table without changing
its vertical position. In short, this means
that no additional locking mechanism or
brake will be necessary to keep the actuator
in position when it is not in operation
(however, e.g., in extreme vibrating
application types additional arrangements
may be needed to prevent back driving).
Pull force
The maximum retracting force that an
electric linear actuator can produce in
Newton (N). Some SKF actuators do not
produce equal push and pull forces and
others do not permit pull force at all.
Push force
The maximum extending force that an
electric linear actuator can produce in
Newton (N). Some SKF actuators do not
produce equal push and pull forces and
others do not permit pull force at all.
231

4 Actuation systems
Glossary and definitions
Retracted length
Retracted length is an expression for the
shortest distance between the two fixed
points on an actuator when the actuator is
in its innermost position. The dimensions
given reflect a measurement from the
centre of the mounting holes, which means
that the actuator requires a few millimetres
beyond the given retracted length in order
to fit. Remember that very few actuators
are symmetrical. Thus it is important to
note other dimensions as well for optimum
fit and integration of the actuator. An
actuator should always be mounted, insofar
as is possible, so that it works linearly over
its entire working range.
Self-locking
This property of the actuator means that
it will not continue to move under the
weight of the load after it has been switched
off. The self-locking ability depends on
the total efficiency of the actuator. If an
actuator is not self-locking the function
can be obtained by using a brake. On DC
motors, the motor has to be short circuited.
Self-locking load cannot, under certain
circumstances, be completely ensured
on all actuator models due to the type of
application being run (e.g., high vibration
levels)!

232

Supply voltage
Supply voltage is a measure of the voltage
supplying a system, regardless of whether it
employs AC or DC motors.
Static load (value not available in this
brochure)
Maximal static load refers to the weight
or mass that an actuator can be subjected
to when standing still without causing
permanent damage or causing the actuator
to start going backwards. Subjecting an
actuator to loads in excess of stated values
can risk permanent deformation to some
parts of the actuator.
N.B. Remember that in many applications
and installations, it is not the weight
applied directly but rather the load caused
by leverage or similar forces acting on
the actuator that are the decisive factors.
An actuator is strongest in its shortest
position and weakest in its outermost, most
extended position.
Stroke length
Describes the length in millimetres that an
electric linear actuator will extend or retract.
Most standard products are available
in increments of 50mm or 100mm.
Customer specific lengths are available,
minimum order quantities apply.

Temperature
Ambient work site temperature can be
highly significant when making a choice
between different actuators. Extreme heat
or cold can reduce the working capacity of
the equipment. If the equipment is used
in temperatures as low as about 20C,
for instance, the lubricant can harden and
impair the efficiency of the motor. If the
temperatures climb up towards 50C,
for instance, the grease can melt so that
it drains away from the screw system,
resulting in reduced or eliminated lubricant
effect, increasing the risk of overheating in
the motor.
Thermal protection
Protects drives and control units from
overheating. A device that signals when an
electrical assembly becomes too hot. The
signal usually causes the shut-off of the
electrical device.

Applications
In response to industry's ultimate need to
produce more with less, SKF has

Building automation

combined its knowledge and experience


with the latest technology to develop
solutions for your specific conditions.
Whether your goal is to design equipment

that provides more customer value,


or to increase overall profitability, with SKF
experience and expertise, you're likely to
find a real solution.

Welding gun

Components application
a) Electromechanical linear actuators

Components application
a) Compact electromechanical cylinder

Kitchen appliances

Working stations

Components application
a) Electromechanical linear actuators

Components application
a) Telescopic pillars
b) Desk switch

233

The highest power lies beneath


the smallest things
An ant can lift up to thirty times and

efficiency, while reducing cycle times

transport up to fifty times its own

toa minimum.

weight.
Its the power of such small things

miniature linear ball bearings,

that has inspired SKF to create

miniature ball screws, miniature slides

solutions with reduced dimensions

small units that can be placed almost

yetendowed with great potential for

anywhere, but always of thehighest

your applications.

quality which you might expect

Behind compactness and decreased


weight lies high performance which
will lead to greater precision and

234

Miniature profile rail guides,

fromSKF.

Positioning systems
General
Positioning systems are compact
and economic complete solutions.
Theassortment ranges from compact
slides without drives through to highly
dynamic, multi-axis systems with linear
motor drive. SKF offers the following
positioning systems:
Miniature slides (fig.1),
Standard slides (fig.2),
Dovetail slides (fig.3),
Compact cross tables (fig.4),
Precision slides without drive (fig.5),
Linear ball bearing slides (fig.6),
Profile rail slides (fig.7).
LZM miniature slides
With the new LZM miniature slide SKF
offers the ideal solution for linear motion
applications for short strokes and compact
boundary dimensions. The use of miniature
slides has increased in medical applications,
measurement technologies, pneumatics,
micro mechanics and micro electronics
assembly, semiconductor manufacturing
and fibre optics. The different miniature

slide components meet the highest


precision standards; LZM miniature slides
feature high running accuracy and smooth
motion. The LZM are manufactured with
all stainless steel components. Optimised
hardness enables long endurance life and
high performance within compact boundary
dimensions. The miniature slides have been
designed to ensure high system stiffness
and precision guidance. Running accuracies
of 2m over a stroke of 100mm are
attainable depending on the particular
application. Ease of installation is another
advantage of the LZM miniature slides.
Unlike cross roller systems using 4 rails and
cages to be assembled on the production
floor, the LZM slide provides a complete
slide that can simply be bolted into place
without the use of precision devices to set
preload. Every application provides new
challenges for the modern designer. SKF
will modify existing designs to meet your
specific technical requirements.

Fig.1

Very good running accuracy


Smooth running
High stiffness
Easy assembly

For dimensions, see table on page 240.

Advantages for LZM miniature slides:


Compact design
High carrying capacity

Operating precision (table1)


Comparison of the different positioning
components and systems.
Table1
Positioning
systems

Standard drives or linear motors


with all guiding systems

Linear motors

Roller screws

Actuation
systems

Electro-mechanical
actuators

100-1 000

Ball screws

10-100

Linear ball bearings

1-10

Profile rail guides

0,1-1

Driving systems

Standard slides

Guiding systems

Precision rail guides

Operating
precision (m)

235

5 Positioning systems
General
Fig.2

GCL standard slides

RM standard slides

Slide top and base of steel. The slides


are provided with standard patterns of
mounting holes. The slide top carries tapped
holes, the base plate counterbored holes
for cylindrical screws to DIN 912. The slides
are fitted with SKF precision rail guides with
crossed roller units. Internal stops serve as
stroke limit.

Especially small design. Slide top of steel,


guidance via SKF precision rails with
double-sided centre rail and crossed roller
units. Internal stops serve as stroke limits.
For dimensions, see table on page 248.

For dimensions, see table on page 244.

GCLA standard slides


Slide top and base of black anodised
aluminium. In other respects, the design
corresponds to that of the GCL slides except
that they are lower in height.
For dimensions, see table on page 246.

Fig.3

Fig.4

Fig.5

SSM and SSK dovetail slides

TO and TS compact cross tables

RSM and RSK precision slides

Slide top and base of grey cast iron.


The slides are provided with standard
patterns of mounting holes. Top and base
plate both carry tapped holes. The slides
have a lead screw drive. The SSM design
has a micrometer knurl with vernier ring,
while the SSK design is fitted with a hand
crank. Both designs are fitted with a lateral
locking device.

Table top, centre and base of black


anodised aluminium with central viewing
hole. The slides are fitted with SKF precision
rail guides incorporating crossed roller units.
The TO design does not have a drive but
is provided with one lateral locking device
per axis. The TS design has a micrometer
attachment that is springloaded in one
direction. In addition, one lateral locking
device is fitted per axis.

Slide top and base of grey cast iron.


The slides are provided with standard
patterns of mounting holes. The slide
top carries tapped holes, the base plate
counterbored holes for cylindrical screws to
DIN 912. They are fitted with SKF precision
rail guides incorporating crossed roller units.
The slides have a lead screw drive.
The RSM design has a micrometer knurl
with a vernier ring, while the RSK design
isfitted with a hand crank.

For dimensions, see table on page 250.


For dimensions, see table on page 253.

For dimensions, see table on page 254.

236

Fig.6

LZBB and LZAB linear ball bearing


slides
The slides are fitted with SKF linear ball
bearings of ISO series 3. They are driven
via SKF rolled thread ball screws attached
on both sides. The slides are protected
bybellows. The LZBB design has a closed
housing. Shafts are attached on both sides
in shaft blocks which also incorporate the
bolt holes for attaching the slide. TheLZAB
design has an open housing. Shafts are
attached over the entire length by shaft
supports to prevent shaft deflection with
large strokes or high loads. The slide
isattached via the bolt holes in the two
shaft supports.

Fig.7

LTB profile rail slides


SKF profile rail slides are state-of-the-art
systems that offer high load-carrying
capacity and accuracy.
They are available in five sizes:
110 170 235 320 400
with two drives: ball screws or linear
motors, with three covers:
without cover with bellows with steel
cover.

For principal dimensions, see table on page 259.

For principal dimensions, see table on page 256.

Complete systems
On special demand, SKF designs and
manufactures complete systems, either
from SKF standard components or special
solutions, that are exactly tailored to the
respective application.
The different specifications are given in
table2.

237

5 Positioning systems
General
Table 2
Type

Precision

Load-carrying
capacity

Miniature slides
Standard slides
Dovetail slides
Compact cross tables
Precision slides without drive
Precision slides with drive
Linear ball bearing slides
Profile rail slides
Complete systems

N.B.:
In addition to this catalogue, all product
brochures are available on www.skf.com
as PDF files.

Rail guide tables

Publication nr. 5172 EN

238

Slide and
positioning tables

Publication nr. 4211 EN

Miniature
profile rail guides

Publication nr. 4753 EN

Dynamic
capabilities

Speed

Notes

239

5 Positioning systems
Miniature slides

Miniature slides
LZM
Ordering key

LZM HS

Type
Carriage:
Standard

HS

Size:
17 mm
20 mm
27 mm
32 mm

7
9
12
15

Length (mm):
See table

Example:

240

LZM HS

15 165

LZM

Main dimensions for miniature slide units

5
Designations

Dimensions
W

W3

W2

L2

M1depth

d3d2h

H1

mm
LZMHS7

17

12

LZMHS9

20

15

LZMHS12

27

20

12

LZMHS15

32

25

15

20

Designations

Dimensions
L

L4

mm

M22,5

2,54,52,5

2,35

M3

15

13

M33

3,563,5

10

3,55

M4

20

15

M33,5

3,564,5

13

4,7

M4

25

M34

3,564,5

16

6,0

M4

40

Max. stroke
E

M2

L1

mm

Number of holes

Load-carrying capacities

Carriage

Rail

C0

Ma /Mb

Mc

Nm

LZMHS7

26
34
50
66

29
37
53
69

5,5
9,5
10
10,5

5
5
5
5

24
34
50
66

6
8
12
16

2
2
3
4

1000
1100
1500
1800

1700
2100
3100
4100

3,5
5,5
12
21

6
7
10
14

LZMHS9

32
42
55
81
94

35
45
58
84
97

8
11
7,5
10,5
7

9,5
8
8
8
8

28
40
54
78
92

4
6
8
12
14

2
2
3
4
5

1600
1900
2300
3000
3300

2700
3400
4300
6500
7400

7
11
18
43
57

12
15
19
29
33

LZMHS12

37
51
66
96
126

40
54
69
99
129

6
13
8
10,5
13

11
10,5
10,5
10,5
10,5

32
47
62
95
122

4
6
8
12
16

2
2
3
4
6

2500
3100
3600
4700
5700

3800
5300
6700
9700
12600

11
22
36
76
131

21
28
36
52
68

LZMHS15

52
85
105
165

56
89
109
169

6
22,5
12,5
22,5

12,5
12,5
12,5
12,5

50
80
102
162

4
8
10
16

2
2
3
4

3800
5400
6200
8400

6200
10400
12500
19500

25
73
106
264

42
70
84
131

241

No speed limit here


Can you believe that, if a human being

conventional slides have reached their

could race at a speed proportional to

limit, combine unbelievable speed with

that of a butterfly in full flight, he or

high precision.

she would reach 34000 kilometres per


hour?
Its only a hypothesis of course, but

to the fixed screw, are capable of


overcoming the critical speeds usually

enough to inspire us to create tools

associated with ball screws, and can

able to surmount practically any limit

reach a speed rating of 90000 Nd.

including that of speed.


For example, the SKF linear motor
slides, which are at their best where

242

Similarly, rotating ball nuts, thanks

With SKF, maximum speed is an


everyday norm.

Standard slides
GCL, GCLA, RM
Ordering key

Type:
Standard slide with crossed roller assemblies of steel
Standard slide with crossed roller assemblies of aluminium
Standard slide fitted with either cross roller guides or Vguided ball cages of steel

GCL
GCLA
RM

Size (see tables):





1
2
3
6

Rail length (mm) (see tables):


020 - 400

Example:

GCLA

400

243

5 Positioning systems
Standard slides
J1
S/2

J5
J4

J2

J
S/2

Standard slides with crossed roller


assemblies, steel version, for manual
positioning.

J1
H1

H2

J6

GCL

J4

J3
L

Designations

Dimensions
B

Stroke
L

S11)

S21)

mm

H1

mm

H2

J1

J2

J3

J4

J5

GCL2030
GCL2045
GCL2060
GCL2075
GCL2090
GCL2105
GCL2120

40
40
40
40
40
40
40

21
21
21
21
21
21
21

35
50
65
80
95
110
125

18
30
40
50
60
70
80

46
60
75
90
105

M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3

6,5
6,5
6,5
6,5
6,5
6,5
6,5

14
14
14
14
14
14
14

115
215
315
415
515
615

17,5
17,5
17,5
17,5
17,5
17,5
17,5

15
15
15
15
15
15
15

115
215
315
415
515
615
715

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

25
25
25
25
25
25
25

GCL3050
GCL3075
GCL3100
GCL3125
GCL3150
GCL3175
GCL3200

60
60
60
60
60
60
60

28
28
28
28
28
28
28

55
80
105
130
155
180
205

30
45
60
75
90
105
130

55
80
105
130
155
180

M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

18,5
18,5
18,5
18,5
18,5
18,5
18,5

125
225
325
425
525
625

27,5
27,5
27,5
27,5
27,5
27,5
27,5

25
25
25
25
25
25
25

125
225
325
425
525
625
725

15
15
15
15
15
15
15

39
39
39
39
39
39
39

GCL6100
GCL6150
GCL6200
GCL6250
GCL6300
GCL6400

100
100
100
100
100
100

45
45
45
45
45
45

110
160
210
260
310
410

60
95
130
165
200
280

70
120
170
220
270
370

M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6

13
13
13
13
13
13

31
31
31
31
31
31

150
250
350
450
650

55
55
55
55
55
55

50
50
50
50
50
50

150
250
350
450
550
750

30
30
30
30
30
30

64
64
64
64
64
64

1)

S1 Standard stroke order designation. e.g. GCL2030


S2 Extended stroke order designation. e.g. GCL2030L

244

Designations

Dimensions
J6

J7

J8

J9

mm

Fig.

n.

Load-carrying capacities
with S2
with S1

Weight

C0

G5

C0

kg

GCL2030
GCL2045
GCL2060
GCL2075
GCL2090
GCL2105
GCL2120

30
30
30
30
30
30
30

25
40
55
70
85
100
115

40
55
70
85

1
1
1
2
2
2
2

3,4
3,4
3,4
3,4
3,4
3,4
3,4

250
360
470
580
720
830
940

430
540
610
720
790

0,18
0,26
0,34
0,42
0,5
0,58
0,68

GCL3050
GCL3075
GCL3100
GCL3125
GCL3150
GCL3175
GCL3200

40
40
40
40
40
40
40

35
60
85
110
135
160
185

85
110
135

85

1
1
1
1
3
3
4

4,5
4,5
4,5
4,5
4,5
4,5
4,5

480
800
1040
1360
1600
1920
2080

720
880
1120
1280
1520
1680

0,57
0,8
1
1,3
1,5
1,7
2

GCL6100
GCL6150
GCL6200
GCL6250
GCL6300
GCL6400

60
60
60
60
60
60

90
140
190
240
290
390

90
140
190
290

190

1
1
3
3
3
4

6,6
6,6
6,6
6,6
6,6
6,6

2380
3740
4760
6120
7140
7820

2040
3060
4080
5100
6120
6120

3,1
4,5
5,9
7,2
8,6
11,4

245

5 Positioning systems
Standard slides
GCLA
Standard slides with slide top and base
made of black anodised aluminium, for
manual positioning.
In other respects the design is similar to
that of the GCL slides except for the slightly
reduced height.

Designations

Dimensions
B

Stroke
L

S11)

S21)

mm

H1

mm

J1

J2

J3

J4

J5

GCLA2030
GCLA2045
GCLA2060
GCLA2075
GCLA2090
GCLA2105
GCLA2120

40
40
40
40
40
40
40

21
21
21
21
21
21
21

35
50
65
80
95
110
125

15
22
30
37
45
52
60

30
45
60
75
90
105

M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3

7
7
7
7
7
7
7

115
215
315
415
515
615

17,5
17,5
17,5
17,5
17,5
17,5
17,5

15
15
15
15
15
15
15

115
215
315
415
515
615
715

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

25
25
25
25
25
25
25

GCLA3050
GCLA3075
GCLA3100
GCLA3125
GCLA3150
GCLA3175
GCLA3200

60
60
60
60
60
60
60

25
25
25
25
25
25
25

55
80
105
130
155
180
205

37
50
62
75
87
100

30
55
80
105
130
155
180

M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4

8,25
8,25
8,25
8,25
8,25
8,25
8,25

125
225
325
425
525
625

27,5
27,5
27,5
27,5
27,5
27,5
27,5

25
25
25
25
25
25
25

125
225
325
425
525
625
725

15
15
15
15
15
15
15

41
41
41
41
41
41
41

GCLA6100
GCLA6150
GCLA6200
GCLA6250
GCLA6300
GCLA6350
GCLA6400

100
100
100
100
100
100
100

40
40
40
40
40
40
40

110
160
210
260
310
360
410

50
75
100
125
150
175
200

70
120
170
220
270
320
370

M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6

12
12
12
12
12
12
12

150
250
350
450
550
650

55
55
55
55
55
55
55

50
50
50
50
50
50
50

150
250
350
450
550
650
750

30
30
30
30
30
30
30

65
65
65
65
65
65
65

1)

S2 Extended stroke order designation. e.g. GCL2030L

246

Designations

Dimensions
J6

J7

J8

J9

mm

Fig.

n.

Load-carrying capacities
with S2
with S1

Weight

C0

G5

C0

kg

GCLA2030
GCLA2045
GCLA2060
GCLA2075
GCLA2090
GCLA2105
GCLA2120

30
30
30
30
30
30
30

25
40
55
70
85
100
115

45
50
30

1
1
1
1
2
2
2

3,8
3,8
3,8
3,8
3,8
3,8
3,8

430
688
946
1204
1376
1634
1892

602
774
946
1113
1290
1376

0,1
0,14
0,19
0,23
0,28
0,32
0,37

GCLA3050
GCLA3075
GCLA3100
GCLA3125
GCLA3150
GCLA3175
GCLA3200

40
40
40
40
40
40
40

35
60
85
110
135
160
185

75
86
55

1
1
1
1
2
2
2

4,8
4,8
4,8
4,8
4,8
4,8
4,8

1496
2040
2448
2992
3536
4080

952
1224
1632
1904
2312
2584
2992

0,29
0,43
0,57
0,7
0,84
0,97
1,1

GCLA6100
GCLA6150
GCLA6200
GCLA6250
GCLA6300
GCLA6350
GCLA6400

60
60
60
60
60
60
60

90
140
190
240
290
340
390

100
80
150
200
230

80
90

1
1
2
2
2
3
3

6,8
6,8
6,8
6,8
6,8
6,8
6.8

4320
6480
8640
10800
13500
15660
17 820

3780
5400
6480
8100
9720
11340
12 420

1,6
2,4
3,1
3,9
4,7
5,4
6,2

247

5 Positioning systems
Standard slides
RM
Standard slides fitted with either cross
roller rail guides or V-guided ball cages, for
manual positioning; the opposing V-rails
are screwed to a steel base plate. Slide top
and bottom carry a standard pattern of
mounting holes

Designations

Dimensions
B

Stroke
L

B1

mm

H1

mm

H2

J1

RM1020
RM1030
RM1040
RM1050

20
20
20
20

8
8
8
8

25
35
45
55

12
18
25
32

7
7
7
7

M2,5
M2,5
M2,5
M2,5

7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5

5
5
5
5

118
128
120
130

3,5
3,5
12,5
12,5

RM2060
RM2075
RM2090

30
30
30

12
12
12

65
80
95

40
50
60

12
12
12

M3
M3
M3

11,5
11,5
11,5

7
7
7

130
145
230

17,5
17,5
17,5

RM3100
RM3125
RM3150

40
40
40

16
16
16

105
130
155

60
75
90

16
16
16

M4
M4
M4

15,5
15,5
15,5

9
9
9

150
175
250

27,5
27,5
27,5
Continued

Designations

Dimensions
J2

J3

J4

J5

J6

J7

J8

J9

mm

248

Load-carrying
capacities
C0

Weight
G5

kg

RM1020
RM1030
RM1040
RM1050

14
14
14
14

110
210
310
410

7,5
7,5
7,5
7,5

27,5
210
310
410

5
7,5
7,5
7,5

118
120
128
130

3,5
7,5
8,5
12,5

12,6
12,6
12,6
12,6

208
364
464
572

0,025
0,025
0,025
0,025

RM2060
RM2075
RM2090

22
22
22

315
415
515

10,0
10,0
10,0

315
415
515

10
10
10

20,0
20,0
20,0

860
1032
1290

0,16
0,19
0,23

RM3100
RM3125
RM3150

30
30
30

325
425
525

15,0
15,0
15,0

325
425
525

15
15
15

28,5
28,5
28,5

1904
2312
2856

0,46
0,58
0,69

Slides, tables and compact cross tables


SSM/SSK, TO/TS, RSM/RSK

Ordering key

Type:
Precision slides with rail guide system, crossed rollers
Dovetail slides
Compact cross tables with rail guide system, crossed rollers

R
S
T

Versions:
Only valid for dovetail tables:
For manual operation, with micrometer knurl
For manual operation, with hand crank
Only valid for precision tables:
For manual operation, with micrometer knurl
For manual operation, with hand crank
Only valid for compact cross tables:
For manual operation, without drive
For manual operation, with micrometer knurl

SM
SK
SM
SK
O
S

Table width B (mm) (see tables):


50 - 300

Length L1 or dimension Sx Sy (mm):


L1 for dovetail and precision slides
Sx Sy for compact cross tables

80 - 1010
025, 050, 100

Nominal stroke S (mm) (not for compact cross tables):


See tables
Designation suffix if desired:
Slides or tables made of aluminium, black anodised
Slides with thick top: only for precision slides
Slides with thick top and Tslots: dovetail and precision slides

A
D
DT

Locking device for dovetail slides (standard)


Locking device for precision slides and tables
Locking device for compact cross tables (standard)

AR1
AR2
AR3

Example 1:

R SK

75 -

Example 2:

S SM

300 - 1010 - 500 - AR1

Example 3:

S SK

50 -

080

- 025 - AR1

Example 4:

085 -

050

080

- 025

- AR3

249

5 Positioning systems
Dovetail slides

Dovetail slides

C2

L1

C1

A1

J
A2

SSM/SSK

H1

D1

SSM - with micrometer ring with spring


preloading, allowing easy turning. One
division equals 0,02 mm.

1)

L2

SSK - as SSM, but instead of knurled screw


equipped with crank handle.

2)

D1

Legend:
1) Locking device standard
2) Position grease nipple

C2

Designations

Dimensions
B

Stroke
L1

L2

Screw
A1

A2

C1

C2

D1

H1

Weight
J

mm

GG

kg

SSM50.080.025
SSK50.080.025
SSM50.130.025
SSK50.130.025
SSM50.130.050
SSK50.130.050
SSM50.155.050
SSK50.155.050
SSM50.155.075
SSK50.155.075
SSM50.180.075
SSK50.180.075
SSM50.205.100
SSK50.205.100

50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

80
80
130
130
130
130
155
155
155
155
180
180
205
205

50
25
25
25
50
50
50
50
75
75
75
75
100
100

25
25
25
25
50
50
50
50
75
75
75
75
100
100

37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37

42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42

19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

31
51
31
51
31
51
31
51
31
51
31
51
31
51

23,5
47
23,5
47
23,5
47
23,5
47
23,5
47
23,5
47
23,5
47

12,3
12,3
12,3
12,3
12,3
12,3
12,3
12,3
12,3
12,3
12,3
12,3
12,3
12,3

M61
M61
M61
M61
M61
M61
M61
M61
M61
M61
M61
M61
M61
M61

37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37

M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4

0,7
0,7
1,2
1,2
1
1
1,3
1,3
1,2
1,2
1,4
1,4
1,7
1,7

SSM75.105.025
SSK75.105.025
SSM75.155.050
SSK75.155.050
SSM75.205.050
SSK75.205.050
SSM75.155.075
SSK75.155.075
SSM75.180.075
SSK75.180.075
SSM75.205.100
SSK75.205.100
SSM75.255.100
SSK75.255.100
SSM75.305.150
SSK75.305.150

75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75

32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32

105
105
155
155
205
205
155
155
180
180
205
205
255
255
305
305

75
75
100
100
150
150
75
75
100
100
100
100
150
150
150
150

25
25
50
50
50
50
75
75
75
75
100
100
100
100
150
150

38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38

42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
42

21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

38
54
38
54
38
54
38
54
38
54
38
54
38
54
38
54

30
47
30
47
30
47
30
47
30
47
30
47
30
47
30
47

15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15

M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101

62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62

M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5

1,9
1,9
2,6
2,6
3,4
3,4
2,3
2,3
2,8
2,8
3
3
3,8
3,8
4,2
4,2

Continued

250

SSM/SSK

C2

L1

(Continued)

C1

A1

H1

D1

A2

1)

L2
2)

D1

Legend:
1) Locking device standard
2) Position grease nipple

C2

5
Designations

Dimensions
B

Stroke
L1

L2

Screw
A1

A2

C1

C2

D1

H1

Weight
J

mm

GG

kg

SSM100.160.050
SSK100.160.050
SSM100.260.050
SSK100.260.050
SSM100.210.100
SSK100.210.100
SSM100.310.100
SSK100.310.100
SSM100.310.150
SSK100.310.150
SSM100.410.150
SSK100.410.150
SSM100.410.200
SSK100.410.200
SSM100.510.200
SSK100.510.200

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

160
160
260
260
210
210
310
310
310
310
410
410
410
410
510
510

100
100
200
200
100
100
200
200
150
150
250
250
200
200
300
300

50
50
50
50
100
100
100
100
150
150
150
150
200
200
200
200

40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45

21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

38
54
38
54
38
54
38
54
38
54
38
54
38
54
38
54

30
47
30
47
30
47
30
47
30
47
30
47
30
47
30
47

19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19

M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101

74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74

M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6

4,4
4,4
7,2
7,2
5,1
5,1
7,9
7,9
7,1
7,1
10
10
9,2
9,2
12,1
12,1

SSM150.310.100
SSK150.310.100
SSM150.510.100
SSK150.510.100
SSM150.410.200
SSK150.410.200
SSM150.610.200
SSK150.610.200
SSM150.510.300
SSK150.510.300
SSM150.710.300
SSK150.710.300
SSM150.710.400
SSK150.710.400
SSM150.810.400
SSK150.810.400

150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150

50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

310
310
510
510
410
410
610
610
510
510
710
710
710
710
810
810

200
200
400
400
200
200
400
400
200
200
400
400
300
300
400
400

100
100
100
100
200
200
200
200
300
300
300
300
400
400
400
400

45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45

62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62

28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

53
92
53
92
53
92
53
92
53
92
53
92
53
92
53
92

47
103
47
103
47
103
47
103
47
103
47
103
47
103
47
103

24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24

Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162

130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130

M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8

15,4
15,4
26
26
17,8
17,8
28,5
28,5
20,2
20,2
30,9
30,9
28
28
33,3
33,3

Continued

251

5 Positioning systems
Dovetail slides
SSM/SSK

C2

L1

(Continued)

C1

A1

H1

D1

A2

1)

L2
2)

D1

Legend:
1) Locking device standard
2) Position grease nipple

C2

Designations

Dimensions
B

Stroke
L1

L2

Screw
A1

A2

C1

C2

D1

H1

Weight
J

mm

GG

kg

SSM200.310.100
SSK200.310.100
SSM200.410.100
SSK200.410.100
SSM200.510.200
SSK200.510.200
SSM200.610.200
SSK200.610.200
SSM200.610.300
SSK200.610.300
SSM200.710.300
SSK200.710.300
SSM200.710.400
SSK200.710.400
SSM200.810.400
SSK200.810.400

200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200

60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60

310
310
410
410
510
510
610
610
610
610
710
710
710
710
810
810

200
200
300
300
300
300
400
400
300
300
400
400
300
300
400
400

100
100
100
100
200
200
200
200
300
300
300
300
400
400
400
400

45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45

62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62

28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

53
92
53
92
53
92
53
92
53
92
53
92
53
92
53
92

47
103
47
103
47
103
47
103
47
103
47
103
47
103
47
103

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162

170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170

M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8

24,7
24,7
33,2
33,2
37,2
37,2
45,7
45,7
41,1
41,1
49,6
49,6
45
45
53,5
53,5

SSM300.410.100
SSK300.410.100
SSM300.510.100
SSK300.510.100
SSM300.510.200
SSK300.510.200
SSM300.610.200
SSK300.610.200
SSM300.710.300
SSK300.710.300
SSM300.810.400
SSK300.810.400
SSM300.1010.500
SSK300.1010.500

300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300

75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75

410
410
510
510
510
510
610
610
710
710
810
810
1010
1010

300
300
400
400
300
300
400
400
400
400
400
400
500
500

100
100
100
100
200
200
200
200
300
300
400
400
500
500

55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55

74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

80
146
80
146
80
146
80
146
80
146
80
146
80
146

66
125
66
125
66
125
66
125
66
125
66
125
66
125

34,5
34,5
34,5
34,5
34.5
34,5
34,5
34,5
34,5
34,5
34,5
34,5
34,5
34,5

Tr204
Tr204
Tr204
Tr204
Tr204
Tr204
Tr204
Tr204
Tr204
Tr204
Tr204
Tr204
Tr204
Tr204

260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260

M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10

64,6
64,6
80,7
80,7
72.4
72,4
88,6
88,6
96,4
96,4
104,3
104,3
128,3
128,3

252

Compact cross tables


TO/TS

Designations

Dimensions
B

Stroke
SxSy

B1

C1

C2

C3

mm
TO085
TS085
TO160
TS160

85
85
160
160

40
40
70
70

50
25
100
50

48
48
105
105

16
16
15
15

22,5

25

33

50

22
22
50
50

4,2/84,5(4)

5/105,5(4)

J1

mm

M5
M5
M6
M6

20
20
60
60

J2

70
70
140
140

Load-carrying
capacities
C0

Weight
GA

kg

3400
4200
12400
15600

0,8
1,1
4
4,8

253

5 Positioning systems
Precision slides

Precision slides

C2

L1

C1

H1

D1

RSM/RSK
Precision tables for manual operation with
micrometer knurl RSM, with hand crank RSK

D1

C2

Designations

Dimensions
B

Stroke
L1

L2

Screw
C

C1

C2

D1

H1

mm

Load-carrying
capacities

Weight

C0

GG

mm

kg

kg

RSM50.080.025
RSM50.130.025
RSM50.130.050
RSM50.130.075
RSM50.180.075
RSM50.180.100

50
50
50
50
50
50

25
25
25
25
25
25

80
130
130
130
180
180

55
105
80
55
105
80

25
25
50
75
75
100

14
14
14
14
14
14

5
5
5
5
5
5

37,5
37,5
37,5
37,5
37,5
37,5

23
23
23
23
23
23

12,3
12,3
12,3
12,3
12,3
12,3

M61
M61
M61
M61
M61
M61

37
37
37
37
37
37

M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4

4,5
4,5
4,5
4,5
4,5
4,5

1,7
3,3
2,5
1,7
3,3
2,5

0,7
1,1
1
0,9
1,3
1,2

RSM75.130.025
RSK75.130.025
RSM75.180.050
RSK75.180.050
RSM75.180.025
RSK75.180.025
RSM75.180.075
RSK75.180.075
RSM75.230.075
RSK75.230.075
RSM75.230.075
RSK75.230.075
RSM75.230.075
RSK75.230.075

75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75

32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32

130
130
180
180
180
180
180
180
230
230
230
230
230
230

105
105
130
130
150
150
105
105
155
155
130
130
105
105

25
25
50
50
50
50
75
75
75
75
100
100
125
125

15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

46
88
46
88
46
88
46
88
46
88
46
88
46
88

30
71
30
71
30
71
30
71
30
71
30
71
30
71

15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15

M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101

62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62

M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4

4,5
4,5
4,5
4,5
4,5
4,5
4,5
4,5
4,5
4,5
4,5
4,5
4,5
4,5

3,4
3,4
5,1
5,1
4,25
4,25
3,4
3,4
5,1
5,1
4,25
4,25
3,4
3,4

2,2
2,2
3
3
2,8
2,8
2,6
2,6
3,4
3,4
3,3
3,3
3,1
3,1

Continued

254

RSM/RSK
(Continued)

Designations

Dimensions
B

Stroke
L1

L2

Screw
C

C1

C2

D1

H1

mm

Load-carrying
capacities

Weight

C0

GG

mm

kg

kg

RSM100.260.050
RSK100.260.050
RSM100.310.050
RSK100.310.050
RSM100.360.050
RSK100.360.050
RSM100.310.100
RSK100.310.100
RSM100.360.100
RSK100.360.100
RSM100.410.100
RSK100.410.100
RSM100.360.150
RSK100.360.150
RSM100.410.150
RSK100.410.150
RSM100.460.150
RSK100.460.150
RSM100.460.200
RSK100.460.200

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

260
260
310
310
360
360
310
310
360
360
410
410
360
360
410
410
460
460
460
460

210
210
260
260
310
310
210
210
260
260
310
310
210
210
260
260
310
310
260
260

50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100
100
100
100
150
150
150
150
150
150
200
200

15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

46
88
46
88
46
88
46
88
46
88
46
88
46
88
46
88
46
88
46
88

30
71
30
71
30
71
30
71
30
71
30
71
30
71
30
71
30
71
30
71

15,5
15,5
15,5
15,5
15,5
15,5
15,5
15,5
15,5
15,5
15,5
15,5
15,5
15,5
15,5
15,5
15,5
15,5
15,5
15,5

M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101
M101

74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74

M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6

6,6
6,6
6,6
6,6
6,6
6,6
6,6
6,6
6,6
6,6
6,6
6,6
6,6
6,6
6,6
6,6
6,6
6,6
6,6
6,6

8,8
8,8
10,9
10,9
13
13
8,8
8,8
10,9
10,9
13
13
8,8
8,8
10,9
10,9
13
13
10,9
10,9

6,8
6,8
8,2
8,2
9,6
9,6
7,5
7,5
8,9
8,9
10
10
8,2
8,2
9,6
9,6
11
11
10
10

RSM150.410.100
RSK150.410.100
RSM150.510.100
RSK150.510.100
RSM150.610.100
RSK150.610.100
RSM150.510.200
RSK150.510.200
RSM150.610.200
RSK150.610.200
RSM150.710.200
RSK150.710.200
RSM150.610.300
RSK150.610.300
RSM150.710.300
RSK150.710.300
RSM150.810.300
RSK150.810.300
RSM150.810.400
RSK150.810.400

150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150

50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

410
410
510
510
610
610
510
510
610
610
710
710
610
610
710
710
810
810
810
810

310
310
410
410
510
510
310
310
410
410
510
510
310
310
410
410
510
510
410
410

100
100
100
100
100
100
200
200
200
200
200
200
300
300
300
300
300
300
400
400

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

63
122
63
122
63
122
63
122
63
122
63
122
63
122
63
122
63
122
63
122

47
102
47
102
47
102
47
102
47
102
47
102
47
102
47
102
47
102
47
102

24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24

Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162
Tr162

116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
116

M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

53
53
71
71
88
88
53
53
71
71
88
88
53
53
71
71
88
88
71
71

20
20
25
25
30
30
22
22
28
28
33
33
25
25
30
30
36
36
33
33

255

5 Positioning systems
Linear ball bearing table with drive

Linear ball bearing table with drive


LZAB, LZBB
Ordering key

LZ

- K

Type
Design:
Open design
Closed design

AB
BB

Slide width B (mm):


See tables
Total length of slide unit L (mm):
See tables
Screw (mm) - screw lead (mm):
Screw 12 - screw lead 05
Screw 16 - screw lead 05
Screw 20 - screw lead 05
Screw 25 - screw lead 05
Screw 25 - screw lead 10

1205
1605
2005
2505
2510

Example:

256

LZ AB - 230 - 1060 - K 1205

LZBB (On request)


Linear ball bearing slides with closed housing
and ball screw

Designations

Dimensions
B

Nominal
Stroke*
L

S1

Screw data
S2

mm

nmax

d1

1/min

mm

C1

LZBB 100.336.K1205
LZBB 100.636.K1205
LZBB 100.936.K1205
LZBB 100.1236.K1205
LZBB 100.1536.K1205

100
100
100
100
100

38
38
38
38
38

336
636
936
1236
1536

120
310
495
685
875

195
495
795
1095
1395

5100
3450
1600
920
600

6
6
6
6
6

38
38
38
38
38

24
24
24
24
24

LZBB 130.340.K1605
LZBB 130.640.K1605
LZBB 130.940.K1605
LZBB 130.1240.K1605
LZBB 130.1540. K1605
LZBB 130.1840.K1605

130
130
130
130
130
130

48
48
48
48
48
48

340
640
940
1240
1540
1840

115
330
545
755
970
1185

165
465
765
1065
1365
1665

3800
3800
2150
1250
800
560

10
10
10
10
10
10

47
47
47
47
47
47

28
28
28
28
28
28

LZBB 160.410.K2005
LZBB 160.650.K2005
LZBB 160.1010.K2005
LZBB 160.1250.K2005
LZBB 160.1610.K2005
LZBB 160.1850.K2005

160
160
160
160
160
160

58
58
58
58
58
58

410
650
1010
1250
1610
1850

145
325
595
780
1050
1230

195
435
795
1035
1395
1635

3050
3050
2450
1600
960
730

12
12
12
12
12
12

55
55
55
55
55
55

36
36
36
36
36
36

LZBB 180.350.K2005
LZBB 180.650.K2005
LZBB 180.950.K2005
LZBB 180.1250.K2005
LZBB 180.1550.K2005
LZBB 180.1850.K2005
LZBB 180.2150.K2005
LZBB 180.2450.K2005

180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180

67
67
67
67
67
67
67
67

350
650
950
1250
1550
1850
2150
2450

80
300
515
740
960
1175
1400
1620

115
415
715
1015
1315
1615
1915
2215

3050
3050
2800
1600
1050
730
540
420

12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55

36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36

LZBB 230.460.K2505
LZBB 230.660.K2505
LZBB 230.1060.K2505
LZBB 230.1260.K2505
LZBB 230.1660.K2505
LZBB 230.1860.K2505
LZBB 230.2260.K2505
LZBB 230.2460.K2505
LZBB 230.2860.K2505

230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230

84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84

460
660
1060
1260
1660
1860
2260
2460
2860

120
275
580
730
1035
1185
1490
1640
1945

165
365
765
965
1365
1565
1965
2165
2565

2450
2450
2450
2050
1200
940
640
540
400

14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14

68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68

36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36

LZBB 230.460.K2510
LZBB 230.660.K2510
LZBB 230.1060.K2510
LZBB 230.1260.K2510
LZBB 230.1660.K2510
LZBB 230.1860.K2510
LZBB 230.2260.K2510
LZBB 230.2460.K2510
LZBB 230.2860.K2510

230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230

84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84

460
660
1060
1260
1660
1860
2260
2460
2860

120
275
580
730
1035
1185
1490
1640
1945

165
365
765
965
1365
1565
1965
2165
2565

2450
2450
2450
2050
1200
940
640
540
400

14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14

68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68

36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36

* Maximum stroke between end stops: S1 with bellows (standard version); S2 without bellows (special version)

257

5 Positioning systems
Linear ball bearing table with drive
LZAB (On request)
Linear ball bearing slides with open housing
and ball screw

Designations

Dimensions
B

Nominal
Stroke*
L

S1

Screw data
S2

mm

nmax

d1

1/min

mm

C1

LZAB 100.336.K1205
LZAB 100.636.K1205
LZAB 100.936.K1205
LZAB 100.1236.K1205
LZAB 100.1536.K1205

100
100
100
100
100

48
48
48
48
48

336
636
936
1236
1536

115
295
475
655
835

195
495
795
1095
1395

5100
3450
1600
920
600

6
6
6
6
6

38
38
38
38
38

24
24
24
24
24

LZAB 130.340.K1605
LZAB 130.640.K1605
LZAB 130.940.K1605
LZAB 130.1240.K1605
LZAB 130.1540.K1605
LZAB 130.1840.K1605

130
130
130
130
130
130

57
57
57
57
57
57

340
640
940
1240
1540
1840

110
320
530
740
950
1155

165
465
765
1065
1365
1665

3800
3800
2150
1250
800
560

10
10
10
10
10
10

47
47
47
47
47
47

28
28
28
28
28
28

LZAB 160.410.K2005
LZAB 160.650.K2005
LZAB 160.1010.K2005
LZAB 160.1250.K2005
LZAB 160.1610.K2005
LZAB 160.1850.K2005

160
160
160
160
160
160

66
66
66
66
66
66

410
650
1010
1250
1610
1850

140
320
585
765
1035
1210

195
435
795
1035
1395
1635

3050
3050
2450
1600
960
730

12
12
12
12
12
12

55
55
55
55
55
55

36
36
36
36
36
36

LZAB 180.350.K2005
LZAB 180.650.K2005
LZAB 180.950.K2005
LZAB 180.1250.K2005
LZAB 180.1550.K2005
LZAB 180.1850.K2005
LZAB 180.2150.K2005
LZAB 180.2450.K2005

180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180

77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77

350
650
950
1250
1550
1850
2150
2450

85
320
550
785
1020
1250
1485
1720

115
415
715
1015
1315
1615
1915
2215

3050
3050
2800
1600
1050
730
540
420

12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55

36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36

LZAB 230.460.K2505
LZAB 230.660.K2505
LZAB 230.1060.K2505
LZAB 230.1260.K2505
LZAB 230.1660.K2505
LZAB 230.1860.K2505
LZAB 230.2260.K2505
LZAB 230.2460.K2505
LZAB 230.2860.K2505

230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230

95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95

460
660
1060
1260
1660
1860
2260
2460
2860

120
275
580
730
1035
1185
1490
1640
1945

165
365
765
965
1365
1565
1965
2165
2565

2450
2450
2450
2050
1200
940
640
540
400

14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14

68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68

36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36

LZAB 230.460.K2510
LZAB 230.660.K2510
LZAB 230.1060.K2510
LZAB 230.1260.K2510
LZAB 230.1660.K2510
LZAB 230.1860.K2510
LZAB 230.2260.K2510
LZAB 230.2460.K2510
LZAB 230.2860.K2510

230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230

95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95

460
660
1060
1260
1660
1860
2260
2460
2860

120
275
580
730
1035
1185
1490
1640
1945

365
365
765
965
1365
1565
1965
2165
2565

2450
2450
2450
2050
1200
940
640
540
400

14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14

68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68

36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36

* Maximum stroke between end stops: S1 with bellows (standard version); S2 without bellows (special version)

258

Profile rail guide slides


LTB with screw drive
Ordering key

LTB

Type
Width of table:
Width of bottom part (see dimension specifications)

110 to 400

Length of table:
L1 length of bottom part (see dimension specifications)

150 to 2860

Driving possibilities:
No preload
No preload
Preloaded
Preloaded

SH
SX
TN
TL

Screw diameter:

12 to 40

Screw lead:

05 to 40

Covers:
Without cover
With bellows
With steel cover

D0
BL
SC

Precision class:
Low precision
Medium precision
High precision
Highest precision

P10
P5
P2
P1

Example:

LTB 235 - 0880 - TN 25 05 - BL - P2

259

5 Positioning systems
Profile rail guide slides

With bellows

LTB with screw drive

With steel cover

With bellows

L2

L2

SKF profile rail slides are state-of-the-art


systems that offer high load-carrying
capacity and accuracy.
They are available in five sizes:
110 - 170 - 235 - 320 - 400
with three covers:
without cover - with bellows - with steel cover

L1

L1

ellows

With steel cover


With steel cover

L2

L2

H1

L1

L1

H2

B1

Designations Dimensions
B

B1

Stroke
H

H1

H2

L1

L2

S11)

S22)

Foz3)

Foy

4)

Mox

Moy

Moz

Screw

Pitch

Coa5)

kg

kg

mm
LTB110

110 122 40

47

41

150

950

110

20

505

30

830

17,1

8,5

0,69

0,58

0,29

12

510

3,57,1

LTB170

170 202 60

69

61

220

1600

170

35

1085

40

1420

54

27

3,1

2,5

1,2

16

516

6,412,7

LTB235

235 275 85

97

87

280

2860

235

35

2195

35

2615

97,6

48,8

7,6

6,8

3,4

25

525

11,231

LTB320

320 365 115 138 118 580

2860

350

195

2180

220

2500

121,6

60,8

13,4

13,4

6,7

32

540

20,555

LTB400

400

450

145

2135

160

2400

216

108

29,2

29,2

14,6

40

540

35,164

135

1) Maximum stroke between end stops, with bellows


2) Maximum stroke between end stops, with steel cover
3) Maximum static load per table in X and Y
4) Maximum static moments in X, Y and Z
5) Maximum static load per screw

260

620

2860

Profile rail guide slides, preferred


range

LTB110.L1.TN1205-BL-P2/V

LTB
SKF profile rail guide slides LTB of the
preferred range are a price-efficient
alternative to the in-house production.
The LTB preferred range shows 2 widths
in 3 lengths each and can be delivered in
2 working weeks. The slides are equipped
with preloaded profile rails and preloaded
ball screw, with bellows covers, end
switches and motor coupling.

LTB170.L1.TN1605-BL-P2/V
170
2

15

6.5

15

L1

10

1
60
30

146
M5 (8x)

M6 (4x)

52

Km6

10

2)

70

170

146

40

40

120

6 3

41,3

40

1)

M6 (4x)

70
n x 120

L3

L3

35

LTB235.L1.TN2505-BL-P2/V
235
2

20

10

41,3

156
85

Km8

40

70

205

M8 (8x)

180

120

6 2

1)

12

L1
205
146

M6 (8x)

235

25

8
M6 (4x)

70

2)
L3

Designations

L3

mm
LTB110,230,TN1205-BL-P2
LTB110,350,TN1205-BL-P2
LTB170,340,TN1605-BL-P2/V
LTB170,520,TN1605-BL-P2/V
LTB170,700,TN1605-BL-P2/V
LTB235,520,TN2505-BL-P2/V
LTB235,700,TN2505-BL-P2/V
LTB235,880,TN2505-BL-P2/V
1)

230
350
340
520
700
520
700
880

L3

Stroke1)

Dimensions
L1

n x 120

15
15
50
20
50
20
50
20

40
110
105
240
380
215
365
515

46

Weight
n

Screw data
d0

kg

mm

5
5
2
4
5
4
5
7

1,8
2,4
7,1
9,2
11,3
20
24,1
28,1

12
12
16
16
16
25
25
25

nmax
1/min

5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

7500
7500
5620
5620
5620
3600
3600
3600

Max. stroke between limit switches

261

Integration means efficiency


Bees represent what is probably the

resulting in complete units and systems

most eloquent example of a society

incorporating a wide range ofproducts,

within the natural world. They exhibit

to meet the requirements ofeach

a primordial model of social caste

individual customer.

with subdivision of role, as well as full


control over defence, labour and even
reproduction.
Small organisational wonders of
this kind have provided inspiration
to SKF in the creation of solutions
which transcend single components,

262

With SKF, even the smallest things


become great.

Applications
In response to industrys ultimate need
toproduce more with less, SKF has

Inspection machine for electronics

combined its knowledge and experience


with the latest technology to develop
solutions for your specific conditions.
Whether your goal is to design equipment

that provides more customer value, or


toincrease overall profitability, with SKF
experience and expertise youre likely
to find a real solution.

Testing and 3D measurement machine

Components application
a) Profile rail guides
b) Linear motors

Components application
a) Precision rail guides
b) Linear motors

263

Theres no power
without performance
Most people think of the cheetah
as the fastest animal because it can

mechanical cylinders combine the

reach a speed of 100 kilometres per

features of high acceleration, speed,

hour and can accelerate up to 70 in

compact dimensions, reliability and

2 seconds. Certainly this is amazing,

longduration.

but the cheetah doesnt possess the


stamina of the gazelle which can race
at 100 kilometres per hour for several
minutes.
SKF has drawn inspiration from this
meeting of power with performance.

264

Tools like the compact electro

With SKF, your applications will run


properly for many years to come.

Customized solutions
Standard plug & play electromechanical cylinder
SKF cylinders using SKF planetary roller
screws are expanding the limits of linear
cylinders. They are designed for long
life, high acceleration and high force
applications. The cylinders use brushless
servo-motor technology, with an inline direct drive as standard. The high
performance electromechanical cylinder
consists of an SKF planetary roller screw
directly driven through a coupling by a
brushless motor. The roller screw converts
rotary motion into linear movement.
Benefits
The power of hydraulics
The velocity of pneumatics
More information is available
in publication 5338.
6

Compact electromechanical cylinder


Compact for all applications:
This product range provides high
power density in a small package.
Approximately 40% smaller than standard
electromechanical cylinders, there is the
added advantage of reduced weight. Ideal
for fixed and robot mounted applications.
Whatever the requirement, CEMC cylinders
provide a compact and dynamic solution,
maximum performance and value through
high availability, productivity and consequent
low costs through the life of the product.
Benefits
High power and reliability
Compact and dynamic solution
More information is available
in publication 5338.
265

6 Customized solutions

Complete systems forpositioning


On special demand, SKF designs and
manufactures complete systems, either
from SKF standard components or special
solutions that are exactly tailored to the
respective application.

Linear motor tables


The compact cross tables with linear
motor drive are high-precision positioning
units, equipped with ironless linear motor
and precision cross roller rail guides with
patented Anti cage creeping System (ACS).
They are available in aluminium and
cast iron and are ideally suited for wafer
processing and measurements applications.
The electrical stroke is set with optical
limit switches, integrated in the length
measurement system.

266

Notes

267

SKF the knowledge engineering


company
From the company that invented the selfaligning ball bearing more than 100 years
ago, SKF has evolved into a knowledge
engineering company that is able to draw on
five technology platforms to create unique
solutions for its customers. These platforms
include bearings, bearing units and seals, of
course, but extend to other areas including:
lubricants and lubrication systems, critical
for long bearing life in many applications;
mechatronics that combine mechanical and
electronics knowledge into systems for more
effective linear motion and sensorized solutions; and a full range of services, from design and logistics support to conditioning
monitoring and reliability systems.
Though the scope has broadened, SKF
continues to maintain the worlds leadership
in the design, manufacture and marketing of
rolling bearings, as well as complementary
products such as radial seals. SKF also holds
an increasingly important position in the
market for linear motion products, highprecision aerospace bearings, machine tool
spindles and plant maintenance services.

The SKF Group is globally certified to ISO


14001, the international standard for environmental management, as well as OHSAS
18001, the health and safety management
standard. Individual divisions have been
approved for quality certification in accordance with either ISO 9001 or ISO/TS 16949.
With some 100 manufacturing sites
worldwide and sales companies in 70 countries, SKF is a truly international corporation. In addition, our distributors and dealers
in some 15 000 locations around the world,
an e-business marketplace and a global
distribution system put SKF close to customers for the supply of both products and
services. In essence, SKF solutions are available wherever and whenever customers
need them. Overall, the SKF brand and the
corporation are stronger than ever. As the
knowledge engineering company, we stand
ready to serve you with world-class product
competencies, intellectual resources, and
the vision to help you succeed.

Airbus photo: exm company, H. Gouss

Evolving by-wire technology


SKF has a unique expertise in fast-growing bywire technology, from fly-by-wire, to drive-bywire, to work-by-wire. SKF pioneered practical flyby-wire technology and is a close working partner
with all aerospace industry leaders. As an example,
virtually all aircraft of the Airbus design use SKF
by-wire systems for cockpit flight control.

SKF is also a leader in automotive by-wire technology, and has partnered with automotive engineers to develop two concept cars, which employ
SKF mechatronics for steering and braking. Further by-wire development has led SKF to produce
an all-electric forklift truck, which uses mechatronics rather than hydraulics for all controls.

Seals

Bearings
and units

Mechatronics

268

Lubrication
systems

Services

Harnessing wind power


The growing industry of wind-generated electric power provides a source of clean, green electricity. SKF is
working closely with global industry leaders to develop efficient and trouble-free turbines, providing a
wide range of large, highly specialized bearings and condition monitoring systems to extend equipment life
of wind farms located in even the most remote and inhospitable environments.

Working in extreme environments


In frigid winters, especially in northern countries, extreme sub-zero temperatures can cause bearings in
railway axleboxes to seize due to lubrication starvation. SKF created a new family of synthetic lubricants
formulated to retain their lubrication viscosity even at these extreme temperatures. SKF knowledge enables manufacturers and end user customers to overcome the performance issues resulting from extreme
temperatures, whether hot or cold. For example, SKF products are at work in diverse environments such
as baking ovens and instant freezing in food processing plants.

Developing a cleaner cleaner


The electric motor and its bearings are the heart of many household appliances. SKF works closely with
appliance manufacturers to improve their products performance, cut costs, reduce weight, and reduce
energy consumption. A recent example of this cooperation is a new generation of vacuum cleaners with
substantially more suction. SKF knowledge in the area of small bearing technology
is also applied to manufacturers of power tools and office equipment.

Maintaining a 350 km/h R&D lab


In addition to SKFs renowned research and development facilities in Europe and the United States, Formula One car racing provides a unique environment for SKF to push the limits of bearing technology. For
over 50 years, SKF products, engineering and knowledge have helped make Scuderia Ferrari a formidable
force in F1 racing. (The average racing Ferrari utilizes more than 150 SKF components.) Lessons learned
here are applied to the products we provide to automakers and the aftermarket worldwide.

Delivering Asset Efficiency Optimization


Through SKF Reliability Systems, SKF provides a comprehensive range of asset efficiency products and
services, from condition monitoring hardware and software to maintenance strategies, engineering assistance and machine reliability programmes. To optimize efficiency and boost productivity, some industrial facilities opt for an Integrated Maintenance Solution, in which SKF delivers all services under one
fixed-fee, performance-based contract.

Planning for sustainable growth


By their very nature, bearings make a positive contribution to the natural en-vironment, enabling machinery to operate more efficiently, consume less power, and require less lubrication. By raising the performance bar for our own products, SKF is enabling a new generation of high-efficiency products and
equipment. With an eye to the future and the world we will leave to our children, the SKF Group policy on
environment, health and safety, as well as the manufacturing techniques, are planned and implemented
to help protect and preserve the earths limited natural resources. We remain committed to sustainable,
environmentally responsible growth.

269

Notes

270

Notes

271

Notes

272

Notes

273

Notes

274

SKF is a registered trademark of the SKF Group


Turcite-B is a registered trademark of Busak & Shamban GmbH
SKF Group 2008
The contents of this publication are the copyright of thepublisher and
may not be reproduced (even extracts) unless permission is granted.
Every care has been taken to ensure the accuracy of the information
contained in this publication but no liability can be accepted for any
loss or damage whether direct, indirect or consequential arising out
of the use of the information contained herein.
Publication 4664/6 EN July 2008
This publication supersedes publication 4664/5.
Printed in Italy on environmentally friendly paper.

You might also like